2011 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual M

Home , Chevrolet Avalanche, Lights Go Out

Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Luggage/Load Locations ...... 4-2 Air Vents ...... 8-10 Vehicle Features ...... 1-19 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-6 Performance and Roof Rack System ...... 4-13 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-25 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Starting and Operating ...... 9-29 Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Controls ...... 5-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-37 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Automatic Transmission ...... 9-39 Doors ...... 2-9 Indicators ...... 5-10 Drive Systems ...... 9-43 Vehicle Security...... 2-17 Information Displays ...... 5-26 Brakes ...... 9-50 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-20 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-35 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-52 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-22 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-44 Cruise Control ...... 9-56 Windows ...... 2-23 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-53 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-58 Roof ...... 2-25 Fuel ...... 9-65 Lighting ...... 6-1 Towing...... 9-71 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-88 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 General Information ...... 10-2 Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Airbag System ...... 3-28 Introduction ...... 7-1 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-35 Child Restraints ...... 3-42 Radio ...... 7-7 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Audio Players ...... 7-13 Electrical System ...... 10-40 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-34 Phone ...... 7-46 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2011 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual M

Wheels and Tires ...... 10-49 Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Towing...... 10-91 Appearance Care ...... 10-96 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 General Information ...... 11-1 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-3 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-7 Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-16 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy...... 13-17 Index ...... i-1 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du and vehicle body designs appearing the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse in this manual including, but not For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: limited to, GM, the GM logo, substitute the name “General CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for Emblem, AVALANCHE, and Z71 P.O. Box 07130 Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Detroit, MI 48207 are trademarks and/or service appears in this manual. marks of General Motors LLC, its 1-800-551-4123 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numéro de poste 6438 de langue quick reference. française www.helminc.com

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gauge Here are some additional symbols + : Fuses that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam information on the symbol, refer to Changer the Index. j : LATCH System Child 0 : Adjustable Pedals Restraints * 9 : Airbag Readiness Light : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : # : Air Conditioning : Oil Pressure g ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls } or OnStar® : Power / $ : Brake System Warning Light : Remote Vehicle Start " : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor _ B : Engine Coolant Temperature : Tow/Haul Mode O : Exterior Lamps F : Traction Control # : Fog Lamps M : Windshield Washer Fluid Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Safety Belts ...... 1-11 Navigation System ...... 1-23 In Brief Sensing System for Driver Information Passenger Airbag ...... 1-11 Center (DIC) ...... 1-23 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-12 Rear Vision Instrument Panel Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-24 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Adjustment ...... 1-13 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-24 Initial Drive Information Throttle and Brake Pedal Power Outlets ...... 1-25 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Adjustment ...... 1-13 Universal Remote System . . . 1-25 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Lighting ...... 1-14 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-15 Performance and Maintenance System ...... 1-4 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-25 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-15 Climate Controls ...... 1-16 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-26 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-26 Midgate® ...... 1-5 Transmission ...... 1-17 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 1-18 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-27 Tailgate ...... 1-5 Driving for Better Fuel Windows ...... 1-6 Vehicle Features Economy ...... 1-27 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Radio(s) ...... 1-19 Roadside Assistance Memory Features ...... 1-9 Satellite Radio ...... 1-20 Program ...... 1-28 Second Row Seats ...... 1-9 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-21 OnStar® ...... 1-28 Heated Seats ...... 1-10 Bluetooth® ...... 1-21 Heated and Ventilated Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-22 Seats ...... 1-10 Cruise Control ...... 1-22 Head Restraint Adjustment ...... 1-11 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑10. J. Dome Lamp Override. See Q. Climate Control Systems on Dome Lamps on page 6 7. page 8 1 (If Equipped). B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change Instrument Panel Illumination Dual Automatic Climate Control Signals on page 6‑5. Control on page 6‑7. System on page 8‑4 (If Equipped). Windshield Wiper/Washer on Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 page 5‑5. (If Equipped). R. Power Outlets on page 5‑9. C. Instrument Cluster on K. Automatic Transfer Case Cigarette Lighter (If Equipped). page 5‑11. Control (If Equipped). See See Cigarette Lighter on D. Hazard Warning Flashers on Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed page 5‑9. Automatic Transfer Case) on ® page 6‑5 (Out of View). S. StabiliTrak System on page 9 43 or Four-Wheel Drive ‑ page 9‑52. E. Shift Lever. See Automatic (Single Speed Automatic Transmission on page 9‑39. Transfer Case) on page 9‑48. Pedal Adjust Button (If Equipped). See Adjustable F. Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑42 L. Data Link Connector (DLC) Throttle and Brake Pedal on (If Equipped). (Out of View). See Malfunction page 9‑29. G. Driver Information Center (DIC) Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. Buttons. See Driver Information Ultrasonic Parking Assist on M. Cruise Control on page 9‑56. page 9 58 (If Equipped). Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. ‑ N. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Power Assist Steps on H. AM-FM Radio on page 7‑7. page 5 2. ‑ page 2‑16 (If Equipped). I. Exterior Lamp Controls on O. Horn on page 5‑5. T. Glove Box on page 4 1. page 6‑1. ‑ P. Steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑3. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Information Operation on page 2‑3. This section provides a brief overview about some of the Remote Vehicle Start important features that may or may With this feature the engine can be not be on your specific vehicle. started from outside of the vehicle. For more detailed information, refer Starting the Vehicle to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry 2. Press Q. (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. 3. Immediately after completing Press K again within three seconds The RKE transmitter is used to Step 2, press and hold / until to unlock all remaining doors. remotely lock and unlock the doors the turn signal lamps flash. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock the vehicle. and unlock feedback can be When the vehicle starts, the parking personalized. See Vehicle lamps will turn on and remain on as Personalization (With DIC Buttons) long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate on page 5‑44. control system may come on. : Press and release to locate L The engine will continue to run for the vehicle. Press L and hold for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a more than two seconds to sound the 10-minute time extension. Remote panic alarm. Press L again to start can be extended only once. cancel the panic alarm. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Canceling a Remote Start Power Door Locks Tailgate To cancel a remote start: If available, these switches are on Use the Remote Keyless the front doors. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the Entry (RKE) transmitter or power vehicle and press and hold / K : Press to unlock the doors. door lock switch to lock and unlock the tailgate. until the parking lamps turn off. Q : Press to lock the doors. Open the tailgate by lifting up on its . Turn on the hazard warning See Door Locks on page 2‑7. handle while pulling the tailgate flashers. ® toward you. . Turn the ignition on and then Midgate To close the tailgate, push it firmly back off. This vehicle is equipped with a upward until it latches. Push and See Remote Vehicle Start on Midgate and a removable rear glass pull on the tailgate to be sure it is page 2‑5. panel. The Midgate allows you to latched securely. extend the length of the vehicle's Door Locks cargo area. Tailgate Removal ® The tailgate is not to be removed. There are several ways to lock and For more information see Midgate This may cause damage to the unlock the vehicle. on page 2‑9. electrical connector resulting in a From outside, use the Remote loss of lock/unlock and rear vision Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or camera function. the key in the driver door. From See Tailgate on page 2 16. inside, use the power door locks or ‑ the manual door locks. To lock or unlock the door with the manual locks, push down or pull up on the manual lock knob. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Windows Seat Adjustment Power Seats Manual Seats

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: The power window switches are . Move the seat forward or located on the driver door. In rearward by sliding the control addition, each passenger door has To adjust the seat: forward or rearward. a switch for its own window. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. . If available, raise or lower the Press the switch to lower the 2. Slide the seat to the desired front or rear part of the seat window. Pull the switch up to position and release the bar. cushion by moving the front or raise it. 3. Try to move the seat back and rear of the control up or down. For more information, see: forth to be sure the seat is . If available, raise or lower the . Windows on page 2‑23. locked in place. entire seat by moving the entire . Power Windows on page 2‑24. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3 control up or down. for more information. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar . On vehicles with four-way lumbar, press and hold the front Manual Lumbar or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. To raise or lower the height of the support, press and hold the top or bottom of the control. See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑6 for more information.

To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped: If equipped, increase or decrease . On vehicles with two-way manual lumbar support by turning lumbar, press and hold the top the knob forward or rearward. or bottom of the control to See Lumbar Adjustment on increase or decrease lumbar page 3‑6 for more information. support. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright Power Reclining Seatbacks position: Manual Reclining Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑7 for more information.

To adjust a power seatback, if equipped: To recline a manual seatback: . Tilt the top of the control 1. Lift the lever. rearward to recline. 2. Move the seatback to the . Tilt the top of the control forward desired position, and then to raise. release the lever to lock the See Reclining Seatbacks on seatback in place. page 3‑7 for more information. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Memory Features Storing Memory Positions See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and To save into memory: Pedals” under Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Vehicle 1. Adjust the driver seat and Personalization (With DIC Buttons) seatback recliner, both outside on page 5‑44 for more information. mirrors, and the throttle and brake pedals, if available. Easy Exit Driver Seat See Power Mirrors on page 2‑20 This feature can move the seat and Adjustable Throttle and rearward to allow extra room to exit Brake Pedal on page 9‑29 for the vehicle. more information. B : Press to recall the easy exit Not all mirrors and adjustable seat position. The vehicle must be throttles and brake pedals will in P (Park). have the ability to save and See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and On vehicles with the memory recall their positions. Pedals” under Power Seat feature, the controls on the driver 2. Press and hold “1” until Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Vehicle door are used to program and recall two beeps sound. Personalization (With DIC Buttons) memory settings for the driver seat, on page 5‑44 for more information. outside mirrors, and the adjustable 3. Repeat for a second driver throttle and brake pedals, if the position using “2.” Second Row Seats vehicle has this feature. To recall, press and release 1 or “ ” The rear seatbacks can be folded to 2. The vehicle must be in P (Park). “ ” provide more cargo space and A single beep will sound. The seat, access to the midgate. outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedals, For detailed instructions see Rear if available, will move to the position Seats on page 3‑11. previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Heated Seats I : Press to heat the Heated and Ventilated seatback only. Front Seats Seats J : Press to heat the seat and seatback. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. See Heated Front Seats on page 3‑9.

If available, the buttons are on the If available, the buttons are on the front doors. front doors. H : Press to cool the seat. I : Press to heat the seatback only. J : Press to heat the seat and seatback. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Press the button once for the Safety Belts Sensing System for highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat will Passenger Airbag change to the next lower setting, The passenger sensing system, and then to the off setting. The if equipped, will turn off the right lights indicate three for the highest front passenger frontal airbag under setting and one for the lowest. certain conditions. The driver See Heated and Ventilated Front airbags, seat‐mounted side impact airbags and roof rail airbags are not Seats on page 3‑10. ‐ affected by this. Head Restraint If the vehicle has one of the Adjustment indicators pictured in the following illustrations, then the vehicle has a Do not drive until the head restraints passenger sensing system for the for all occupants are installed and right front passenger position. Refer to the following sections for adjusted properly. important information on how to use To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly. position, change the seatback . Safety Belts on page 3 12. recline angle as little as necessary ‑ while keeping the seat and the head . How to Wear Safety Belts restraint height in the proper Properly on page 3‑16. position. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑21. For more information see Head . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Children (LATCH System) on Adjustment on page 3 3. ‑ page 3‑51. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

The passenger airbag status Mirror Adjustment Power Foldaway Mirrors indicator, if equipped, will be visible To fold the mirrors: on the overhead console when the Exterior Mirrors vehicle is started. 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out to the driving position. 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to the folded position. Manual Foldaway Mirrors Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going United States through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to return to its original position. Vehicles with outside power mirrors See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑21. and foldaway mirrors have controls on the driver door. Canada and Mexico 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the See Passenger Sensing System on driver or passenger side mirror. page 3‑35 for important information. 2. Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to adjust the mirror. 3. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑20. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal Vehicles with a manual rearview Adjustment Adjustment mirror can be adjusted to see clearly On vehicles with this feature, you behind the vehicle. Hold the mirror can change the position of the in the center to move it up or down throttle and brake pedals. and side to side. To reduce headlamp glare during nighttime use, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use. Vehicles with the automatic dimming feature will automatically reduce the glare of lights from behind the The control used to adjust the vehicle. The dimming feature comes pedals is located on the instrument on and the indicator light illuminates panel below the climate control each time the vehicle is started. The tilt lever is located on the lower left side of the steering column. system. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Press the bottom of the control to Mirror on page 2 22 for more To adjust the steering wheel: ‑ move the pedals closer to your information. 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull body. Press the top of the control to the lever. move the pedals away. 2. Move the steering wheel up See Adjustable Throttle and Brake or down. Pedal on page 9‑29. 3. Release the lever to lock the wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Interior Lighting Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps Dome Lamps The dome lamp override button is For vehicles with reading lamps in located next to the exterior lamps the overhead console, press the The dome lamps are located in the control. button located next to the lamp to overhead console. turn it on or off. They come on when any door is The vehicle may also have reading opened and turn off after all the lamps in other locations. To turn the doors are closed. lamps on or off, press the button Turn the instrument panel located next to the lamp. brightness knob located below the For more information about interior dome lamp override button, lamps, see: clockwise to the farthest position to . manually turn on the dome lamps. Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. The dome lamps remain on until the . Reading Lamps on page 6‑7. knob is turned counterclockwise. . Instrument Panel Illumination Control on page 6‑7.

k : Press the button in and the dome lamps remain off when a door is opened. Press the button again to return it to the extended position so that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on Windshield Wiper/Washer the headlamps, parking lamps, instrument panel lights, license plate lamps, and taillamps. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, instrument panel lights, license plate lamps, and taillamps. 2 : Turns on the headlamps, parking lamps, instrument panel lights, license plate lamps, and 8 : Single wipe, turn to 8, then taillamps. release. Several wipes, hold the The exterior lamps control is located band on 8 longer. on the instrument panel to the left of For more information, see: 9 the steering wheel. . Exterior Lamp Controls on : Turns the windshield P page 6‑1. wipers off. : Turns off the automatic 6 headlamps and Daytime Running . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) : Turn the band up for more Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp on page 6‑4. frequent wipes or down for less control to the off position again to frequent wipes. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. turn the automatic headlamps or 6 : Slow wipes. DRL back on. ? : Fast wipes. For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position will only work when L : Push the paddle at the top of the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). the lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑5. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Climate Controls The heating, cooling, defrost, defog and ventilation of the vehicle can be controlled with these systems.

A. Fan Control E. Air Conditioning B. Outside Air F. Driver and Passenger C. Air Recirculation Temperature Controls D. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Transmission Range Selection Mode

If available, the Range Selection Mode switch is located on the shift lever. To use the Range Selection A. Driver and Passenger H. Display feature: Temperature Controls I. Power Button 1. Move the column shift lever to B. Fan Control J. Rear Window Defogger the M (Manual) position. The C. AUTO current range will appear next to K. Air Conditioning the M. This is the highest D. Defrost L. PASS attainable range with all lower gears accessible. As an E. Air Recirculation See Climate Control Systems on example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is F. Outside Air page 8 1 and Dual Automatic ‑ selected, 1 (First) through Climate Control System on G. Air Delivery Mode Control 5 (Fifth) gears are available. page 8‑4. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Automatic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is located to located on the steering column the left of the instrument panel shift lever, to select the desired cluster. Use this knob to shift into range of gears for current driving and out of the different Four-Wheel conditions. See Manual Mode on Drive modes. page 9‑41. 2 m : This setting is used for driving While using Range Selection Mode, in most street and highway cruise control and the Tow/Haul situations. mode can be used. AUTO: This setting is ideal for use Grade Braking is not available when when road surface traction Range Selection Mode is active. conditions are variable. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑42. 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel-Drive Four-Wheel Drive Two Speed Transfer Case High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive, roads or in most off-road situations. you can send the engine's driving power to all four wheels for extra 4 n : Vehicles with a two traction. speed transfer case have a Four-Wheel-Drive Low position. This setting sends maximum power to all four wheels. You might choose Four-Wheel-Drive Low if you are driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills.

Single Speed Transfer Case Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

N (Neutral): Vehicles with a two Vehicle Features speed transfer case have a N (Neutral) position. Shift the Radio(s) transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑91 or Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑91. See Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑43 or Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑48.

Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)

O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped. decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. © ¨ : Seek or scan stations. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

4 : Press to switch the display Storing Radio Stations 3. Press the softkey located under any one of the labels to be between the radio station frequency A maximum of 36 stations can be changed. and the time. While the ignition is stored as favorites using the six off, press this button to display the softkeys located below the radio 4. To increase or decrease the time time. Press to display additional text station frequency tabs and by using or date, turn f clockwise or information related to the current the radio FAV button. Press FAV to counter‐clockwise. FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, go through up to six pages of or WMA song. If information is favorites, each having six favorite For detailed instructions on setting available during XM, CD, MP3, stations available per page. Each the clock for the vehicle's specific or WMA playback, the song title page of favorites can contain any audio system, see Clock on information displays on the top line combination of AM, FM, or XM page 5‑8. of the display and artist information stations. displays on the bottom line. When Satellite Radio information is not available, “NO For more information, see “Storing XM is a satellite radio service based INFO” displays. Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on page 7‑7. in the 48 contiguous United States For more information about these and 10 Canadian provinces. and other radio features, see Setting the Clock XM satellite radio has a wide Operation on page 7‑2. To set the time and date for the variety of programming and For vehicles with a Rear Seat radio with CD, DVD, and USB Port: commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. Entertainment System (RSE) and 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), see ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) press O, to turn the radio on. System on page 7‑34 and Rear Seat Audio (RSA) System on 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, page 7‑44 for more information. MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, month, day, and year). Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

A fee is required to receive the This vehicle has an auxiliary input, Bluetooth® XM service. located on the audio faceplate, and For vehicles with a Bluetooth For more information, refer to: a USB port located in the center console. External devices such as system, it allows users with a . www.xmradio.com or call iPod®, laptop computers, Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone to 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) MP3 players, CD changers, USB make and receive hands-free calls using the vehicle’s audio system . www.xmradio.ca or call storage device, etc. can be and controls. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) connected to the auxiliary port using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone See Satellite Radio on page 7‑8. USB port depending on the audio must be paired with the Bluetooth system. Portable Audio Devices system before it can be used in the See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑29 vehicle. Not all phones will support for further information. all functions. For more information, visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. For more information, see Bluetooth on page 7‑46.

A. USB Port. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

Steering Wheel Controls + e − e : Press to increase or Cruise Control decrease volume. c x : Press to reject an incoming call, or to end a call. SRCE: Press to switch between the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. ¨ : Press to seek the next radio station, the next track or chapter while sourced to the CD or DVD slot, or to select tracks and folders on an iPod or USB device. If available, some audio controls For more information, see Steering The cruise control buttons are can be adjusted at the steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑3. located on the left side of the wheel. steering wheel. w / c x : Press to select preset T : Press to turn the system on or favorite radio stations, select or off. The indicator light is on when tracks on a CD/DVD, or to navigate cruise control is on and turns off an iPod or USB device. when cruise control is off. b g : Press to silence the vehicle + RES : Press briefly to make the speakers only. Press again to turn vehicle resume to a previously set the sound on. Press and hold longer speed, or press and hold to than two seconds to interact with accelerate. OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, if equipped. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

SET − : Press to set the speed and See the navigation system manual Some vehicles do not have the activate cruise control or make the for more information. buttons shown, however some of vehicle decelerate. the menus can be viewed by using [ : Press to disengage cruise Driver Information the trip odometer reset stem. control without erasing the set Center (DIC) 3 : Press to display the speed from memory. odometer, trip odometer, fuel range, The DIC display is located at the average economy, fuel used, timer, See Cruise Control on page 9‑56. bottom of the instrument panel instantaneous economy and Active cluster. It shows the status of many Fuel Management™ indicator, and vehicle systems and enables Navigation System transmission temperature. The access to the personalization menu. If the vehicle has a navigation compass and outside air system, there is a separate temperature will also be shown in Navigation System Manual that the display. The temperature will be includes information on the radio, shown in °C or °F depending on the audio players, and navigation units selected. system. T : Press to display the oil life, The navigation system provides units, tire pressure readings for detailed maps of most major vehicles with the Tire Pressure freeways and roads. After a Monitor System (TPMS), trailer destination has been set, the brake gain and output information system provides turn-by-turn for vehicles with the Integrated instructions for reaching the Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, destination. In addition, the system engine hours, compass zone setting, and compass recalibration. can help locate a variety of points of The DIC buttons are located on the interest (POIs), such as banks, instrument panel, next to the airports, restaurants, and more. steering wheel. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

U : Press to customize the feature See Vehicle Personalization Ultrasonic Parking Assist settings on your vehicle. See (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the Buttons) on page 5 44 for more Rear Vision ‑ rear bumper to detect objects while information. Camera (RVC) V parking the vehicle. URPA comes : Press to set or reset certain If available, the rear vision camera on automatically when the shift lever functions and to turn off or displays a view of the area behind is moved into R (Reverse) and acknowledge messages on the DIC. the vehicle when the vehicle is operates at speeds less than 8 km/h For more information, see Driver shifted into R (Reverse). This is (5 mph). URPA uses audio beeps to Information Center (DIC) on displayed on the inside rearview provide distance and system page 5‑26. mirror or the navigation screen, information. if equipped. Keep the sensors on the vehicle's Vehicle Customization To clean the camera lens, located in rear bumper clean to ensure proper Some vehicle features can be the bezel for the tailgate handle, operation. programmed by using the DIC rinse it with water and wipe it with a The system can be disabled by buttons next to the steering wheel. soft cloth. pressing the rear park aid disable These features include: For more information, see Rear button located next to the radio. . Language Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑60. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on . Door Lock and Unlock Settings page 9‑58 for more information. . RKE Lock and Unlock Feedback . Lighting . Chime Volume . Memory Features Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

Power Outlets Universal Remote System Performance and Accessory power outlets can be Maintenance used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. StabiliTrak® System The vehicle may have two The vehicle has a traction control accessory power outlets located on system that limits wheel spin and the instrument panel and one inside the StabiliTrak system that assists the center floor console. This system provides a way to with directional control of the vehicle The vehicle may also have an outlet replace up to three remote control in difficult driving conditions. Both on the rear of the center floor transmitters used to activate systems turn on automatically every console above the cupholder door. devices such as garage door time the vehicle is started. The accessory power outlet is openers, security systems, and . To turn off traction control, press operational at all times. home automation devices. and release 5 on the instrument See Power Outlets on page 5‑9. Read the instructions completely panel. F illuminates and the before attempting to program the appropriate DIC message transmitter. Because of the steps displays. See Ride Control involved, it may be helpful to have System Messages on page 5‑40. another person assist with programming the transmitter. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑53. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

. To turn off both traction control shown on the Tire and Loading Engine Oil Life System and StabiliTrak, press and hold 5 Information label. See Vehicle Load until F illuminates and the Limits on page 9‑23. The warning The engine oil life system calculates appropriate DIC message light will remain on until the tire engine oil life based on vehicle use displays. See Ride Control pressure is corrected. and, on most vehicles, displays a System Messages on page 5‑40. DIC message when it is necessary During cooler conditions, the low tire to change the engine oil and filter. . 5 Press and release again to pressure warning light may appear The oil life system should be reset turn on both systems. when the vehicle is first started and to 100% only following an oil then turn off. This may be an early For more information, see change. indicator that the tire pressures are StabiliTrak® System on page 9 52. ‑ getting low and the tires need to be Resetting the Oil Life System Tire Pressure Monitor inflated to the proper pressure. To reset the Engine Oil Life System The TPMS does not replace normal on most vehicles: This vehicle may have a Tire monthly tire maintenance. It is the Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING driver’s responsibility to maintain on the DIC. If the vehicle does correct tire pressures. not have DIC buttons, the See Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle must be in P (Park) to on page 10‑58. access this display. 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET button on the DIC, or the trip odometer reset stem if the The TPMS warning light alerts you vehicle does not have DIC to a significant loss in pressure of buttons, for more than one of the vehicle's tires. If the five seconds. The oil life will warning light comes on, stop as change to 100%. soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Driving for Better Fuel . Always follow posted speed System can be reset as follows: limits or drive more slowly when Economy conditions require. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off. Driving habits can affect fuel . Keep vehicle tires properly mileage. Here are some driving tips inflated. 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal to get the best fuel economy . slowly three times within possible. Combine several trips into a five seconds. single trip. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate . 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING smoothly. Replace the vehicle's tires with on the DIC. If the display shows the same TPC Spec number 100%, the system is reset. . Brake gradually and avoid molded into the tire's sidewall abrupt stops. near the size. See Engine Oil Life System on . Avoid idling the engine for long . page 10‑11. Follow recommended scheduled periods of time. maintenance. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge cruise control. and a yellow fuel cap can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑67. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑66. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance and OnStar OnStar® Program (U.S. and Canada) If you have an active OnStar U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 subscription, press the Q button TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438 and the current GPS location will be Canada: 1-800-268-6800 sent to an OnStar advisor who will assess your problem, contact Mexico: 01-800-466-0800 Roadside Assistance, and relay As the owner of a new Chevrolet, your exact location to get the help OnStar uses several innovative you are automatically enrolled in the you need. technologies and live Advisors to Roadside Assistance program. Online Owner Center (U.S. and provide a wide range of safety, See Roadside Assistance Program Canada) security, navigation, diagnostics, (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 8 or and calling services. ‑ The Online Owner Center is a Roadside Assistance Program complimentary service that includes Automatic Crash Response (Mexico) on page 13 10 for more ‑ online service reminders, vehicle information. In a crash, built‐in sensors can maintenance tips, online owner automatically alert an OnStar manual, special privileges, Advisor who is immediately and more. connected to the vehicle to see if Sign up today at: you need help. www.chevyownercenter.com (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

In Brief 1-29

How OnStar Service Works 1‐877‐248‐2080, or push Q to work unless GPS signals are available, unobstructed, and Q : This blue button connects you speak with an OnStar Advisor compatible with the OnStar to a specially trained OnStar 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. hardware. The vehicle has to have a Advisor to verify your account For a full description of OnStar working electrical system and information and to answer services and system limitations, see adequate battery power for the questions. the OnStar Owner's Guide in the OnStar equipment to operate. ] : Push this red emergency glove box. OnStar service may not work if the button to get priority help from OnStar service is subject to the OnStar equipment isn’t properly specially trained OnStar Emergency OnStar Terms and Conditions installed or you haven’t maintained Advisors. included in the OnStar Glove it and your vehicle is in good working order and in compliance X : Push this button for hands‐free, Box Kit. with all government regulations. voice‐activated calling and to give OnStar service requires wireless If you try to add, connect, or modify voice commands for Turn‐by‐Turn communication networks and the Navigation. any equipment or software in your Global Positioning System (GPS) vehicle, OnStar service may not satellite network. Not all OnStar Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle work. Other problems OnStar can’t Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics, services are available everywhere control may prevent service to you, Remote Door Unlock, Roadside or on all vehicles at all times. such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn OnStar service can’t work unless weather, electrical system design Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling your vehicle is in a place where and architecture of your vehicle, are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar has an agreement with a damage to important parts of your all OnStar services are available on wireless service provider for service vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone all vehicles. For more information in that area, and the wireless network congestion or jamming. see the OnStar Owner's Guide or service provider has coverage, visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or network capacity, reception, and www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact technology compatible with OnStar OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR service. Service involving location (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY information about your vehicle can’t Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

1-30 In Brief

See Radio Frequency Statement on If the light next to the OnStar page 13‑19 for information buttons is red, the system may not regarding Part 15 of the Federal be functioning properly. Push Q Communications Commission (FCC) and request a vehicle diagnostic rules and Industry Canada check. If the light appears clear (no Standards RSS-210/220/310. light is appearing), your OnStar OnStar Steering Wheel subscription has expired and all Controls services have been deactivated. Push Q to confirm that the OnStar This vehicle may have a equipment is active. b g / c x Talk/Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar OnStar® Hands-Free Calling. See Steering If the vehicle is equipped with an Wheel Controls on page 5 3 for ‑ active OnStar system, that system more information. may also record data in crash or On some vehicles, the mute button near crash-like situations. The can be used to dial numbers into OnStar Terms and Conditions voice mail systems, or to dial phone provides information on data extensions. See the OnStar Owner's collection and use and is available Guide for more information. in the OnStar Glove Box Kit, at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Your Responsibility www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by Increase the volume of the radio if pushing Q and speaking to an the OnStar Advisor cannot be Advisor. heard. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors and Midgate® ...... 2-9 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-22 Windows Tailgate ...... 2-16 Automatic Dimming Rearview Power Assist Steps ...... 2-16 Mirror ...... 2-22 Vehicle Security Windows Keys and Locks Vehicle Security ...... 2-17 Windows ...... 2-23 Keys ...... 2-2 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-17 Power Windows ...... 2-24 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer ...... 2-18 Sun Visors ...... 2-25 System ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-18 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Sunroof ...... 2-25 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-20 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Power Mirrors ...... 2-20 Power Door Locks ...... 2-8 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-22 Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-8 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-22 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑10 for more Keys information. Remote Keyless Entry { WARNING (RKE) System Leaving children in a vehicle with See Radio Frequency Statement on the ignition key is dangerous for page 13‑19 for information many reasons. Children or others regarding Part 15 of the Federal could be badly injured or even Communications Commission (FCC) killed. They could operate the rules and Industry Canada power windows or other controls Standards RSS-210/220/310. The key can be used for the ignition, or even make the vehicle move. door locks, tailgate, and side If there is a decrease in the RKE The windows will function with the storage boxes. operating range: keys in the ignition and children . Check the distance. The could be seriously injured or killed See your dealer if a replacement transmitter may be too far from if caught in the path of a closing key or additional key is needed. the vehicle. window. Do not leave the keys in Notice: If the keys get locked in a vehicle with children. the vehicle, it may have to be . Check the location. Other damaged to get them out. Always vehicles or objects may be carry a spare key. blocking the signal. If you are locked out of your vehicle, contact Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8 or Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

. Check the transmitter's battery. (Lock): Press to lock all the See Battery Replacement later Q “ ” doors, including the tailgate. in this section. If enabled through the Driver . If the transmitter is still not Information Center (DIC), the turn working correctly, see your signal lamps flash once to indicate dealer or a qualified technician locking has occurred. If enabled for service. through the DIC, the horn chirps Remote Keyless Entry when Q is pressed again within three seconds of the previous press (RKE) System Operation of the lock button. See Vehicle The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Personalization (With DIC Buttons) transmitter functions work up to With Remote Start (Without on page 5‑44 for additional information. 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Remote Start Similar) There are other conditions which / (Remote Vehicle Start): For Pressing Q arms the content theft‐ can affect the performance of the vehicles with this feature, press / deterrent system. See Anti-Theft transmitter. See Remote Keyless Alarm System on page 2 17. to start the engine from outside the ‑ Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. vehicle using the RKE transmitter. K (Unlock): Press once to unlock See Remote Vehicle Start on only the driver door. If K is pressed page 2‑5 for additional information. again within three seconds, all remaining doors, including the tailgate, unlock. The interior lamps may come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

If enabled through the DIC, the turn RUN or L is pressed again. The reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen signal lamps flash twice to indicate ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for transmitters will no longer work unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle the panic alarm to work. once the new transmitter is Personalization (With DIC Buttons) programmed. Each vehicle can on page 5‑44. If enabled through the The vehicle comes with two have up to eight transmitters DIC, the exterior lights may turn on. transmitters. Each transmitter will programmed to it. See your dealer See “APPROACH LIGHTING” under have a number on it, “1” or “2”. to program transmitters to the Vehicle Personalization (With DIC These numbers correspond to the vehicle. Buttons) on page 5‑44. driver of the vehicle. For example, the memory seat position for driver Battery Replacement K Pressing on the RKE transmitter 1 will be recalled when using the Replace the battery if the REPLACE disarms the content theft‐deterrent transmitter labeled “1”, if enabled BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY system. See Anti-Theft Alarm through the DIC. See “Memory message displays in the DIC. See System on page 2 17. Seat, Mirrors, and Pedals under ‑ ” “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE Power Seat Adjustment on page 3 4 (Vehicle Locator/Panic ‑ KEY” under Key and Lock L and Vehicle Personalization (With Alarm): Press and release to Messages on page 5‑39 for locate the vehicle. The turn signal DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44 for more additional information. information. lamps flash and the horn sounds Notice: When replacing the three times. Programming Transmitters to battery, do not touch any of the Press and hold L for more than the Vehicle circuitry on the transmitter. Static two seconds to activate the panic Only RKE transmitters programmed from your body could damage the alarm. The turn signal lamps flash to this vehicle will work. If a transmitter. and the horn sounds repeatedly for transmitter is lost or stolen, a 30 seconds. The alarm turns off replacement can be purchased and when the ignition is moved to ON/ programmed through your dealer. When the replacement transmitter is programmed to this vehicle, all remaining transmitters must also be Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

3. Insert the new battery, positive During a remote start, if the vehicle side facing down. Replace with a has an automatic climate control CR2032 or equivalent battery. system and heated seats, the 4. Snap the transmitter back heated seats will turn on during together. colder outside temperatures and will shut off when the key is turned to ON/RUN. If the vehicle does not Remote Vehicle Start have an automatic climate control If available, this feature allows you system, during remote start, to start the engine from outside of manually turn the heated seats on the vehicle. It may also start up the and off. See Heated Front Seats on vehicle's heating or air conditioning page 3‑9 for additional information. systems and rear window defogger. To replace the battery: Laws in some communities may Normal operation of the system will restrict the use of remote starters. 1. Separate the transmitter with a return after the key is turned to the For example, some laws may flat, thin object, such as a flat ON/RUN position. require a person using the remote head screwdriver. If the vehicle has an automatic start to have the vehicle in view . Carefully insert the tool climate control system, the climate when doing so. Check local into the notch located along control system will default to a regulations for any requirements on the parting line of the heating or cooling mode depending remote starting of vehicles. transmitter. Do not insert on the outside temperatures. If the Do not use the remote start feature the tool too far. Stop as vehicle does not have an automatic if the vehicle is low on fuel. The soon as resistance is felt. climate control system, the system vehicle may run out of fuel. . Twist the tool until the will turn on at the setting the vehicle transmitter is separated. was set to when the vehicle was last turned off. 2. Remove the old battery. Do not use a metal object. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

If the vehicle has the remote start When the vehicle starts, the The vehicle can be remote started feature, the RKE transmitter parking lamps will turn on and two separate times between driving functions will have an increased remain on while the vehicle is sequences. The engine will run for range of operation. However, the running. The doors will be 10 minutes after each remote start. range may be less while the vehicle locked and the climate control Or, you can extend the engine run is running. system may come on. time by another 10 minutes within There are other conditions which The engine will continue to run the first 10 minute remote start time can affect the performance of the for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps frame, and before the engine stops. transmitter. See Remote Keyless for a 10-minute time extension. / Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for Remote start can be extended For example, if Q and then are additional information. only once. pressed again after the vehicle has been running for 5 minutes, / (Remote Start): This button will After entering the vehicle during a 10 minutes are added, allowing the be on the RKE transmitter if the remote start, insert and turn the key engine to run for 15 minutes. vehicle has remote start. to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. The additional 10 minutes are To start the vehicle using the remote To cancel a remote start: considered a second remote vehicle start feature: . Aim the RKE transmitter at the start. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and hold / Once two remote starts, or a single vehicle. until the parking lamps turn off. remote start with one time extension has been done, the vehicle must be 2. Press Q. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. started with the key. After the key is 3. Immediately press and hold / removed from the ignition, the until the turn signal lamps flash. . Turn the ignition on and then vehicle can be remote started again. If you cannot see the vehicle's back off. lamps, press and hold / for two to four seconds. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

The vehicle cannot be remote Door Locks started if the key is in the ignition, WARNING (Continued) the hood is not closed, or if there is an emission control system { WARNING injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the malfunction and the check engine Unlocked doors can be light is on. vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . Also, the engine will turn off during a Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially remote vehicle start if the coolant through an unlocked door children, can easily open the temperature gets too high or if the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving oil pressure gets low. the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from Remote Start Ready locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being If the vehicle does not have the thrown out of the vehicle in a remote vehicle start feature, it may crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and have the remote start ready feature. doors are not locked. So, all unlock the vehicle. This feature allows your dealer to passengers should wear From outside, use the Remote add the manufacturer's remote safety belts properly and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or vehicle start feature. doors should be locked the key in the driver door. See your dealer to add the whenever the vehicle is From inside, use the power door manufacturer's remote vehicle start driven. locks or manual door locks. To lock feature to the vehicle. . Young children who get into or unlock the door with the manual unlocked vehicles may be locks, push down or pull up on the unable to get out. A child can manual lock knob. be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Door Locks Delayed Locking Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44 for more With power door locks, the switches When locking the doors with the information on DIC programming. on the front doors can be used to power lock switch and a door is lock and unlock the vehicle. open, the doors will lock Lockout Protection five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes to If the driver side power door lock signal that the delayed locking switch is pressed when the driver feature is in use. door is open and the key is in the ignition, all of the doors will lock and Pressing the power lock switch will then the driver door will unlock. override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all the doors. If the passenger side power door lock switch is pressed when the This feature will not operate if the front passenger door is open and key is in the ignition. the key is in the ignition, all of the You can also program this feature doors will lock and then the front using the Driver Information passenger door will unlock. Center (DIC). See “Delay Door Lock” under Vehicle Personalization Safety Locks K (Unlock): Press to unlock the (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. doors. The vehicle has rear door security Automatic Door Locks locks to prevent passengers from Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. opening the rear doors from the The vehicle may have an automatic inside. lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Doors WARNING (Continued) Midgate® that brings in outside air. This will force outside air into your { WARNING vehicle. See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on It can be dangerous to drive with page 8‑4. the cargo area covered and the . If you have air outlets on or tailgate and the Midgate® open under the instrument panel, because carbon monoxide (CO) open them all the way. See gas can come into your vehicle. Engine Exhaust on You can not see or smell CO. page 9‑37. Open the rear doors to access the It can cause unconsciousness security locks on the inside edge of each door. and even death. If you must drive Midgate Operation with the cargo covers on and the To set the locks, insert a key into tailgate and Midgate open or if This vehicle is equipped with a the slot and turn it to the horizontal electrical wiring or other cable Midgate and a removable rear glass position. The door can only be connections must pass through panel. The Midgate allows you to opened from the outside with the the seal between the body and extend the length of the vehicle's door unlocked. To return the door to cargo area. the Midgate: normal operation, turn the slot to the vertical position. . Make sure all windows are shut. . Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed on the setting (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Rear Glass Removal and Although the rear glass can be Storage removed without folding the rear seats, you will not be able to { WARNING access the rear glass storage pocket. Be sure to fold the seats If the removable rear glass is not before removing the rear glass. stored properly, it could be thrown about the vehicle in a crash or sudden maneuver. People in the vehicle could be injured. Whenever you store the rear glass in the vehicle, always be The following are the main sure that it is stored securely in components of the Midgate system: the Midgate® storage pocket. A. Latch Levers B. Grab Handles Do not remove the rear glass when the rear defroster is on. If you do, C. Glass-Catch Release Button you may see a discharge spark D. Glass Lock Knobs coming from the latch area. 2. Squeeze and pull down the latch E. Window Retaining Tabs To remove the rear glass do the levers (A), located near the following: upper corners of the rear glass, F. Midgate Release Handle 1. Fold the rear seats. See Rear to unlatch. Once unlatched, the G. Window Alignment Arrows glass-catch release button (C) Seats on page 3‑11. The front seats may have to be moved will catch the rear glass and forward slightly to allow the rear prevent it from falling forward. seats to fold completely. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

3. While holding the rear glass in 4. With the rear glass tilted toward 5. Load the rear glass into the place, press the glass-catch you, lift it out from the lower storage pocket in the Midgate, release button (C) and pull the window frame channel. Use the guiding the lower edge of the top of the rear glass toward you grab handles (B) to assist you in rear glass behind the three rear using the grab handle(s) (B) removing the rear glass. glass retaining tabs (E). located at the top of the rear Hold the rear glass flat against glass. the storage pocket, with grab handles facing you, until the next step. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Reinstalling the Rear Glass To reinstall the rear glass, do the following: 1. Squeeze and pull down the latch levers (A), located near the upper corners of the rear glass, to unlatch.

6. Turn both glass lock knobs (D), Once both glass lock knobs are located at both top corners of in the locked position, the rear the storage pocket, to the locked glass is securely stored. position. Push in on the corner 7. Push both latch levers up to the of the rear glass to allow the locked position. You should hear lock knob to engage more easily. a click when each latch lever locks correctly. The rear seats can be returned to the normal position when the 2. Hold the rear glass in place with rear glass is out and stored one hand and turn the glass lock properly in the storage pocket. knobs, located at both top corners of the glass storage pocket, to the unlocked position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

3. Pull the rear glass out from the storage pocket using the grab handles (B).

Be sure to align the rear glass 6. Push the rear glass flat against side-to-side using the alignment the window frame and push arrows (G). each latch lever (A) up until it 5. Apply a firm downward pressure locks. You should hear a click 4. With the rear glass tilted at an and then push the rear glass flat when each latch lever locks angle, place the bottom edge in against the window frame. Use correctly. the lower channel of the window the grab handles (B) at the top of frame. the rear glass to assist you. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Lowering the Midgate with the Rear Glass in Place The Midgate can be lowered to allow the cargo area of your vehicle to extend into the cab. The rear glass can be either installed in its normal position, or it can be removed and stored in the rear glass storage pocket. To lower the Midgate: 1. Fold the rear seats. The front seats might have to be moved Rear Glass in Normal Position 3. Lower the Midgate until it is flat. forward slightly to allow the rear 2. Standing outside of the vehicle, seats to fold. See Rear Seats on hold the Midgate securely so it page 3‑11. does not fall forward. Turn the Midgate handle clockwise and pull the Midgate toward you. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

Lowering the Midgate with the Raising the Midgate Rear Glass in the Storage To return the Midgate to its normal Pocket position, raise the Midgate up with a firm swinging motion until it latches into place securely. This will help to ensure that the Midgate closes with enough force to engage the latches. If the rear glass is removed and you would like to put it back, do so using the instructions given previously.

Midgate Lowered with Crossbar Attached This procedure works the same as Rear Glass Stored in Glass the procedure described previously, Storage Pocket but when you lower the Midgate with the rear glass in the stored position, you will notice that the entire crossbar will lower with the Midgate. This is completely normal; however, since the crossbar lowers with the Midgate, it will be heavier. As you lower the Midgate be ready for the extra weight and do not let the Midgate fall as you lower it. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Tailgate Use the Remote Keyless Power Assist Steps Entry (RKE) transmitter or power door lock switch to lock and unlock The vehicle may have power assist { WARNING the tailgate. steps. It is extremely dangerous to ride Open the tailgate by lifting up on its on the tailgate, even when the handle while pulling the tailgate vehicle is operated at low speeds. toward you. People riding on the tailgate To close the tailgate, push it firmly can easily lose their balance and upward until it latches. Push and fall in response to vehicle pull on the tailgate to be sure it is maneuvers. Falling from a moving latched securely. The switch used to disable the vehicle may result in serious Tailgate Removal power assist steps is located on the injuries or death. Do not allow center console below the climate people to ride on the tailgate. Be The tailgate is not to be removed. control system. sure everyone in your vehicle is in This may cause damage to a seat and using a safety belt electrical connector resulting in loss The power assist steps automatically extend from beneath properly. of lock/unlock and rear vision camera function. the vehicle on the side in which the door has been opened. Once the door is closed, the assist steps automatically move back under the vehicle after a brief delay. The vehicle must not be moving for the assist steps to extend or retract. The assist steps cannot be disabled in the extended position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

Vehicle Security If the delayed locking feature is pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. Your turned on, the theft‐deterrent vehicle's headlamps will flash and This vehicle has theft-deterrent system will not start the arming the horn will sound for about features; however, they do not make process until the last door is 30 seconds, then will turn off to save it impossible to steal. closed and the delay timer has the battery power. expired. See Delayed Locking The theft-deterrent system will not Anti-Theft Alarm System on page 2‑8. activate if the doors are locked with Your vehicle has a content 3. Close all doors. The security the vehicle's key or the manual door theft-deterrent alarm system. light should go off after about lock. It activates only if you use the 30 seconds. The alarm is not power door lock switch with the door armed until the security light open or the RKE transmitter. You goes off. should also remember that you can The content theft deterrent start your vehicle with the correct system does not sense if the ignition key if the alarm has been midgate or tailgate are open or set off. ajar, therefore, vehicle contents To avoid setting off the alarm by This is the security light. may not be protected if the accident: midgate is left open or ajar. To arm the theft-deterrent system: . If you do not want to activate the 1. Open the door. If a locked driver door is opened theft-deterrent system, the without using the RKE transmitter, vehicle should be locked with 2. Lock the door with the Remote a ten second pre-alarm will occur. the door key after the doors are Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter The horn will chirp and the lights will closed. or the power door lock switch. flash. If the key is not placed in the The security light will come on to . Always unlock the doors with the ignition and turned to START or the RKE transmitter. Unlocking a inform the driver the system is door is not unlocked by pressing the arming. If a door is open when door any other way will set off unlock button on the RKE the alarm if it is armed. the doors are locked, the transmitter during the ten second security light will flash. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

If you set off the alarm by accident, While the alarm is set, the power Immobilizer Operation press unlock on the RKE transmitter door unlock switch will not work. This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+ or place the key in the ignition and If the alarm does not sound when it turn it to START to turn off the (Personalized Automotive Security should but the headlamps flash, System) theft-deterrent system. alarm. The alarm will not stop if you check to see if the horn works. The try to unlock a door any other way. PASS-Key III+ is a passive horn fuse may be blown. To replace theft-deterrent system. Testing the Alarm the fuse, see Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10‑46 and Engine The system is automatically armed To test the alarm: Compartment Fuse Block on when the key is removed from the 1. From inside the vehicle, lower page 10‑41. ignition. the driver window and open the If the alarm does not sound or the The system is automatically driver door. headlamps do not flash, the vehicle disarmed when the key is turned to 2. Activate the system by locking should be serviced by your dealer. ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, the doors with the power door or START from the LOCK/OFF lock switch while the door is Immobilizer position. open, or with the RKE You do not have to manually arm or See Radio Frequency Statement on transmitter. disarm the system. page 13‑19 for information 3. Get out of the vehicle, close the regarding Part 15 of the Federal The security light will come on if door and wait for the security Communications Commission (FCC) there is a problem with arming or light to go out. rules and Industry Canada disarming the theft-deterrent 4. Then reach in through the Standards RSS-210/220/310. system. window, unlock the door with the manual door lock and open the door. This should set off the alarm. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-19

When the PASS-Key III+ system It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ 3. After the engine has started, turn senses that someone is using the decoder to learn the transponder the key to LOCK/OFF, and wrong key, it prevents the vehicle value of a new or replacement key. remove the key. from starting. Anyone using a Up to 10 keys may be programmed 4. Insert the new key to be trial-and-error method to start the for the vehicle. The following programmed and turn it to the vehicle will be discouraged because procedure is for programming ON/RUN position within of the high number of electrical key additional keys only. If all the five seconds of turning the codes. currently programmed keys are lost ignition to the LOCK/OFF If the engine does not start and the or do not operate, you must see position in Step 3. your dealer or a locksmith who can security light on the instrument The security light will turn off panel cluster comes on when trying service PASS-Key III+ to have keys made and programmed to the once the key has been to start the vehicle, there may be a programmed. problem with the theft-deterrent system. system. Turn the ignition off and try See your dealer or a locksmith who 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if again. can service PASS-Key III+ to get a additional keys are to be programmed. If the engine still does not start, and new key blank cut exactly as the the key appears to be undamaged, ignition key that operates the If you lose or damage your try another ignition key. At this time, system. PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer you may also want to check the To program the new additional key: or a locksmith who can service fuse. See Fuses and Circuit 1 PASS-Key III+ to have a new Breakers on page 10‑41. If the 1. Verify that the new key has a key made. stamped on it. engine still does not start with the Do not leave the key or device other key, the vehicle needs service. 2. Insert the original, already that disarms or deactivates the If the vehicle does start, the first key programmed key in the ignition theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. may be faulty. See your dealer who and start the engine. If the can service the PASS-Key III+ to engine will not start, see your have a new key made. dealer for service. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors To adjust each mirror: 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the Convex Mirrors driver or passenger side mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control { WARNING pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left. A convex mirror can make things, 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that like other vehicles, look farther the side of the vehicle and the away than they really are. If you area behind are seen. cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a vehicle on the 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to right. Check the inside mirror or deselect the mirror. glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. Vehicles with outside power mirrors have controls located on the The passenger side mirror is convex driver door. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-21

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Foldaway Manual Foldaway Mirrors Manually fold the mirrors inward to Reset the power foldaway mirrors if: prevent damage when going . The mirrors are accidentally through an automatic car wash. To obstructed while folding. fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to . They are accidentally manually return to its original position. folded/unfolded. Automatic Dimming . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position. If equipped with an automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside . The mirrors vibrate at normal mirror adjusts for the glare of the driving speeds. headlamps behind you. See Fold and unfold the mirrors one time Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror Vehicles with outside power using the mirror controls to reset on page 2‑22. foldaway mirrors have controls on them to their normal position. the driver door. A popping noise may be heard during the resetting of the power Power Foldaway foldaway mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual folding 1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors out operation. to the driving position. 2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors in to the folded position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors and Windows

Turn Signal Indicator Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors The vehicle may also have a turn If the vehicle has the memory signal indicator on the mirror. An package, the passenger and/or Manual Rearview Mirror arrow on the mirror flashes in the driver mirror tilts to a preselected direction of the turn or lane change. Hold the mirror in the center to position when the vehicle is in move it for a clearer view of behind R (Reverse). This feature lets the your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to Heated Mirrors driver view the curb when parallel avoid glare from the headlamps For vehicles with heated mirrors: parking. The mirror(s) return to the behind you. Push the tab at the original position when the vehicle is bottom of the mirror forward for < (Rear Window Defogger): shifted out of R (Reverse), or the Press to heat the mirrors. daytime use and pull it for ignition is turned off or to nighttime use. See “Rear Window Defogger” under OFF/LOCK. Dual Automatic Climate Control Turn this feature on or off through Automatic Dimming System on page 8‑4 or Climate the Driver Information Center (DIC). Rearview Mirror Control Systems on page 8‑1 for See Vehicle Personalization (With more information. DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44 for more The vehicle may have an automatic information. dimming inside rearview mirror. Automatic dimming reduces the glare from the headlamps of the vehicle behind you. The dimming feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each time the ignition is turned to start. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-23

O (On/Off): Press to turn the Windows dimming feature on or off. The vehicle may also have a Rear { WARNING Vision Camera (RVC). See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑60 Leaving children, helpless adults, for more information. or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous. If the vehicle has RVC, the O button They can be overcome by the for turning the dimming feature on or extreme heat and suffer off will not be available. permanent injuries or even death Vehicles with OnStar have three from heat stroke. Never leave a additional control buttons for the child, a helpless adult, or a pet OnStar system. See your dealer for alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy more information about OnStar and the windows closed in warm or performance. This may result in a how to subscribe to it. See the hot weather. OnStar Owner Guide for more pulsing sound when either rear information about the services window is down and the front OnStar provides. windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window Cleaning the Mirror or the sunroof (if equipped). Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

2-24 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Windows Express Down Windows Windows that have the { WARNING express‐down feature allow the windows to be lowered without Leaving children in a vehicle with holding the switch. Press the the keys is dangerous for many window switch fully and release it to reasons. Children or others could activate the express‐down feature. be badly injured or even killed. The express mode can be canceled They could operate the power at any time by briefly pressing, windows or other controls or even or pulling the switch. make the vehicle move. The Window Lockout windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed The power window controls are o (Window Lockout): The if caught in the path of a closing located on each of the side doors. window lockout switch is on the window. Do not leave keys in a The driver door also has switches driver door. This feature prevents vehicle with children. that control the passenger and rear the rear passenger windows from operating, except from the driver When there are children in the windows. The power windows work when the ignition is in ON/RUN or position. Press the switch to turn the rear seat use the window lockout ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained lockout feature on or off. An button to prevent unintentional Accessory Power (RAP). See indicator light shows the feature operation of the windows. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is on. on page 9‑34 Press the switch to lower the window. Pull up the front of the switch to raise the window. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-25

Sun Visors Roof The sunroof only operates when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, or in Retained Sunroof Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑34. To open or close the sunroof, press the open or close switch (A) to the first detent position. To express open or close the sunroof, press the open or close switch (A) to the second detent position and release. To stop the movement, press the switch again. Pull the sun visor down to block The sunroof has a comfort stop glare. Detach the sun visor from the feature which stops the sunroof from center mount to pivot to the side A. Open or Close Sunroof opening to the full-open position. window, or to extend along the rod, B. Vent From the comfort stop position, if available. press the open or close switch (A) a On vehicles with a sunroof, there second time to open the sunroof to are two sunroof switches on the the full-open position. overhead console above the rearview mirror. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

2-26 Keys, Doors and Windows

To automatically vent or close the sunroof, press the vent open or close switch (B). When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. The sunroof also has a sunshade which can be pulled forward to block sun rays. The sunshade must be opened and closed manually. If an object is in the path of the Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof while it is closing, the sunroof seal or in the track. This anti-pinch feature will detect the could cause an issue with sunroof object and stop the sunroof. operation, noise, or plugging the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-26 Child Restraints Seats and Safety System Check ...... 3-26 Older Children ...... 3-42 Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-27 Infants and Young Replacing Safety Belt System Children ...... 3-44 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-27 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-47 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-49 Head Restraints Airbag System Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Airbag System ...... 3-28 for Children (LATCH Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-30 System) ...... 3-51 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 When Should an Airbag Replacing LATCH System Center Seat ...... 3-3 Inflate? ...... 3-31 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-57 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-6 Inflate? ...... 3-33 (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-57 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-7 How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Heated Front Seats ...... 3-9 Restrain? ...... 3-33 (Center Front Seat Heated and Ventilated Front What Will You See After an Position) ...... 3-59 Seats ...... 3-10 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-34 Securing Child Restraints Passenger Sensing (Right Front Seat Rear Seats System ...... 3-35 Position) ...... 3-60 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 3-40 Safety Belts Adding Equipment to the Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-40 How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag System Check ...... 3-41 Properly ...... 3-16 Replacing Airbag System Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-21 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-42 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-25 Lap Belt ...... 3-25 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull the head restraint up to raise it. drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same To lower the head restraint, press all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's the button, located on the top of the adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the seatback, and push the chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraint down. Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The head restraints are not designed to be removed. The rear seat has headrests that can be adjusted up and down. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats Center Seat If equipped, the center front Seat Adjustment seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/storage area for the driver { WARNING and passenger when the center front seat is not used. Do not use it You can lose control of the as a seating position when the vehicle if you try to adjust a seatback is folded down. manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a To adjust the seat: pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Lift the bar under the front edge the vehicle is not moving. of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see “Power Storing Memory Positions Reclining Seatbacks” under To save into memory: Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑7. 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback Memory Seat, Mirrors, and recliner, both outside mirrors, Pedals and the throttle and brake pedals, if available. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑20 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑29 for more information. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttles and brake pedals will have the ability to save and To adjust a power seat, if equipped: recall their positions. . Move the seat forward or 2. Press and hold “1” until rearward by sliding the control two beeps sound. forward or rearward. 3. Repeat for a second driver . If available, raise or lower the On vehicles with the memory position using “2.” front or rear part of the seat feature, the controls on the driver door are used to program and recall To recall, press and release “1” or cushion by moving the front or “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). rear of the control up or down. memory settings for the driver seat, outside mirrors, and the adjustable A single beep will sound. The seat, . If available, raise or lower the throttle and brake pedals, outside mirrors, and adjustable entire seat by moving the entire if equipped. throttle and brake pedals will move control up or down. to the position previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Memory Remote Recall If something has blocked the driver A single beep sounds. The driver The memory feature can recall the seat and/or the adjustable pedals seat moves back approximately driver seat, outside mirrors, and while recalling a memory position, 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back pedals, if available, to stored the recall may stop. Remove the farther, press the easy exit seat positions when entering the vehicle. obstruction; then press and hold the button again until the seat is all the appropriate manual control for the way back. To activate, unlock the driver door memory item that is not recalling for If something has blocked the driver with the Remote Keyless two seconds. Try recalling the Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver seat while recalling the exit position, memory position again by pressing the recall may stop. Remove the seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable the appropriate memory button. pedals, if available, will move to the obstruction; then press and hold the If the memory position is still not power seat control rearward for memory position associated with the recalling, see the dealer for service. transmitter used to unlock the two seconds. Try recalling the exit vehicle. Easy Exit Driver Seat position again. If the exit position is still not recalling, see the dealer for This feature can be turned on or off This feature can move the seat service. using the vehicle personalization rearward to allow extra room to exit See Easy Exit Recall and Easy menu. See “Memory Seat Recall” the vehicle. “ ” “ under Vehicle Personalization (With B Exit Setup” under Vehicle (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Press Personalization (With DIC Buttons) DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44 for more to recall the easy exit seat position. on page 5‑44 for more information. information. The vehicle must be in P (Park). To stop recall movement, press one If the easy exit seat feature is of the power seat controls, memory programmed on in the vehicle buttons, or power mirror buttons, personalization menu, automatic or the adjustable pedal switch. seat movement occurs when the ignition key is removed. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped: If equipped, increase or decrease . manual lumbar support by turning On vehicles with two-way the knob forward or rearward. lumbar, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING For proper protection when the { WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the You can lose control of the Sitting in a reclined position when seatback upright. Then sit well vehicle if you try to adjust a the vehicle is in motion can be back in the seat and wear the manual driver seat while the dangerous. Even when buckled safety belt properly. up, the safety belts cannot do vehicle is moving. The sudden their job when reclined like this. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a The shoulder belt cannot do its pedal when you do not want to. job because it will not be against Adjust the driver seat only when your body. Instead, it will be in the vehicle is not moving. front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt cannot do its job { WARNING either. In a crash, the belt could If either seatback is not locked, it go up over your abdomen. The could move forward in a sudden belt forces would be there, not at stop or crash. That could cause your pelvic bones. This could injury to the person sitting there. cause serious internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if Always push and pull on the (Continued) the vehicle is moving. seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

To return the seatback to the upright Power Reclining Seatbacks position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

To adjust a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. To recline a power seatback, The seatback will automatically if equipped: fold forward. . Tilt the top of the control 2. To recline, move the seatback rearward to recline. rearward to the desired position, then release the lever to lock the . Tilt the top of the control forward seatback in place. to raise. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Heated Front Seats The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. { WARNING The heated seats will be canceled 10 seconds after the ignition is If you cannot feel temperature turned off. change or pain to the skin, the Remote Start Heated Seats seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. To When it is cold outside, the heated reduce the risk of burns, people seats may turn on automatically with such a condition should use during a remote vehicle start. The care when using the seat heater, heated seats will be canceled when especially for long periods of the ignition is turned on. Press the time. Do not place anything on If available, the buttons are on the desired button to use the heated the seat that insulates against front doors. seats after the vehicle is started. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, I (Heated Seatback): Press to The lights on the heated seat cover, or similar item. This may heat the seatback only. buttons do not turn on during a remote start. cause the seat heater to J (Heated Seat and Seatback): overheat. An overheated seat Press to heat the seat and The temperature performance of an heater may cause a burn or may seatback. unoccupied seat may be reduced. damage the seat. This is normal. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of See Remote Vehicle Start on the button, the heated seat will page 2‑5 for more information. change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Heated and Ventilated H (Cooled Seat): Press to cool Remote Start Heated Seats Front Seats the seat. When it is cold outside, the heated I (Heated Seatback): Press to seats may turn on automatically { WARNING heat the seatback only. during a remote vehicle start. The heated seats will be canceled when J (Heated Seat and Seatback): If you cannot feel temperature the ignition is turned on. Press the Press to heat the seat and desired button to use the heated change or pain to the skin, the seatback. seat heater may cause burns seats after the vehicle is started. even at low temperatures. See Press the button once for the The lights on the heated seat the Warning under Heated Front highest setting. With each press of buttons do not turn on during a the button, the seat will change to Seats on page 3 9. remote start. ‑ the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate The temperature performance of an three for the highest setting and one unoccupied seat may be reduced. for the lowest. This is normal. The heated and cooled seats turn See Remote Vehicle Start on off automatically when the ignition is page 2‑5 for more information. turned off. To use this feature after restarting the vehicle, press the desired button again.

If available, the buttons are on the front doors. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Rear Seats The rear seatbacks can be folded to provide more cargo space and access to the midgate. See Midgate® on page 2‑9 for more information on operation of the midgate. To fold the seatback: 1. Push the rear seat headrests all the way down.

2. Pull the loop in the crease where 3. Fold the seatback forward until it the seatback and seat cushion is flat. If necessary, move the meet to release the seat front seats forward slightly to cushion. Tilt the seat cushion allow the seatback to fold forward toward the front of the completely. vehicle. 4. Repeat the procedure for the Notice: Folding a rear seat with other seatback, if desired. the safety belts still fastened may To return the seats to the normal cause damage to the seat or the position, lift the seatback up and safety belts. Always unbuckle the fold the seat cushion down. safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING Safety Belts This section of the manual A safety belt that is improperly If the seatback is not locked, it describes how to use safety belts routed, not properly attached, could move forward in a sudden properly. It also describes some or twisted will not provide the stop or crash. That could cause things not to do with safety belts. protection needed in a crash. The injury to the person sitting there. person wearing the belt could be Always be sure to press the rear { WARNING seriously injured. After raising the of the seat cushion down. This rear seatback, always check to be action locks the seatback in Do not let anyone ride where a sure that the safety belts are place. safety belt cannot be worn properly routed and attached, and properly. In a crash, if you or your are not twisted. Push and pull on the seatback to passenger(s) are not wearing make sure it is locked. Raise the safety belts, the injuries can be headrest. much worse. You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the vehicle. You and your passenger(s) can be seriously injured or killed. In the same crash, you might not be, if you are buckled up. Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

This vehicle has indicators as a Why Safety Belts Work { WARNING reminder to buckle the safety belts. When you ride in or on anything, See Safety Belt Reminders on People riding on the tailgate you go as fast as it goes. page 5‑15 for additional information. (if equipped) can easily lose their balance and fall even when the In most states and in all Canadian vehicle is operated at low speeds. provinces, the law requires wearing Falling from a moving vehicle may safety belts. Here is why: result in serious injuries or death. You never know if you will be in a crash. If you do have a crash, you do not know if it will be a serious one. { WARNING A few crashes are mild, and some It is extremely dangerous to ride crashes can be so serious that even in a cargo area, inside or outside buckled up, a person would not of a vehicle. In a collision, people survive. But most crashes are in riding in these areas are more between. In many of them, people Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose likely to be seriously injured or who buckle up can survive and it is just a seat on wheels. killed. Do not allow people to ride sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been in any area of your vehicle that is badly hurt or killed. not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in After more than 40 years of safety the vehicle is in a seat and using belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. a safety belt properly. In most crashes buckling up does matter ... a lot! Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield... Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

With safety belts, you slow down as them. Whether or not an airbag the vehicle does. You get more time is provided, all occupants still to stop. You stop over more have to buckle up to get the distance, and your strongest bones most protection. That is true not take the forces. That is why safety only in frontal collisions, but belts make such good sense. especially in side and other collisions. Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q: If I am a good driver, and I never drive far from home, Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle why should I wear safety after a crash if I am wearing a belts? safety belt? A: You may be an excellent driver, or the instrument panel... A: You could be — whether you are but if you are in a crash — even wearing a safety belt or not. But one that is not your fault — you your chance of being conscious and your passenger(s) can be during and after an accident, so hurt. Being a good driver does you can unbuckle and get out, is not protect you from things much greater if you are belted. beyond your control, such as And you can unbuckle a safety bad drivers. belt, even if you are Most accidents occur within upside down. 40 km (25 miles) of home. And Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why the greatest number of serious should I have to wear safety injuries and deaths occur at belts? speeds of less than A: Airbags are supplemental 65 km/h (40 mph). systems only; so they work with Safety belts are for everyone. or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your shoulder belt should go over the passenger(s) wear a safety belt, shoulder and across the chest. Properly there is important information you These parts of the body are best This section is only for people of should know. able to take belt restraining forces. adult size. The shoulder belt locks if there is a Be aware that there are special sudden stop or crash. things to know about safety belts Q: What is wrong with this? and children. And there are different rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older Children on page 3‑42 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑44. Follow those rules for everyone's protection. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are Sit up straight and always keep your wearing safety belts. feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part of the belt should be worn Occupants who are not buckled up low and snug on the hips, just can be thrown out of the vehicle in a touching the thighs. In a crash, this A: The shoulder belt is too loose. crash. And they can strike others in applies force to the strong pelvic It will not give as much the vehicle who are wearing safety bones and you would be less likely protection this way. belts. to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING { WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the You can be seriously hurt if the shoulder belt is too loose. In a lap belt is too loose. In a crash, crash, you would move forward you could slide under the lap belt too much, which could increase and apply force on your injury. The shoulder belt should fit abdomen. This could cause snugly against your body. serious or even fatal injuries. The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs.

A: The lap belt is too loose. It will not give nearly as much protection this way. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING

You can be seriously injured if the belt is buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash, the belt would go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not on the pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle the belt into the buckle nearest you.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong A: The belt is over an armrest. buckle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING { WARNING

You can be seriously injured if the You can be seriously injured if belt goes over an armrest like you wear the shoulder belt under this. The belt would be much too your arm. In a crash, your body high. In a crash, you can slide would move too far forward, under the belt. The belt force which would increase the chance would then be applied on the of head and neck injury. Also, the abdomen, not on the pelvic belt would apply too much force bones, and that could cause to the ribs, which are not as serious or fatal injuries. Be sure strong as shoulder bones. You the belt goes under the armrests. could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen. A: The shoulder belt is worn under The shoulder belt should go over the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder and across the the shoulder at all times. chest. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING

You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. You might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal A: The belt is behind the body. injuries. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is twisted across go over the shoulder and across the body. the chest. { WARNING

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, or ask your dealer to fix it. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Lap-Shoulder Belt If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all All seating positions in the vehicle the way, the child restraint have a lap-shoulder belt except for locking feature may be engaged. the center front passenger position If this happens, let the belt go (if equipped), which has a lap belt. back all the way and start again. See Lap Belt on page 3‑25 for more information. Engaging the child restraint locking feature may affect the The following instructions explain passenger sensing system, how to wear a lap-shoulder belt if equipped. See Passenger properly. Sensing System on page 3‑35 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is for more information. adjustable, so you can sit up If the belt stops before it reaches 3. Push the latch plate into the straight. To see how, see “Seats” the buckle, tilt the latch plate and buckle until it clicks. If you find in the Index. keep pulling the safety belt until that the latch plate will not go 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull it can be buckled. fully into the buckle, see if you the belt across you. Do not let it are using the correct buckle. get twisted. Pull up on the latch plate to The lap-shoulder belt may lock if make sure it is secure. If the belt you pull the belt across you very is not long enough, see Safety quickly. If this happens, let the Belt Extender on page 3‑26. belt go back slightly to unlock it. Position the release button on Then pull the belt across you the buckle so that the safety belt more slowly. could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not in this section for instructions on contacting, the neck. Improper use and important safety shoulder belt height adjustment information. could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑16.

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the belt and the vehicle. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster It may be necessary to pull The vehicle has a shoulder belt Squeeze the buttons (A) on the stitching on the safety belt height adjuster for the driver and sides of the height adjuster and through the latch plate to fully right front passenger positions. tighten the lap belt on smaller move the height adjuster to the occupants. desired position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

The adjuster can be moved up just Pretensioners work only once. If the by pushing up on the shoulder belt pretensioners activate in a crash, guide. they will need to be replaced, and After the adjuster is set to the probably other new parts for the desired position, try to move it down vehicle's safety belt system. See without squeezing the buttons to Replacing Safety Belt System Parts make sure it has locked into After a Crash on page 3‑27. position. Rear Safety Belt Comfort Safety Belt Pretensioners Guides This vehicle has safety belt This vehicle may have rear shoulder pretensioners for front outboard belt comfort guides. If not, they are occupants. Although the safety belt available through your dealer. The There is one guide, if equipped, for pretensioners cannot be seen, they guides may provide added safety each outside passenger position in are part of the safety belt assembly. belt comfort for older children who the rear seat. Here is how to install They can help tighten the safety have outgrown booster seats and a comfort guide to the safety belt: belts during the early stages of a for some adults. When installed and 1. Remove the guide from its moderate to severe frontal, near properly adjusted, the comfort guide storage pocket on the side of frontal, or rear crash if the threshold positions the belt away from the the seat. conditions for pretensioner neck and head. activation are met. And, if the vehicle has side impact airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

WARNING (Continued)

and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.

2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

To remove and store the comfort Lap Belt guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can This part is only for the lap belt. To be removed from the guide. Slide learn how to wear a lap-shoulder the guide into its storage clip on the belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on interior body or storage pocket on page 3‑21. the side of the seat. The vehicle may have a center seating position. When you sit in the Safety Belt Use During center front seating position, you Pregnancy have a lap safety belt, which has no retractor. Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to A pregnant woman should wear a be seriously injured if they do not lap-shoulder belt, and the lap wear safety belts. portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly. To make the belt longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Buckle, position and release it the If you find that the latch plate will Safety System Check same way as the lap part of a not go fully into the buckle, see if lap-shoulder belt. you are using the correct buckle. Be Now and then, check that the safety sure that the latch plate clicks when belt reminder light, safety belts, inserted into the buckle. buckles, latch plates, retractors, and anchorages are working properly. Safety Belt Extender Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten that might keep a safety belt system around you, you should use it. from doing its job. See your dealer But if a safety belt is not long to have it repaired. Torn or frayed enough, your dealer will order you safety belts may not protect you in a an extender. When you go in to crash. They can rip apart under order it, take the heaviest coat you impact forces. If a belt is torn or will wear, so the extender will be frayed, get a new one right away. long enough for you. To help avoid Make sure the safety belt reminder personal injury, do not let someone light is working. See Safety Belt To make the belt shorter, pull its free else use it, and use it only for the Reminders on page 5 15 for more end as shown until the belt is snug. ‑ seat it is made to fit. The extender information. If the belt is not long enough, see has been designed for adults. Never Keep safety belts clean and dry. Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑26. use it for securing child seats. To See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑27. Make sure the release button on the wear it, attach it to the regular safety buckle is positioned so you would belt. For more information, see the be able to unbuckle the safety belt instruction sheet that comes with quickly if necessary. the extender. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts After a But the safety belt assemblies that Crash were used during any crash may { WARNING have been stressed or damaged. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety Do not bleach or dye safety belts. belt assemblies inspected or It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced. a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑16. possible. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG will appear on the middle to know about the airbag system: The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the airbags: driver and on the instrument panel { WARNING . A frontal airbag for the driver. for the right front passenger. With seat‐mounted side impact You can be severely injured or . A frontal airbag for the right front killed in a crash if you are not passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback wearing your safety belt — even if . A seat‐mounted side impact closest to the door. you have airbags. Airbags are airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety With roof-rail airbags, the word belts, but do not replace them. . A seat‐mounted side impact AIRBAG will appear along the Also, airbags are not designed to airbag for the right front headliner or trim. passenger. deploy in every crash. In some Airbags are designed to supplement crashes safety belts are your only . A roof-rail airbag for the driver the protection provided by safety restraint. See When Should an and passenger directly behind belts. Even though today's airbags Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑31. the driver. are also designed to help reduce Wearing your safety belt during a . A roof-rail airbag for the right the risk of injury from the force of an front passenger and passenger inflating bag, all airbags must inflate crash helps reduce your chance seated directly behind the right very quickly to do their job. of hitting things inside the vehicle front passenger. or being ejected from it. Airbags are “supplemental restraints” to All of the airbags in the vehicle will the safety belts. Everyone in your have the word AIRBAG embossed vehicle should wear a safety belt in the trim or on an attached label properly whether or not there is near the deployment opening. — an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

{ WARNING { WARNING

Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag Anyone who is up against, or very when it inflates can be seriously close to, any airbag when it injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light inflates can be seriously injured lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. close to any airbag, as you would not for young children and infants. be if you were sitting on the edge Neither the vehicle safety belt The system checks the airbag of the seat or leaning forward. system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions. Safety belts help keep you in designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an position before and during a children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag crash. Always wear a safety belt, protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑16 for even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always more information. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older the vehicle. Children on page 3‑42 or Infants Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 3‑44. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags?

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. The seat‐mounted side impact middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? or even death. The path of an Frontal airbags are designed to inflating airbag must be kept inflate in moderate to severe frontal clear. Do not put anything or near-frontal crashes to help between an occupant and an reduce the potential for severe airbag, and do not attach or put injuries mainly to the driver's or right anything on the steering wheel front passenger's head and chest. hub or on or near any other However, they are only designed to airbag covering. inflate if the impact exceeds a Do not use seat accessories that predetermined deployment Driver Side Shown, Passenger block the inflation path of a threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag. crash is likely to be in time for the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Never secure anything to the roof airbags to inflate and help restrain right front passenger, and second of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags the occupants. row outboard passengers are in the by routing a rope or tie down ceiling above the side windows. Whether the frontal airbags will or through any door or window should deploy is not based on how opening. If you do, the path of an fast your vehicle is traveling. { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be It depends largely on what you hit, blocked. the direction of the impact, and how If something is between an quickly your vehicle slows down. occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to The vehicle has seat‐mounted side different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impact and roof-rail airbags. See example: impacts, or in many side impacts. Airbag System on page 3‑28. Seat mounted side impact and . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has ‐ object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. roof-rail airbags are intended to at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the inflate in moderate to severe side the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. crashes. In addition, these roof-rail The vehicle has electronic frontal airbags are intended to inflate . If the vehicle hits an object that sensors, which help the sensing during a rollover or in a severe deforms, the airbags could frontal impact. Seat‐mounted side inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more impact and roof-rail airbags will than if the vehicle hits an object inflate if the crash severity is above does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags the system's designed threshold . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full level. The threshold level can vary (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal with specific vehicle design. inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. Roof-rail airbags are not intended than if the vehicle hits a wide to inflate in rear impacts. A object (like a wall). The vehicle has a seat position sensor. Vehicles with dual stage seat‐mounted side impact airbag is . If the vehicle goes into an object airbags also have seat position intended to deploy on the side of the at an angle, the airbags could sensors which enable the sensing vehicle that is struck. Both roof-rail inflate at a different crash speed system to monitor the position of the airbags will deploy when either side than if the vehicle goes straight driver seat and the right front of the vehicle is struck or if the into the object. passenger seat. sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over, or in a Thresholds can also vary with The seat position sensor provides severe frontal impact. specific vehicle design. information that is used to determine if the airbags should deploy at a reduced level or at full deployment. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

In any particular crash, no one can Frontal airbag modules are located Seat‐mounted side impact and say whether an airbag should have inside the steering wheel and roof-rail airbags distribute the force inflated simply because of the instrument panel. For vehicles with of the impact more evenly over the damage to a vehicle or because of seat‐mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body. what the repair costs were. For there are airbags modules in the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags frontal airbags, inflation is side of the front seatbacks closest are designed to help contain the determined by what the vehicle hits, to the door. For vehicles with head and chest of occupants in the the angle of the impact, and how roof-rail airbags, there are airbag outboard seating positions in the quickly the vehicle slows down. For modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, first and second rows. The rollover seat‐mounted side impact and near the side windows that have capable roof-rail airbags are roof-rail airbags, deployment is occupant seating positions. designed to help reduce the risk of determined by the location and full or partial ejection in rollover severity of the side impact. In a How Does an Airbag events, although no system can rollover event, roof-rail airbag Restrain? prevent all such ejections. deployment is determined by the direction of the roll. In moderate to severe frontal or But airbags would not help in many near frontal collisions, even belted types of collisions, primarily What Makes an Airbag occupants can contact the steering because the occupant's motion is wheel or the instrument panel. In not toward those airbags. See When Inflate? moderate to severe side collisions, Should an Airbag Inflate? on In a deployment event, the sensing even belted occupants can contact page 3‑31 for more information. system sends an electrical signal the inside of the vehicle. Airbags should never be regarded triggering a release of gas from the Airbags supplement the protection as anything more than a supplement inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the provided by safety belts. Frontal to safety belts. airbag causing the bag to break out airbags distribute the force of the of the cover and deploy. The inflator, impact more evenly over the the airbag, and related hardware are occupant's upper body, stopping the all part of the airbag module. occupant more gradually. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

What Will You See After off the interior lamps and hazard { WARNING warning flashers by using the an Airbag Inflates? controls for those features. After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust seat-mounted side impact airbags { WARNING inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems quickly that some people may not for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel they deploy. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a airbag modules, see What Makes airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑33. by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag the vehicle. but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt from the vents in the deflated to restart the engine after a crash has occurred. airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle may have a feature that prevent the driver from seeing out of may automatically unlock the doors, the windshield or being able to steer turn on the interior lamps and In many crashes severe enough to the vehicle, nor does it prevent hazard warning flashers, and shut inflate the airbag, windshields are people from leaving the vehicle. off the fuel system after the airbags broken by vehicle deformation. inflate. You can lock the doors, turn Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

. Airbags are designed to inflate Passenger Sensing only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new System parts for the airbag system. If the vehicle has the passenger If you do not get them, the airbag status indicator pictured in airbag system will not be there the following illustration, then the to help protect you in another vehicle has a passenger sensing United States crash. A new system will include system for the right front passenger airbag modules and possibly position. The passenger airbag other parts. The service manual status indicator, if equipped, is for your vehicle covers the need visible on the overhead console to replace other parts. when the vehicle is started. . The vehicle has a crash sensing In addition, if the vehicle has a and diagnostic module which passenger sensing system for the records information after a right front passenger position, the Canada and Mexico crash. See Vehicle Data label on the vehicle's sun visors The words ON and OFF, or the Recording and Privacy on refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. symbols for on and off, will be page 13‑17 and Event Data visible during the system check. Recorders on page 13‑18. If you are using remote start, . Let only qualified technicians if equipped, to start the vehicle from work on the airbag systems. a distance, you may not see the Improper service can mean that system check. When the system an airbag system will not work check is complete, either the word properly. See your dealer for ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or service. off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑17. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system will an older child riding in a booster turn off the right front passenger seat; and children, who are large WARNING (Continued) frontal airbag under certain enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing conditions. The driver airbag, A label on the sun visor says, seat mounted side impact airbags system has turned off the right ‐ “Never put a rear-facing child seat in (if equipped) and the roof-rail front passenger frontal airbag, no the front.” This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can airbags are not affected by the the rear-facing child is so great, passenger sensing system. guarantee that an airbag will not if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual The passenger sensing system circumstance, even though the works with sensors that are part of { WARNING airbag is turned off. the right front passenger seat and safety belt. The sensors are A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints designed to detect the presence of restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the a properly-seated occupant and or killed if the right front airbag is off. If you secure a determine if the right front passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in passenger frontal airbag should be because the back of the the right front seat, always move enabled (may inflate) or not. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far According to accident statistics, be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to children are safer when properly airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint can be seriously rear seat. child restraint for their weight injured or killed if the right front and size. passenger airbag inflates and the We recommend that children be passenger seat is in a forward secured in a rear seat, including: an position. infant or a child riding in a (Continued) rear-facing child restraint; a child riding in a forward-facing child seat; Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

The passenger sensing system is The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING passenger frontal airbag if: right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever . The right front passenger seat is comes on and stays on, it means unoccupied. person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front that something may be wrong . The system determines an infant passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help is present in a child restraint. avoid injury to yourself or others, When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right . A right front passenger takes system has allowed the airbag to be away. See Airbag Readiness his/her weight off of the seat for enabled, the on indicator will light Light on page 5 16 for more a period of time. and stay lit as a reminder that the ‑ airbag is active. information, including important . There is a critical problem with safety information. the airbag system or the For some children, including passenger sensing system. children in child restraints, and for When the passenger sensing very small adults, the passenger system has turned off the right front sensing system may or may not turn passenger frontal airbag, the off off the right front passenger frontal indicator will light and stay lit as a airbag, depending upon the reminder that the airbag is off. See person's seating posture and body Passenger Airbag Status Indicator build. Everyone in the vehicle who on page 5‑17. has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an Child Restraint restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant vehicle, the on indicator is If a child restraint has been installed still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then and the on indicator is lit: slightly recline the vehicle 1. Turn the vehicle off. seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make 2. Remove the child restraint from sure that the vehicle seatback is the vehicle. not pushing the child restraint 3. Remove any additional items into the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat restraint is not trapped under the heaters, or seat massagers. vehicle head restraint. If this 4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head following the directions provided restraint. See Head Restraints by the child restraint on page 3‑2. If a person of adult size is sitting in manufacturer and refer to 6. Restart the vehicle. the right front passenger seat, but Securing Child Restraints (Rear the off indicator is lit, it could be Seat Position) on page 3 57 or The passenger sensing system ‑ because that person is not sitting Securing Child Restraints may or may not turn off the properly in the seat. If this happens, (Center Front Seat Position) on airbag for a child in a child page 3‑59 or Securing Child restraint depending upon the Restraints (Right Front Seat child’s seating posture and body Position) on page 3‑60. build. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

use the following steps to allow the sensing system maintain the page 3‑40 for more information system to detect that person and passenger airbag status. See about modifications that can affect enable the right front passenger “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” how the system operates. frontal airbag: in the Index for additional The on indicator may be lit if an 1. Turn the vehicle off. information about the importance of object, such as a briefcase, proper restraint use. 2. Remove any additional material handbag, grocery bag, laptop, from the seat, such as blankets, If the shoulder portion of the belt is or other electronic device, is put on cushions, seat covers, seat pulled out all the way, the child an unoccupied seat. If this is not heaters, or seat massagers. restraint locking feature will be desired, remove the object from engaged. This may unintentionally the seat. 3. Place the seatback in the fully cause the passenger sensing upright position. system to turn the airbag off for { WARNING 4. Have the person sit upright in some adult‐size occupants. If this the seat, centered on the seat happens, let the belt go back all the Stowing of articles under the cushion, with legs comfortably way and start again. passenger seat or between the extended. A thick layer of additional material, passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the 5. Restart the vehicle and have the such as a blanket or cushion, person remain in this position for or aftermarket equipment such as proper operation of the passenger two to three minutes after the on seat covers, seat heaters, and seat sensing system. indicator is lit. massagers, can affect how well the passenger sensing system Additional Factors Affecting operates. We recommend that you System Operation not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when Safety belts help keep the approved by GM for your specific passenger in position on the seat vehicle. See Adding Equipment to during vehicle maneuvers and the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on braking, which helps the passenger Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Servicing the sensors, side impact sensors, WARNING (Continued) or airbag wiring can affect the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle operation of the airbag system. proper service procedures, and Airbags affect how the vehicle In addition, the vehicle may have should be serviced. There are parts make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so. a passenger sensing system for of the airbag system in several the right front passenger places around the vehicle. Your position, which includes sensors dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the that are part of the passenger information about servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle seat. The passenger sensing vehicle and the airbag system. To system may not operate properly purchase a service manual, see Q: Is there anything I might add if the original seat trim is Service Publications Ordering to or change about the vehicle replaced with non-GM covers, Information on page 13‑15. that could keep the airbags upholstery or trim, or with GM from working properly? covers, upholstery or trim { WARNING A: Yes. If you add things that designed for a different vehicle. change the vehicle's frame, Any object, such as an For up to 10 seconds after the bumper system, height, front end aftermarket seat heater or a ignition is turned off and the or side sheet metal, they may comfort enhancing pad or battery is disconnected, an airbag keep the airbag system from device, installed under or on top can still inflate during improper working properly. Changing or of the seat fabric, could also service. You can be injured if you moving any parts of the front interfere with the operation of are close to an airbag when it seats, safety belts, the airbag the passenger sensing system. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. sensing and diagnostic module, This could either prevent proper They are probably part of the steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger airbag system. Be sure to follow panel, roof-rail airbag modules, airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing system from (Continued) ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim, overhead console, front properly turning off the Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

passenger airbag(s). See Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check Passenger Sensing System on I have to get my vehicle page 3‑35. modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or If you have any questions, call whether this will affect my airbag system? replacement. Make sure the airbag Customer Assistance. The readiness light is working. See phone numbers and addresses A: If you have questions, call Airbag Readiness Light on for Customer Assistance are in Customer Assistance. The page 5‑16 for more information. Step Two of the Customer phone numbers and addresses Satisfaction Procedure in this for Customer Assistance are in Notice: If an airbag covering is manual. See Customer Step Two of the Customer damaged, opened, or broken, the Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and Satisfaction Procedure in this airbag may not work properly. Do Canada) on page 13‑1 or manual. See Customer not open or break the airbag Customer Satisfaction Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and coverings. If there are any Procedure (Mexico) on Canada) on page 13‑1 or opened or broken airbag covers, page 13‑3. Customer Satisfaction have the airbag covering and/or If the vehicle has rollover Procedure (Mexico) on airbag module replaced. For the roof-rail airbags, see Different page 13‑3. location of the airbag modules, Size Tires and Wheels on see What Makes an Airbag In addition, your dealer and the Inflate? on page 3 33. See your page 10‑66 for additional ‑ service manual have information dealer for service. important information. about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints Parts After a Crash replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. Older Children { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have A damaged airbag system the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on may not work properly and page 5 16 for more information. may not protect you and your ‑ passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown possible. booster seats should wear the vehicle safety belts. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

The manufacturer's instructions that . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort come with the booster seat state the snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on weight and height limitations for that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, page 3‑21. return to the booster seat. booster. Use a booster seat with a According to accident statistics, lap-shoulder belt until the child . Can proper safety belt fit be children and infants are safer when passes the fit test below: maintained for the length of the properly restrained in a child . Sit all the way back on the seat. trip? If yes, continue. If no, restraint system or infant restraint Do the knees bend at the seat return to the booster seat. system secured in a rear seating edge? If yes, continue. If no, Q: What is the proper way to position. return to the booster seat. wear safety belts? In a crash, children who are not . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A: An older child should wear a buckled up can strike other people Does the shoulder belt rest on lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be the shoulder? If yes, continue. additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older If no, try using the rear safety belt can provide. The shoulder children need to use safety belts belt comfort guide. See “Rear belt should not cross the face or properly. Safety Belt Comfort Guides” neck. The lap belt should fit under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snugly below the hips, just page 3‑21 for more information. touching the top of the thighs. If the shoulder belt still does not This applies belt force to the rest on the shoulder, then return child's pelvic bones in a crash. to the booster seat. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never do this. Never do this. Never allow two children to wear Never allow a child to wear the the same safety belt. The safety safety belt with the shoulder belt belt cannot properly spread the behind their back. A child can be impact forces. In a crash, the two seriously injured by not wearing children can be crushed together the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a and seriously injured. A safety crash, the child would not be belt must be used by only one restrained by the shoulder belt. person at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child Infants and Young might also slide under the lap Children belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants and That could cause serious or fatal all other children. Neither the injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

{ WARNING { WARNING

Children can be seriously injured Never do this. or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash. allow children to play with the For example, in a crash at only safety belts. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's protection for adults and older arms. An infant should be children, but not for young children secured in an appropriate and infants. Neither the vehicle's restraint. safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

For most basic types of child { WARNING restraints, there are many different models available. When Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which are many kinds of restraints seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle available for children with special needs. passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic will go. types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Child Restraint Systems { WARNING { WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low on because an infant's neck is not the hip bones, as it should. fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash, the rest of its body. In a crash, an the belt would apply force on a infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A) always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑51 for more information. Children can be Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

endangered in a crash if the child In some areas of the United States Where to Put the restraint is not properly secured in and Canada, Certified Child the vehicle. Passenger Safety Technicians Restraint When securing an add-on child (CPSTs) are available to inspect According to accident statistics, restraint, refer to the instructions and demonstrate how to correctly children and infants are safer when that come with the restraint which use and install child restraints. In properly restrained in a child may be on the restraint itself or in a the U.S., refer to the National restraint system or infant restraint booklet, or both, and to this manual. Highway Traffic Safety system secured in a rear seating The child restraint instructions are Administration (NHTSA) website to position. locate the nearest child safety seat important, so if they are not We recommend that children and inspection station. For CPST available, obtain a replacement child restraints be secured in a rear availability in Canada, check with copy from the manufacturer. seat, including: an infant or a child Transport Canada or the Provincial riding in a rear-facing child restraint; Keep in mind that an unsecured Ministry of Transportation office. child restraint can move around in a a child riding in a forward-facing collision or sudden stop and injure Securing the Child Within the child seat; an older child riding in a people in the vehicle. Be sure to Child Restraint booster seat; and children, who are properly secure any child restraint in large enough, using safety belts. the vehicle — even when no child is { WARNING in it. A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

A label on your sun visor says, “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) { WARNING the front.” This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing A child in a child restraint in the if the airbag deploys. system, if equipped, has turned center front seat can be badly off the right front passenger injured or killed by the frontal { WARNING frontal airbag, no system is airbags if they inflate. Never fail-safe. No one can guarantee secure a child restraint in the A child in a rear-facing child that an airbag will not deploy center front seat. It is always restraint can be seriously injured under some unusual better to secure a child restraint in or killed if the right front circumstance, even though it is a rear seat. passenger airbag inflates. This is turned off. because the back of the Secure rear-facing child Do not use child restraints in the rear-facing child restraint would restraints in a rear seat, even if center front seat position. be very close to the inflating the airbag is off. If you secure a When securing a child restraint in a airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in rear seating position, study the child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move instructions that came with your injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far child restraint to make sure it is passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to compatible with this vehicle. passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a position. Child restraints and booster seats rear seat. vary considerably in size, and some The vehicle may have a See Passenger Sensing System may fit in certain seating positions passenger sensing system which on page 3‑35 for additional better than others. Always make is designed to turn off the right information. sure the child restraint is properly front passenger frontal airbag secured. under certain conditions. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and In order to use the LATCH system in child restraint and the size of the your vehicle, you need a child child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children restraint that has LATCH to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) attachments. The child restraint assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system holds a child manufacturer will provide you with additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. instructions on how to use the child restraints. Adjacent seating This system is designed to make restraint and its attachments. The positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. following explains how to attach a child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in child restraint with these interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the attachments in your vehicle. safety belt. child restraint that are made for use Not all vehicle seating positions or Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. child restraints have lower anchors installed, be sure to secure the child Make sure that a LATCH-compatible and attachments or top tether restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed anchors and attachments. Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the child restraint can move around in a vehicle's safety belts to secure the collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. your vehicle — even when no child When installing a child restraint with is in it. a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the forward-facing child restraints have built into the vehicle. There are top of the child restraint to the a top tether, and that the tether be two lower anchors for each vehicle. A top tether anchor is built attached. Be sure to read and follow LATCH seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether the instructions for your child accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

Lower Anchor and Top Tether See Rear Seats on page 3‑11. Anchor Locations Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Do not secure a child restraint in a To assist you in locating the top position without a top tether anchor tether anchors, the top tether anchor if a national or local law requires symbol is located near the top tether that the top tether be attached, or if anchors. the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when Rear Seat properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating system secured in a rear seating positions with top tether anchors. position. See Where to Put the j (Lower Anchor): Seating Restraint on page 3‑49 for positions with two lower anchors. additional information. The right side rear passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the seatback The top tether anchors are located and the seat cushion. on the back of the rear seat frame above the floor for each rear seating position. Fold down the rear seatback(s) to access the anchors. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH { WARNING WARNING (Continued) System Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the { WARNING Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. restraint to a single anchor could If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment not attached to anchors, the child Notice: Do not let the LATCH to come loose or even break attachments rub against the restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others the child correctly. In a crash, the vehicle’s safety belts. This may could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary, child could be seriously injured or risk of serious or fatal injuries killed. Install a LATCH-type child move buckled safety belts to during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. attachments. anchors, or use the vehicle safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint and { WARNING the instructions in this manual. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten. Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Do not fold the empty rear seat 1.3. Route the top tether with a safety belt buckled. This according to your child could damage the safety belt or restraint instructions and the seat. Unbuckle and return the the following instructions: safety belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat. 1. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach the top tether to the top tether anchor, If the position you are using if there is one. Refer to the child does not have a headrest restraint instructions and the or head restraint and you following steps: are using a dual tether, route the tether over the 1.1. To access the top tether If the position you are using seatback. anchors, raise the seat does not have a headrest cushion by pulling up on the or head restraint and you strap loop at the rear of the are using a single tether, seat cushion and fold the route the tether over the seat cushion forward. Then seatback. fold the seatback forward until it is flat. See Rear Seats on page 3‑11 for additional information. 1.2. Place the child restraint in the vehicle, near the seating position that you are using. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are If the position you are using If the position you are using locked. has an adjustable headrest has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you or head restraint and you 1.5. Lift the seatback up and are using a dual tether, are using a single tether, push it rearward. Then route the tether around the raise the headrest or head lower the seat cushion until headrest or head restraint. restraint and route the the seatback and the seat tether under the headrest or cushion lock into position. head restraint and in between the headrest or 2. Attach the lower attachments to head restraint posts. the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower 1.4. Attach the top tether attachments or the desired attachment to the top tether seating position does not have anchor. lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts. Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

2.1. Find the lower anchors for Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints the desired seating position. Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat Position) When securing a child restraint in a 2.2. Put the child restraint on { WARNING the seat. rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the child 2.3. Attach and tighten the lower A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is attachments on the child system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. restraint to the lower LATCH system may not properly anchors. secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and 3. Tighten the top tether. Tethers for Children (LATCH death in a crash. To help make System) on page 3 51 for how and 4. Before placing a child in the sure the LATCH system is ‑ child restraint, make sure it is where to install the child restraint working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If you secure a child securely held in place. To check, see your dealer to have the grasp the child restraint at the restraint using a safety belt and it system inspected and any LATCH path and attempt to uses a top tether, see Lower necessary replacements made as move it side‐to‐side and Anchors and Tethers for Children soon as possible. back‐and‐forth. There should be (LATCH System) on page 3‑51 for no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of top tether anchor locations. movement for proper installation. If the vehicle has the LATCH system Do not secure a child restraint in a and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap system was not being used at the must be anchored. time of the crash. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

In Canada, the law requires that restraint and see Lower Anchors Position the release button on forward-facing child restraints have and Tethers for Children (LATCH the buckle so that the safety belt a top tether, and that the tether be System) on page 3‑51. could be quickly unbuckled if attached. 1. Put the child restraint on necessary. If the child restraint does not have the seat. the LATCH system, you will be 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run using the safety belt to secure the the lap and shoulder portions of child restraint in this position. Be the vehicle's safety belt through sure to follow the instructions that or around the restraint. The child came with the child restraint. Secure restraint instructions will show the child in the child restraint when you how. and as the instructions say. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 3‑49. If the child restraint manufacturer 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way recommends using a top tether, out of the retractor to set the attach and tighten the top tether to lock. When the retractor lock is the top tether anchor. Refer to the set, the belt can be tightened but instructions that came with the child not pulled out of the retractor.

3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (Center Front Seat regarding the use of the top Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH { WARNING System) on page 3‑51. 7. Before placing a child in the A child in a child restraint in the child restraint, make sure it is center front seat can be badly securely held in place. To check, injured or killed by the frontal grasp the child restraint at the airbags if they inflate. Never safety belt path and attempt to secure a child restraint in the 5. To tighten the belt, push down move it side‐to‐side and center front seat. It is always on the child restraint, pull the back‐and‐forth. When the child better to secure a child restraint in shoulder portion of the belt to restraint is properly installed, a rear seat. tighten the lap portion of the belt, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. and feed the shoulder belt back Do not use child restraints in the into the retractor. When installing To remove the child restraint, center front seat position. a forward-facing child restraint, it unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and may be helpful to use your knee let it return to the stowed position. to push down on the child If the top tether is attached to a top restraint as you tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints { WARNING WARNING (Continued) (Right Front Seat Position) A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee restraint can be seriously injured that an airbag will not deploy This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the right front under some unusual seat is a safer place to secure a passenger airbag inflates. This is circumstance, even though forward-facing child restraint. See because the back of the it is turned off. Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would page 3‑49. Secure rear-facing child be very close to the inflating restraints in a rear seat, even if In addition, the vehicle may have a airbag. A child in a forward-facing the airbag is off. If you secure a passenger sensing system which is child restraint can be seriously designed to turn off the right front forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move passenger frontal airbag under passenger airbag inflates and the certain conditions. See Passenger the front passenger seat as far passenger seat is in a forward back as it will go. It is better to Sensing System on page 3‑35 and position. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator secure the child restraint in a on page 5‑17 for more information, The vehicle may have a rear seat. including important safety passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System information. is designed to turn off the right on page 3‑35 for additional A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag information. under certain conditions. “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to ” Even if the passenger sensing If the child restraint has the LATCH the rear-facing child is so great if the system, if equipped, has turned system, see Lower Anchors and airbag deploys. off the right front passenger Tethers for Children (LATCH frontal airbag, no system is System) on page 3‑51 for how and (Continued) where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-61

secured using a safety belt and it 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run uses a top tether, see Lower the lap and shoulder portions of Anchors and Tethers for Children the vehicle's safety belt through (LATCH System) on page 3‑51 for or around the restraint. The child top tether anchor locations. restraint instructions will show Do not secure a child seat in a you how. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way forward-facing child restraints have out of the retractor to set the a top tether, and that the tether be lock. When the retractor lock is attached. set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions 4. Push the latch plate into the that came with the child restraint. buckle until it clicks. 1. Move the seat as far back as it Position the release button on will go before securing the the buckle so that the safety belt forward-facing child restraint. could be quickly unbuckled if 2. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

3-62 Seats and Restraints

7. Before placing a child in the If a child restraint has been installed child restraint, make sure it is and the on indicator is lit, see “If the securely held in place. To check, On Indicator is Lit for a Child grasp the child restraint at the Restraint” under Passenger Sensing safety belt path and attempt to System on page 3‑35 for more move it side‐to‐side and information. back‐and‐forth. When the child To remove the child restraint, restraint is properly installed, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and there should be no more than let it return to the stowed position. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the vehicle is equipped with the passenger sensing system, and 6. To tighten the belt, push down when the passenger sensing system on the child restraint, pull the has turned off the right front shoulder portion of the belt to passenger frontal airbag, the off tighten the lap portion of the belt, indicator in the passenger airbag and feed the shoulder belt back status indicator should light and stay into the retractor. When installing lit when you start the vehicle. See a forward-facing child restraint, it Passenger Airbag Status Indicator may be helpful to use your knee on page 5‑17. to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage For vehicles with a rear armrest/ Storage cupholder, pull up and out on the Compartments tab on the top center of the armrest. Storage Compartments Pull the armrest down to access the cupholder. Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Overhead Console Overhead Console ...... 4-1 open it. Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 For vehicles with an overhead Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Cupholders console, it contains reading lights Top-Box Storage ...... 4-2 and a small storage area. For vehicles with cupholders for Luggage/Load Locations front and rear passengers, the Press the button next to each light Cargo Area ...... 4-2 cupholders are located in the center to turn it on and off. console and on the back of the Additional Storage Features Armrest Storage Cargo Cover Panels ...... 4-6 center console. Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 4-13 Press down and release the access Vehicles may have a center armrest door to open and use the front storage compartment in front of the Roof Rack System cupholders. bench seat. Open it by folding the Roof Rack System ...... 4-13 armrest down and pressing the Pull down on the door located on handle on the front. the back of the console to use the rear cupholders. Push on the door to close it. Push down and then back to remove the front cupholder for cleaning. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Center Console Storage Top-Box Storage Luggage/Load For vehicles with a console Locations compartment, cupholders are located between the bucket seats. Cargo Area Press the button and lift the console cover to open. All-Weather Cargo Area The back of the console has a The vehicle's cargo area can be cupholder that folds down for the used in many different rear seat passenger to use. configurations — cargo panels on or off, Midgate up or down, rear glass in or out. It has features that resist the elements and protect cargo. It is designed to quickly direct water out of the cargo box. The top drain There are top-box storage units on grates, side rail channels, catch both sides of the rear cargo area. cups, Midgate drain, cargo area The passenger side contains the tire floor drains and the rubber cargo changing tools. To lock or unlock, mat help do this. use the key then press the key cylinder to open. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

E. Water drainage area around Top Drain Grates – Removal both sides of the box and the and Cleaning tailgate side F. Rear drains G. Cargo floor H. Cargo mat Maintenance and Cleaning To ensure that the water management system performs properly, be sure that the Midgate, Even when all of these things are tailgate and cover system are fully working properly and the cover closed and that all parts are clean system is on, there may be some and not blocked with debris. Follow instances (heavy rains, automated the instructions given next in this The top drain grates are located car washes, etc.) when water can section for the proper procedures on near the rear window on both sides collect the following areas: cleaning each item. of the vehicle. Clean the grates and A. Top drain grates drains if there is a blockage. B. Removable front drain grate (Midgate drain gate) C. Side rail channels and catch cups D. Front drains Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

To remove each drain grate, do the Side Rail Channels following: 1. Remove the cargo panels. See Cargo Cover Panels on page 4‑6 for more information.

To replace the drain grate: 1. Line up the clips on the vehicle with the slots in the grate and The side rail channels are located firmly push the grate down. on top of both sides of the cargo area. Flush them out with clean 2. Do not force the grate. If it does water if debris collects inside not clip into place, realign the of them. 2. Grasp the edges of the grate clips with the holes and try and pull it out from the vehicle. again. Carefully load cargo into the cargo Flush the drain with clean water. area, so that the rails do not get damaged. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Storage 4-5

Midgate Drain Grate Removal Cargo Area Floor Drains and Cleaning

After hauling dirt, wood chips, pebbles etc. the Midgate drain should be flushed with water. First The cargo mat has cut outs for the The removable Midgate drain grate remove the drain grate: four cargo-area floor drains located is located near the base of the 1. Lower the Midgate. See under the cargo mat near the sides Midgate. Midgate® on page 2‑9 for more of the cargo area. information. Periodically flush the drains through 2. Pull up on the rear side of the the cut outs to clear debris and drain grate, tilt it toward the front allow water to drain from the cargo of the vehicle, and pull it out. area. If the cargo area is extremely dirty lift up the edges of the cargo Reverse the procedure to reinstall floor mat or take the whole mat out the drain grate. and flush the drains with water. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

4-6 Storage

Additional Storage Notice: Exceeding the weight limit of 113 kg (250 lbs) can Features damage the cargo covers, and the repairs would not be covered by Cargo Cover Panels the vehicle warranty. Do not put anything on top of the cargo For vehicles with a three-piece covers over the weight limit. cargo cover system, the cargo panels can be removed and stored To remove a cargo panel(s): in the cargo area of the vehicle. 1. Lower the tailgate. See Tailgate on page 2‑16 for more { WARNING information on the tailgate.

Improperly stored cargo cover The panels are embossed on panels could be thrown about the the upper center portion with the vehicle during a collision or numbers 1, 2 and 3. There are sudden maneuver. Someone also numbered labels on the could be injured. If a panel is bottom of the panels. The removed, always store it in the numbers on the top and bottom of the panels will be used as proper storage location. When reference when removing, putting it back, always make sure storing and reinstalling the that it is securely reattached. panels. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Storage 4-7

3. Remove cargo panel 2 in the Cargo Panel Storage System same way and set it aside. Remove as many cargo panels as needed. 4. To remove cargo panel 1, unlock the two rear latches, lift the cover slightly and pull rearward. After each cargo panel has been removed, store them within the cargo storage area using the cargo panel storage system. 2. Unlock the cargo panel 3 by pulling forward on the driver side and passenger side cargo panel The three cargo panels can be latches, located on the bottom of stored in the cargo area using the each cargo panel. storage strap system. Always use the storage strap system to store the cargo panels while driving. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

4-8 Storage

To store the panels: Use the following instructions for 2. Starting with cargo panel 1, load 1. Secure the storage strap system the proper storage sequence the cargo panel with the latches in the cargo storage area by and location for each panel: facing up toward the side of the attaching the six clips included 1.1. Secure clip (A) on the cargo box. on the cargo strap system to the storage strap. Do the same for cargo panel 2 tie down locations on either side 1.2. Secure clip (B) on the then panel 3. Make sure to store of the storage area. storage strap. panel 2 with the latches facing down and panel 3 with latches Before storing the cargo panels, 1.3. Place the remaining primary make sure that the latches on facing up toward the side of the straps (C) on top of the lid cargo box. the cargo panels are in the and tray at the top of the locked position. The latches are cargo area. locked when they are parallel to the front and back edge of the panel. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Storage 4-9

3. Place the primary straps over 4. Tighten all straps by pulling on 5. Close both cross locks at the the three cargo covers (A). the free end of each strap. center of the strap system to Fasten the four strap clips (B). tightly secure. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

4-10 Storage

Panels 3, 2, 1 Loaded To reinstall a cargo panel: Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Reinstalling the Cargo Cover 1. Starting with cargo panel 1, Panels place the latches in the unlocked 2. Place the cover on the cargo position. Place cargo panel 1 on box within 10cm (4 in) of the The strap system can remain the cargo area rails while Midgate and lower the rear of attached to the side of the cargo holding the back of the cargo the panel within 5–8cm (2–3 in) area while it is not in use, or it can panel up. from the top of the cargo box. be stored inside the top box storage Push the cover forward making compartment. See Top-Box Storage sure that the guide block on page 4‑2 for more information. engages the retainer bracket opening. Continue to push forward until the panel is fully seated against the Midgate. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Storage 4-11

Then lower the rear of the cover each latch locks. Lock the 5. Push the panel forward until it is to engage the striker pegs (A) to remaining passenger side latch snug against the other panel and align with the striker on panel 1. then let the back of the panel assembly (B). 4. Install cargo cover 2 followed down making sure that the by 3 next. Place the latches in pegs (A) align with the the unlocked position. Place the receivers (B). cargo cover panel on the cargo 6. Push the latches toward the area rails while holding the back front of the vehicle, starting with of the cargo panel up. the driver side latch, to lock the panel in place. A click sounds when each latch locks correctly.

3. The driver side cargo cover panel latch must lock in place before the passenger side latch can be locked. If this procedure is not followed exactly, the cargo Driver Side Shown, Passenger cover panels might not correctly lock in place. Push the driver Side Similar side latch toward the front of the vehicle to lock the cover in position. A click sounds when Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

4-12 Storage

Folding and Storage of Straps

2. Fold the four primary strap ends 3. Take the short strap and wrap it toward the center as shown. around the folded webbing, Fold the straps for storing inside the forming a package. top-box storage compartment: 1. Extend the six strap ends on a flat surface. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Storage 4-13

Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 91 kg (200 lbs) or hangs over the { WARNING rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Load cargo If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between the vehicle that is longer or wider the crossrails, making sure to than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. plywood, or a mattress — the wind can catch it while the vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo is being driven. The item being when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely carried could be violently torn off, fastened. Loading cargo on the roof and this could cause a collision rack will make the vehicle’s center 4. Take the storage strap and wrap and damage the vehicle. Never it around the package. Finally, of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, carry something longer or wider attach the hooks to the webbing sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden than the roof rack on top of the and place the straps inside the braking or abrupt maneuvers, top-box storage compartment. vehicle unless using a GM otherwise it may result in loss of certified accessory carrier. control. If driving for a long distance, Cargo Tie-Downs on rough roads, or at high speeds, For vehicles with a roof rack, the occasionally stop the vehicle to The vehicle has cargo tie downs, rack can be used to load items. For make sure the cargo remains in its located in the rear cargo area. roof racks that do not have place. These can be used to secure cargo. crossrails included, GM Certified The tie downs can also be used to crossrails can be purchased as an secure the cargo cover panel strap accessory. See your dealer for system, if the vehicle has one. For additional information. more information see Cargo Cover Panels on page 4‑6. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

4-14 Storage

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle . To carry long items, move the capacity when loading the vehicle. crossrails as far apart as For more information on vehicle possible. Tie the load to the capacity and loading, see Vehicle crossrails and the siderails or Load Limits on page 9‑23. siderail supports. Also tie the load to the bumpers, but do not . If small heavy objects are placed tie the load so tightly that the on the roof, cut a piece of 9 mm crossrails or siderails are or 3/8 inch plywood to fit inside damaged. the crossrails and siderails to spread the load. Tie the plywood . After moving a crossrail, be sure to the siderail supports. it is securely locked into the siderail. . Tie the load and secure it to the crossrails or the siderail A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp supports. Use the crossrails only (CHMSL) is located above the rear to keep the load from sliding. To window glass. move a crossrail, lift the release Make sure items loaded on the roof lever up, on both sides of the of the vehicle do not block or rail. Then slide the crossrail to damage the CHMSL. the desired position balancing the force side to side. Press the release lever down on both sides of the rail, down to tighten it. Try to slide the crossrail back and forth slightly to make sure it is tight. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Messages Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-14 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-35 Controls Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Battery Voltage and Charging Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Messages ...... 5-35 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-35 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-36 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator ...... 5-17 Engine Cooling System Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-3 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-37 Horn ...... 5-5 Malfunction Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-38 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-5 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-38 Compass ...... 5-6 Brake System Warning Fuel System Messages ...... 5-39 Clock ...... 5-8 Light ...... 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-39 Power Outlets ...... 5-9 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Lamp Messages ...... 5-39 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Object Detection System Ashtrays ...... 5-10 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-39 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . 5-23 Ride Control System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-40 Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-41 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Anti-Theft Alarm System Indicators ...... 5-10 Security Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-41 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Tire Messages ...... 5-41 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-25 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-42 Odometer ...... 5-12 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-25 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-43 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Information Displays Tachometer ...... 5-12 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-44 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Driver Information Engine Oil Pressure Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Gauge ...... 5-13 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Personalization Controls To adjust the steering wheel: Vehicle Personalization (With 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull DIC Buttons) ...... 5-44 Steering Wheel the lever. Universal Remote System Adjustment 2. Move the steering wheel up Universal Remote System . . . 5-53 or down. Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-53 3. Release the lever to lock the Universal Remote System wheel in place. Operation ...... 5-58 Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

The tilt lever is located on the lower left side of the steering column. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Steering Wheel Controls Radio Navigating Folders on an iPod or To select preset or favorite radio USB Device (Vehicles without a stations: Navigation System): 1. Press and hold or Press and release w or c x to w c x go to the next or previous radio while listening to a song until the station stored as a preset or contents of the current folder favorite. display on the radio display. CD/DVD 2. Press and hold c x to go back to the previous folder list. To select tracks on a CD/DVD: 3. Press and release w or c x Press and release w or c x to to scroll up or down the list. go to the next or previous track. . To select a folder, press Selecting Tracks on an iPod or If equipped, some audio controls and hold w, or press ¨ USB Device (Vehicles without a can be adjusted at the steering when the folder is Navigation System) wheel. highlighted. w / c x (Next/Previous): Press 1. Press and hold w or c x . To go back further in the to select preset or favorite radio while listening to a song until the folder list, press and hold stations, select tracks on a CD/ contents of the current folder c x. DVD, or navigate an iPod or USB display on the radio display. device. 2. Press and release w or c x to scroll up or down the list, then press and hold w, or press ¨ to play the highlighted track. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Navigating an iPod or USB Device 3. Press and release ¨ to move up ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next on the Main Audio Screen one track within the selected radio station while in AM, (Vehicles with a Navigation category. FM, or XM™. System) b g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press to For vehicles with or without a 1. Press and release w or c x silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: to select the next or previous Press again to turn the sound on. track within the selected Press ¨ to go to the next track or For vehicles with Bluetooth or category. chapter while sourced to the CD or OnStar systems, press and hold for DVD slot. 2. Press and hold w or c x to longer than two seconds to interact move quickly through the tracks. with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder on page 7‑46 and the OnStar when navigating folders on an iPod 3. Press and release ¨ to move up Owner's Guide for more information. or USB device. one track within the selected c x (End): Press to reject an For vehicles with a navigation category. incoming call, or end a current call. system: Navigating an iPod or USB Device SRCE (Source/Voice 1. Press and hold until a beep is on the Music Navigator Screen ¨ Recognition): Press to switch heard, to place the radio into (Vehicles with a Navigation between the radio and CD, and for System) SCAN mode. A station will play equipped vehicles, the DVD, front for five seconds before moving 1. Press and release w or c x auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. to the next station. to select the next or previous For vehicles with the navigation 2. To stop the SCAN function, track within the selected system, press and hold this button press again. category. for longer than one second to ¨ initiate voice recognition. See “Voice 2. Press and hold or to w c x Recognition” in the Navigation move quickly through the tracks System manual for more within the selected category. information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

While listening to a CD/DVD, press 9 (Off): Turns the windshield Windshield Washer and hold ¨ to quickly move forward wipers off. through the tracks. Release to stop 6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): { WARNING on the desired track. Turn the band up for more frequent In freezing weather, do not use + e − e (Volume): Press to wipes or down for less frequent wipes. the washer until the windshield is increase or to decrease the volume. warmed. Otherwise the washer 6 (Low Speed): Slow fluid can form ice on the Horn wipes. windshield, blocking your vision. To sound the horn, press the center ? (High Speed): Fast wipes. pad on the steering wheel. Clear ice and snow from the wiper L (Washer Fluid): Push the blades before using them. If frozen paddle marked with the windshield Windshield Wiper/Washer to the windshield, carefully loosen or washer symbol at the top of the thaw them. Damaged wiper blades multifunction lever, to spray washer should be replaced. See Wiper fluid on the windshield. The wipers Blade Replacement on page 10‑35. clear the window and then either stop or return to the preset speed. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down.

Turn the band with the wiper symbol to control the windshield wipers. 8 (Mist): Single wipe, turn to 8, then release. Several wipes, hold the band on 8 longer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Compass To adjust for compass variance, use the following procedure: The vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Compass Variance (Zone) Procedure Compass Zone 1. Do not set the compass zone The zone is set to zone eight upon when the vehicle is moving. Only leaving the factory. Your dealer will set it when the vehicle is in set the correct zone for your P (Park). location. Press the vehicle information Under certain circumstances, button until PRESS V TO such as during a long-distance, CHANGE COMPASS ZONE cross-country trip or moving to a 2. Find the vehicle's current new state or province, it will be displays. Or, if the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, press the location and variance zone necessary to compensate for number on the map. compass variance by resetting the trip odometer reset stem until zone through the DIC if the zone is CHANGE COMPASS ZONE Zones 1 through 15 are not set correctly. displays. available. Compass variance is the difference 3. Press the set/reset button to between the earth's magnetic north scroll through and select the and true geographic north. If the appropriate variance zone. compass is not set to the zone where you live, the compass may give false readings. The compass must be set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is traveling. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

4. Press the trip/fuel button until If CAL should ever appear in the To calibrate the compass, use the the vehicle heading, for DIC display, the compass should be following procedure: example, N for North, is calibrated. Compass Calibration Procedure displayed in the DIC. Or, if the If the DIC display does not show a vehicle does not have DIC heading, for example, N for North, 1. Before calibrating the compass, buttons, press and hold the trip or the heading does not change make sure the compass zone is odometer reset stem for after making turns, there may be a set to the variance zone in which two seconds to select the next strong magnetic field interfering with the vehicle is located. See available variance zone. Repeat the compass. Such interference “Compass Variance (Zone) this step until the appropriate may be caused by a magnetic CB or Procedure” earlier in this variance zone is displayed. cell phone antenna mount, a section. 5. If calibration is necessary, magnetic emergency light, magnetic Do not operate any switches calibrate the compass. See note pad holder, or any other such as window, sunroof, “Compass Calibration magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, climate controls, or seats during Procedure” following. move the magnetic item, then turn the calibration procedure. on the vehicle and calibrate the Compass Calibration 2. Press the vehicle information compass. V The compass can be manually button until PRESS TO calibrated. Only calibrate the CALIBRATE COMPASS compass in a magnetically clean displays. Or, if the vehicle does and safe location, such as an open not have DIC buttons, press the parking lot, where driving the trip odometer reset stem until vehicle in circles is not a danger. CALIBRATE COMPASS It is suggested to calibrate away displays. from tall buildings, utility wires, manhole covers, or other industrial structures, if possible. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

3. Press the set/reset button to Clock 5. To decrease the time or date, do start the compass calibration. Or, one of the following: if the vehicle does not have DIC To set the time and date: . Press the SEEK button. buttons, press and hold the trip 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ © odometer reset stem for ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then . Press the s REV button. two seconds to start the press the O button to turn the compass calibration. . f radio on. Turn the knob 4. The DIC will display counterclockwise. 2. Press the H button to display CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN To change the time default setting CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change tight circles at less than 8 km/h minute, month, day, and year). the date default setting from month/ (5 mph) to complete the 3. Press the softkey located under day/year to day/month/year: calibration. The DIC will display any one of the tabs to change H CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a that setting. 1. Press the button and then the few seconds when the softkey located below the calibration is complete. The DIC 4. To increase the time or date, do forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the display will then return to the one of the following: date MM/DD (month and day), previous menu. . Press the softkey below the and DD/MM/ (day and month) selected tab. displays. . Press the ¨ SEEK button. 2. Press the softkey located below the desired option. . Press the \ FWD button. 3. Press the H button again to . Turn the f knob clockwise. apply the desired option, or let the screen time out. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Power Outlets Notice: Leaving electrical Cigarette Lighter equipment plugged in for an Accessory power outlets can be extended period of time while the To use the cigarette lighter, if the used to plug in electrical equipment, vehicle is off will drain the vehicle has one, push it in all the such as a cell phone or MP3 player. battery. Always unplug electrical way, and let go. When it is ready for The vehicle may have two equipment when not in use and use, it will pop back out by itself. accessory power outlets located on do not plug in equipment that Do not use the lighter to plug in the instrument panel and one inside exceeds the maximum 20 ampere accessory devices. Use the power the center floor console. rating. outlets provided. The vehicle may also have an outlet Certain power accessory plugs Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter on the rear of the center floor may not be compatible with the in while it is heating does not let console above the cupholder door. accessory power outlets and could the lighter back away from the overload vehicle and adapter fuses. Remove the cover to access and heating element when it is hot. If a problem is experienced, see Damage from overheating can replace when not in use. The your dealer. accessory power outlet is occur to the lighter or heating operational at all times. When adding electrical equipment, element, or a fuse could be be sure to follow the proper blown. Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating. { WARNING installation instructions included with the equipment. See Add-On Power is always supplied to the Electrical Equipment on page 9‑88. outlets. Do not leave electrical Notice: Hanging heavy equipment plugged in when the equipment from the power outlet vehicle is not in use because the can cause damage not covered vehicle could catch fire and cause by the vehicle warranty. The injury or death. power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone charge cords. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle For vehicles with an ashtray it is Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning located in the center console or on lights work together to indicate a the instrument panel. Pull up on the Indicators problem with the vehicle. ashtray door to open it if it is in the Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights console or pull the door open it if it signal that something is wrong is on the instrument panel. comes on and stays on while before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges Notice: If papers, pins, or other to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, flammable items are put in the replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what ashtray, hot cigarettes or other warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. smoking materials could ignite prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly them and possibly damage the Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. vehicle. Never put flammable could be a problem with a vehicle items in the ashtray. function. Some warning lights come To remove the ashtray, pull it out on briefly when the engine is started from the console or from the slide to indicate they are working. out door. To reinstall the ashtray, slide it back to the original position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English Shown. Metric Similar Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Tachometer The speedometer shows the vehicle The tachometer displays the engine speed in both kilometers per hour speed in revolutions per (km/h) and miles per hour (mph). minute (rpm). Odometer Fuel Gauge The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Trip Odometer English The trip odometer can show how far the vehicle has been driven since When the ignition is on, the fuel the trip odometer was last set gauge shows how much fuel the to zero. vehicle has left in the tank. Press the reset button, located on An arrow on the fuel gauge the instrument panel cluster next to indicates the side of the vehicle the the trip odometer display, to toggle Metric fuel door is on. between the trip odometer and the The gauge first indicates empty regular odometer. Holding the reset before the vehicle is out of fuel, and button for approximately one second the fuel tank should be filled soon. while the trip odometer is displayed resets it. To display the odometer reading with the ignition off, press the reset button. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

When the fuel tank is low, the FUEL Engine Oil Pressure LEVEL LOW message appears in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Gauge See Fuel System Messages on page 5‑39 for more information. Here are some situations customers may experience with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gauge. . At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. English . It takes a little more or less fuel The oil pressure gauge shows the to fill up than the fuel gauge engine oil pressure in psi (pounds indicated. For example, the Metric per square inch) when the engine is gauge may have indicated the running. Canadian vehicles indicate tank was half full, but it actually pressure in kPa (kilopascals). took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill Oil pressure may vary with engine the tank. speed, outside temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the . The gauge goes back to empty low pressure zone indicate the when the ignition is turned off. normal operating range. When the oil pressure reaches the low pressure zone, the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE message will appear in the Driver Information Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Center (DIC). See Engine Oil Engine Coolant This gauge shows the engine Messages on page 5‑38 and Engine Temperature Gauge coolant temperature. Oil on page 10‑8 for more It also provides an indicator of how information. hard the vehicle is working. During a A reading in the low pressure zone majority of the operation, the gauge may be caused by a dangerously will read 100°C (210°F) or less. low oil level or some other problem If the vehicle is pulling a load or causing low oil pressure. Check going up hills, it is normal for the your oil as soon as possible. temperature to fluctuate and approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. { WARNING If the gauge reaches the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates that the Do not keep driving if the oil cooling system is working beyond pressure is low. The engine can its capacity. become so hot that it catches fire. See Engine Overheating on Metric Someone could be burned. Check page 10‑22. the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.

English Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Voltmeter Gauge between the low and high warning Safety Belt Reminders zones indicate the normal operating range. The gauge may also read Driver Safety Belt Reminder low during the fuel economy mode, Light this is normal. When the engine is started, a chime Readings in the low warning zone sounds for several seconds to may occur when a large number of remind a driver to fasten the safety electrical accessories are operating belt, unless the driver safety belt is in the vehicle and the engine is left already buckled. at an idle for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as When the engine is not running, but higher engine speeds allow the the ignition is on, this gauge shows charging system to create full the battery's state of charge in The safety belt light flashes for power. If there is a problem with the DC volts. several seconds, then comes on battery charging system, this light solid for several more. When the engine is running, the will come on or the SERVICE gauge shows the condition of the BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This chime and light sequence are charging system. The charging DIC message will display. See repeated if the driver remains system regulates voltage based on Battery Voltage and Charging unbuckled and the vehicle is in the state of the battery for improved Messages on page 5‑35 and motion. If the driver safety belt is fuel economy and battery life. The Charging System Light on already buckled, neither the chime gauge may transition from a higher page 5‑18 for more information. nor the light comes on. to lower or a lower to higher reading, this is normal. Readings Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Passenger Safety Belt If the passenger safety belt is Reminder Light buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. For vehicles equipped with the passenger safety belt reminder The front passenger safety belt light, several seconds after the warning light and chime may turn on engine is started, a chime sounds if an object is put on the seat such for several seconds to remind the as a briefcase, handbag, grocery The airbag readiness light comes on front passenger to buckle their bag, laptop or other electronic solid for a few seconds when the safety belt. The passenger safety device. To turn off the warning light engine is started. If the light does belt light, located on the overhead and or chime, remove the object not come on then, have it fixed console, comes on and stays on for from the seat or buckle the immediately. several seconds, flashes for several safety belt. more seconds and then comes on { WARNING solid for several more. Airbag Readiness Light If the airbag readiness light stays The system checks the airbag's on after the vehicle is started or electrical system for possible comes on while driving, it means malfunctions. If the light stays on it the airbag system might not be indicates there is an electrical problem. The system check working properly. The airbags in includes the airbag sensor, the the vehicle might not inflate in a pretensioners, the airbag modules, crash, or they could even inflate This chime and light sequence is the wiring, and the crash sensing without a crash. To help avoid repeated if the passenger remains and diagnostic module. For more injury, have the vehicle serviced unbuckled and the vehicle is in information on the airbag system, right away. motion. see Airbag System on page 3‑28. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

If there is a problem with the airbag Then, after several more seconds, system, a Driver Information Center the status indicator will light either (DIC) message can also come on. ON or OFF, or either the on or off See Airbag System Messages on symbol to let you know the status of page 5‑41 for more information. the right front passenger frontal airbag. Passenger Airbag Status United States If the word ON or the on symbol is Indicator lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the right If the vehicle has the airbag status front passenger frontal airbag is indicator pictured in the following enabled (may inflate). illustration, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the If the word OFF or the off symbol is right front passenger position. The lit on the airbag status indicator, it passenger airbag status indicator is Canada and Mexico means that the passenger sensing on the overhead console. See system has turned off the right front Passenger Sensing System on When the vehicle is started, the passenger frontal airbag. passenger airbag status indicator page 3‑35 for important safety information. will light ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, for In addition, if the vehicle has a several seconds as a system check. passenger sensing system for the If you are using remote start, right front passenger position, the if equipped, to start the vehicle from label on the vehicle's sun visors a distance, you may not see the refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS.” system check. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

If, after several seconds, both status Charging System Light The light should go out once the indicator lights remain on, or if there engine starts. If it stays on, are no lights at all, there may be a or comes on while driving, there problem with the lights or the could be a problem with the passenger sensing system. See charging system. A charging system your dealer for service. message in the Driver Information Center (DIC) can also appear. See { WARNING Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5‑35 for more If the airbag readiness light ever This light comes on briefly when the information. This light could indicate ignition key is turned to START, but comes on and stays on, it means that there are problems with a the engine is not running, as a that something may be wrong generator drive belt, or that there is check to show it is working. with the airbag system. To help an electrical problem. Have it avoid injury to yourself or others, If it does not, have the vehicle checked right away. If the vehicle have the vehicle serviced right serviced by your dealer. must be driven a short distance with away. See Airbag Readiness the light on, turn off accessories, such as the radio and air Light on page 5 16 for more ‑ conditioner. information, including important safety information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Malfunction If the malfunction indicator lamp Notice: Modifications made to the comes on and stays on while the engine, transmission, exhaust, Indicator Lamp engine is running, this indicates that intake, or fuel system of the A computer system called OBD II there is an OBD II problem and vehicle or the replacement of the (On-Board Diagnostics-Second service is required. original tires with other than Generation) monitors operation of Malfunctions often are indicated by those of the same Tire the fuel, ignition, and emission the system before any problem is Performance Criteria (TPC) can control systems. It ensures that apparent. Being aware of the light affect the vehicle's emission emissions are at acceptable levels can prevent more serious damage controls and can cause this light for the life of the vehicle, helping to to the vehicle. This system assists to come on. Modifications to produce a cleaner environment. the service technician in correctly these systems could lead to diagnosing any malfunction. costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also Notice: If the vehicle is result in a failure to pass a continually driven with this light required Emission Inspection/ on the emission controls might Maintenance test. See not work as well, the vehicle fuel Accessories and Modifications on economy might not be as good, page 10‑3. and the engine might not run as This light should come on when the smoothly. This could lead to ignition is on, but the engine is not costly repairs that might not be running, as a check to show it is covered by the vehicle warranty. working. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission . Make sure to fuel the vehicle malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality been detected on the vehicle. causes the engine not to run as Light Flashing: A misfire condition efficiently as designed and can has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be required. cause: stalling after start-up, increases vehicle emissions and stalling when the vehicle is could damage the emission control The following may correct an changed into gear, misfiring, system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emissions system malfunction: hesitation on acceleration, and service might be required. . Make sure the fuel cap is fully or stumbling on acceleration. To prevent more serious damage to installed. See Filling the Tank on These conditions might go away the vehicle: page 9‑69. The diagnostic once the engine is warmed up. system can determine if the . Reduce vehicle speed. If one or more of these conditions fuel cap has been left off or occurs, change the fuel brand used. . Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or It will require at least one full tank of . Avoid steep uphill grades. missing fuel cap allows fuel to the proper fuel to turn the light off. evaporate into the atmosphere. . If towing a trailer, reduce the A few driving trips with the cap See Recommended Fuel on amount of cargo being hauled as properly installed should turn the page 9‑66. soon as it is possible. light off. If none of the above have made the If the light continues to flash, when . Make sure the electrical system light turn off, your dealer can check it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. is not wet. The system could be the vehicle. The dealer has the Find a safe place to park the wet if the vehicle was driven proper test equipment and vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at through a deep puddle of water. diagnostic tools to fix any least 10 seconds, and restart the The condition is usually mechanical or electrical problems engine. If the light is still flashing, corrected when the electrical that might have developed. follow the previous steps and see system dries out. A few driving your dealer for service as soon as trips should turn the light off. possible. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Emissions Inspection and The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning Maintenance Programs inspection if: Light . The malfunction indicator lamp is Some state/provincial and local With the ignition on, the brake governments may have programs to on with the engine running, or if the light does not come on when system warning light comes on inspect the on-vehicle emission when the parking brake is set. If the control equipment. For the the ignition is turned to ON/RUN while the engine is off. vehicle is driven with the parking inspection, the emission system test brake engaged, a chime sounds equipment is connected to the . The critical emission control when the vehicle speed is greater vehicle’s Data Link systems have not been than 8 km/h (5 mph). Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed by the system. This can happen if the The vehicle brake system consists battery has recently been of two hydraulic circuits. If one replaced or if the battery has run circuit is not working, the remaining down. The diagnostic system circuit can still work to stop the evaluates critical emission vehicle. For normal braking control systems during normal performance, both circuits need to driving. This can take be working. The DLC is under the instrument several days of routine driving. panel to the left of the steering If this has been done and the wheel. See your dealer if assistance vehicle still does not pass the is needed. inspection, your dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

If the warning light comes on and a Antilock Brake System chime sounds, there could be a { WARNING brake problem. Have the brake (ABS) Warning Light system inspected right away. The brake system might not be working properly if the brake This light can also come on due to system warning light is on. low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on Driving with the brake system page 10‑28 for more information. warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, For vehicles with the Antilock Brake have the vehicle towed for System (ABS), this light comes on service. briefly when the engine is started. Metric English If it does not, have the vehicle If the light comes on while driving, serviced by your dealer. If the This light comes on briefly when the pull off the road and stop carefully. system is working normally the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. The pedal might be harder to push indicator light then goes off. If it does not come on then, have it or might go closer to the floor. It can If the ABS light stays on, turn the fixed so it is ready to warn if there is take longer to stop. If the light is still ignition off. If the light comes on a problem. on, have the vehicle towed for while driving, stop as soon as it is service. See Towing the Vehicle on safely possible and turn the ignition page 10‑91. off. Then start the engine again to reset the system. If the ABS light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has brakes, but not antilock brakes. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

If the regular brake system warning StabiliTrak® Indicator The light flashes if the system is light is also on, the vehicle does not active and is working to assist the have antilock brakes and there is a Light driver with directional control of the problem with the regular brakes. vehicle in difficult driving conditions. See Brake System Warning Light on See StabiliTrak® System on page 5 21. ‑ page 9‑52 for more information. Tow/Haul Mode Light Tire Pressure Light

The StabiliTrak indicator light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the For vehicles with the Tow/Haul system is working normally the indicator light then goes off. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Mode feature, this light comes on Monitor System (TPMS), this light when the Tow/Haul Mode has been If the light comes on and stays on comes on briefly when the engine is activated. while driving, there might be a started. It provides information For more information, see Tow/Haul problem with the StabiliTrak system about tire pressures and the TPMS. Mode on page 9‑42. and the vehicle may need service. When this warning light is on, the system is off and does not limit wheel spin. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

When the Light is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light This light comes on briefly while This indicates that one or more of starting the engine. If it does not, the tires are significantly have the vehicle serviced by your underinflated. dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then A tire pressure message can goes off. accompany the light. See Tire If the light comes on and stays on, it Messages on page 5‑41 for more information. Stop as soon as means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle possible, and inflate the tires to the { WARNING pressure value shown on the Tire could be low on oil and it might have some other system problem. and Loading Information label. See Do not keep driving if the oil Tire Pressure on page 10 56 for ‑ pressure is low. The engine can Low Fuel Warning Light more information. become so hot that it catches fire. When the Light Flashes First and Someone could be burned. Check Then is On Steady the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced. This indicates that there may be a problem with the TPMS. The light flashes for about a minute and stays Notice: Lack of proper engine oil on steady for the remainder of the maintenance can damage the ignition cycle. This sequence engine. The repairs would not be This light, under the fuel gauge, repeats with every ignition cycle. covered by the vehicle warranty. comes on briefly while the engine is See Tire Pressure Monitor Always follow the maintenance being started. Operation on page 10‑59 for more schedule for changing engine oil. information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

This light and a chime comes on High-Beam On Light The lights go out when the fog when the fuel tank is low on fuel. lamps are turned off. See Fog The Driver Information Center also Lamps on page 6‑6 for more displays a “FUEL LEVEL LOW” information. message. See Fuel System Messages on page 5‑39 for more Cruise Control Light information. When fuel is added this light and message should go off. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. Security Light See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer on page 6‑3 for more information. The cruise control light comes on Front Fog Lamp Light whenever the cruise control is set. The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off. See Cruise Control on page 9‑56 for more information. For information regarding this light and the vehicle's security system, see Anti-Theft Alarm System on page 2‑17. The fog lamp lights come on when the fog lamps are in use. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Information Displays Operation and Displays DIC Buttons The DIC has different displays Driver Information which can be accessed by pressing Center (DIC) the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel, next to the Your vehicle has a Driver steering wheel. If the vehicle does Information Center (DIC). not have DIC buttons, the trip The DIC displays information about odometer reset stem can be used to your vehicle. It also displays access some of the menu items warning messages if a system The DIC displays trip, fuel, and problem is detected. vehicle system information, and All messages will appear in warning messages if a system the DIC display located below the problem is detected. tachometer in the instrument panel The DIC also allows some features The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle cluster. to be customized. See Vehicle information, customization, and set/ The DIC comes on when the ignition Personalization (With DIC Buttons) reset buttons. The button functions is on. After a short delay, the DIC on page 5‑44 for more information. are detailed in the following pages. will display the information that was 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to display last displayed before the engine the odometer, trip odometer, fuel was turned off. range, average economy, fuel used, timer, instantaneous economy and Active Fuel Management™ indicator, and transmission temperature. The compass and outside air temperature will also be Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

shown in the display. The Trip/Fuel Menu Items (with DIC The trip odometer can be reset to temperature will be shown in °C or Buttons) zero by pressing the set/reset °F depending on the units selected. 3 button while the trip odometer is (Trip/Fuel): Press to scroll displayed. You can also reset the T (Vehicle Information): Press through the following menu items: to display the oil life, units, tire trip odometer while it is displayed by pressure readings for vehicles Odometer pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem. with the Tire Pressure Monitor Press the trip/fuel button until System (TPMS), trailer brake gain ODOMETER displays. This display The trip odometer has a feature and output information for vehicles shows the distance the vehicle has called the retro-active reset. This with the Integrated Trailer Brake been driven in either kilometers (km) can be used to set the trip odometer Control (ITBC) system, engine or miles (mi). Pressing the trip to the number of kilometers (miles) hours, compass zone setting, and odometer reset stem will also driven since the ignition was last compass recalibration. display the odometer. turned on. This can be used if the U (Customization): Press to trip odometer is not reset at the To switch between English and beginning of the trip. customize the feature settings on metric measurements, see “Units” your vehicle. See Vehicle later in this section. To use the retro-active reset feature, Personalization (With DIC Buttons) press and hold the set/reset button on page 5‑44 for more information. Trip Odometer for at least four seconds. The trip V (Set/Reset): Press to set or Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP odometer will display the number of reset certain functions and to turn displays. This display shows the kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven off or acknowledge messages on current distance traveled in either since the ignition was last turned on the DIC. kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since and the vehicle was moving. Once the last reset for the trip odometer. the vehicle begins moving, the trip Pressing the trip odometer reset odometer will accumulate mileage. stem will also display the trip odometer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

For example, if the vehicle was For example, if driving in traffic and Fuel Used driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is making frequent stops, this display Press the trip/fuel button until started again, and then the may read one number, but if the FUEL USED displays. This display retro-active reset feature is vehicle is driven on a freeway, the shows the number of liters (L) or activated, the display will show 8 km number may change even though gallons (gal) of fuel used since the (5 miles). As the vehicle begins the same amount of fuel is in the last reset of this menu item. To reset moving, the display will then fuel tank. This is because different the fuel used information, press and increase to 8.2 km (5.1 miles), driving conditions produce different hold the set/reset button while FUEL 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. fuel economies. Generally, freeway USED is displayed. driving produces better fuel Fuel Range economy than city driving. Fuel Timer Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL range cannot be reset. Press the trip/fuel button until RANGE displays. This display Average Economy TIMER displays. This display can be shows the approximate number of used as a timer. remaining kilometers (km) or Press the trip/fuel button until AVG miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven ECONOMY displays. This display To start the timer, press the set/ without refueling. The display will shows the approximate average reset button while TIMER is show LOW if the fuel level is low. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) displayed. The display will show the or miles per gallon (mpg). This amount of time that has passed The fuel range estimate is based on since the timer was last reset, not an average of the vehicle's fuel number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded including time the ignition is off. economy over recent driving history Time will continue to be counted as and the amount of fuel remaining in since the last time this menu item was reset. To reset AVG long as the ignition is on, even if the fuel tank. This estimate will another display is being shown on change if driving conditions change. ECONOMY, press and hold the set/reset button. the DIC. The timer will record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the display will return to zero. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

To stop the timer, press the set/reset miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike Vehicle Information Menu button briefly while TIMER is average economy, this screen Items (with DIC Buttons) displayed. cannot be reset. T (Vehicle Information): Press To reset the timer to zero, press and An Active Fuel Management to scroll through the following menu hold the set/reset button while indicator will display on the right items: TIMER is displayed. side of the DIC, while INST ECON displays on the left side. Active Fuel Oil Life Transmission Temperature Management allows the engine to Press the vehicle information button Press the trip/fuel button until operate on either four or eight until OIL LIFE REMAINING TRANS TEMP displays. This cylinders, depending on your driving displays. This display shows an display shows the temperature of demands. When Active Fuel estimate of the oil's remaining useful the automatic transmission fluid in Management is active, V4 will life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE either degrees Celsius (°C) or display on the DIC. When Active REMAINING on the display, that degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Fuel Management is inactive, V8 means 99% of the current oil life will display. See Active Fuel remains. The engine oil life system Instantaneous Economy and ® Management on page 9 36 for Active Fuel Management ‑ will alert you to change the oil on a ™ more information. Indicator schedule consistent with your driving conditions. If your vehicle has this display, Blank Display press the trip/fuel button until INST This display shows no information. ECON V8 displays. This display shows the current fuel economy at a particular moment and will change frequently as driving conditions change. This display shows the instantaneous fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

When the remaining oil life is low, Units If a low tire pressure condition is the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Press the vehicle information button detected by the system while message will appear on the display. until UNITS displays. This display driving, a message advising you to See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” allows you to select between metric add pressure in a specific tire will under Engine Oil Messages on or English units of measurement. appear in the display. See Tire page 5‑38. You should change the Once in this display, press the set/ Pressure on page 10‑56 and Tire oil as soon as you can. See Engine reset button to select between Messages on page 5‑41 for more Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the METRIC or ENGLISH units. All of information. engine oil life system monitoring the the vehicle information will then be If the tire pressure display shows oil life, additional maintenance is displayed in the unit of dashes instead of a value, there recommended in the Maintenance measurement selected. may be a problem with your vehicle. Schedule in this manual. See If this consistently occurs, see your Scheduled Maintenance on Tire Pressure dealer for service. page 11‑3 for more information. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Remember, you must reset the OIL Monitor System (TPMS), the Trailer Gain and Output LIFE display yourself after each oil pressure for each tire can be viewed On vehicles with the Integrated change. It will not reset itself. Also, in the DIC. The tire pressure will be Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or the trailer brake display appears in display accidentally at any time pounds per square inch (psi). Press the DIC. Press the vehicle other than when the oil has just the vehicle information button until information button until TRAILER been changed. It cannot be reset the DIC displays FRONT GAIN and OUTPUT display. accurately until the next oil change. TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer To reset the engine oil life system, RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle gain setting. This setting can be see Engine Oil Life System on information button again until the adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either page 10‑11. DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa a trailer connected or disconnected. (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

To adjust this setting, see Compass Recalibration Trip Odometer “Integrated Trailer Brake Control This display allows for calibrating Press the trip odometer reset stem System” under Towing Equipment the compass. See Compass on until TRIP displays. This display on page 9 79 for more information. ‑ page 5‑6. shows the current distance traveled OUTPUT shows the power output to in either kilometers (km) or the trailer anytime a trailer with Blank Display miles (mi) since the last reset electric brakes is connected. Output This display shows no information. for the trip odometer. is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes The trip odometer can be reset to may appear in the OUTPUT display. Trip Odometer Reset Stem Menu Items (with DIC Buttons) zero by pressing and holding the trip See “Integrated Trailer Brake odometer reset stem while the trip Control System” under Towing Use the trip odometer reset stem odometer is displayed. Equipment on page 9‑79 for more to view the odometer and trip information. odometer. The Language selection The trip odometer has a feature called the retro-active reset. This Engine Hours and Engine Hours display can also be accessed with the trip odometer can be used to set the trip odometer Press the vehicle information button reset stem. to the number of kilometers (miles) until ENGINE HOURS displays. This driven since the ignition was last display shows the total number of Odometer turned on. This can be used if the hours the engine has run. Press the trip odometer reset stem trip odometer is not reset at the beginning of the trip. Compass Zone Setting until ODOMETER displays. This display shows the distance the To use the retro-active reset feature, This display allows for setting the vehicle has been driven in either press and hold the trip odometer compass zone. See Compass on kilometers (km) or miles (mi). reset stem for at least four seconds. page 5‑6. The trip odometer will display the number of kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven since the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle was moving. Once the vehicle Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

begins moving, the trip odometer 3. Continue to press and hold the Trip Odometer Reset Stem will accumulate mileage. For trip odometer reset stem to scroll Menu Items (without DIC example, if the vehicle was driven through all of the available Buttons) 8 km (5 miles) before it is started languages. Language again, and then the retro-active The available selections are reset feature is activated, the ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS This display allows you to select display will show 8 km (5 miles). As (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), the language in which the DIC the vehicle begins moving, the and NO CHANGE. messages will appear. To select a display will then increase to 8.2 km language: (5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. 4. Once the desired language is displayed, release the trip 1. Press the trip odometer reset Language odometer reset stem to set your stem until ODOMETER displays. This display allows you to select choice. 2. While in the ODOMETER the language in which the DIC Engine Hours display, press and hold the trip messages will appear. To select a odometer reset stem for language: To display the ENGINE HOURS, three seconds until the currently place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or set language displays. 1. Press the trip odometer reset ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and stem until ODOMETER displays. hold the trip odometer reset stem for 3. Continue to press and hold the 2. While in the ODOMETER four seconds while viewing the trip odometer reset stem to scroll display, press and hold the trip ODOMETER. This display shows through all of the available odometer reset stem for the total number of hours the engine languages. three seconds until the currently has run. The available languages are set language displays. ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), and NO CHANGE. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

4. Once the desired language is To use the retro-active reset feature, Trailer Gain and Output displayed, release the trip press and hold the trip odometer On vehicles with the Integrated odometer reset stem to set your reset stem for at least four seconds. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, choice. The trip odometer will display the the trailer brake display appears in number of kilometers (km) or Trip Odometer the DIC. Press the trip odometer miles (mi) driven since the ignition reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and Press the trip odometer reset stem was last turned on and the vehicle OUTPUT display. until TRIP displays. This display was moving. Once the vehicle shows the current distance traveled begins moving, the trip odometer TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer in either kilometers (km) or will accumulate mileage. For gain setting. This setting can be miles (mi) since the last reset example, if the vehicle was driven adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either for the trip odometer. 8 km (5 miles) before it is started a trailer connected or disconnected. To adjust this setting, see The trip odometer can be reset to again, and then the retro-active “Integrated Trailer Brake Control zero by pressing and holding the trip reset feature is activated, the System” under Towing Equipment odometer reset stem while the trip display will show 8 km (5 miles). As on page 9‑79 for more information. odometer is displayed. the vehicle begins moving, the display will then increase to 8.2 km OUTPUT shows the power output to The trip odometer has a feature (5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. the trailer anytime a trailer with called the retro-active reset. This Transmission Temperature electric brakes is connected. Output can be used to set the trip odometer is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes to the number of kilometers (miles) Press the trip odometer reset stem may appear in the OUTPUT display. driven since the ignition was last until TRANS TEMP displays. This See “Integrated Trailer Brake turned on. This can be used if the display shows the temperature of Control System” under Towing trip odometer is not reset at the the automatic transmission fluid in Equipment on page 9‑79 for more beginning of the trip. either degrees Celsius (°C) or information. degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Compass Zone Setting When the remaining oil life is low, Relearn Tire Positions This display allows for setting the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Your vehicle may have this display. compass zone. See Compass on message will appear on the display. To access this display, the vehicle See CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON page 5‑6 for more information. “ ” must be in P (Park). If your vehicle under Engine Oil Messages on has the Tire Pressure Monitor Compass Recalibration page 5‑38. You should change the System (TPMS), after rotating the This display allows for calibrating oil as soon as you can. See Engine tires or after replacing a tire or the compass. See Compass on Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the sensor, the system must re-learn the engine oil life system monitoring the page 5‑6 for more information. tire positions. To re-learn the tire oil life, additional maintenance is positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor Oil Life recommended in the Maintenance System on page 10‑58. See Tire Schedule in this manual. See Hood To access this display, the vehicle Inspection on page 10‑62, Tire on page 10 5 for more information. must be in P (Park). Press the trip ‑ Rotation on page 10‑62 and Tire odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE Remember, you must reset the OIL Messages on page 5‑41 for more REMAINING displays. This display LIFE display yourself after each oil information. shows an estimate of the oil's change. It will not reset itself. Also, remaining useful life. If you see be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display accidentally at any time display, that means 99% of the other than when the oil has just current oil life remains. The engine been changed. It cannot be reset oil life system will alert you to accurately until the next oil change. change the oil on a schedule To reset the engine oil life system, consistent with your driving see Engine Oil Life System on conditions. page 10‑11. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and could drain the battery. Turn off all unnecessary accessories. Have the Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages electrical system checked as soon indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START as possible. See your dealer. some action may be needed to VEHICLE correct a condition. Multiple Brake System Messages messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is another. severely discharged, this message SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM will display and four chimes will The messages that do not require This message displays along with sound. Start the vehicle immediate action can be the brake system warning light if immediately. If the vehicle is not acknowledged and cleared by there is a problem with the brake started and the battery continues to system. See Brake System Warning pressing V (Set/Reset) or the trip discharge, the climate controls, Light on page 5 21. If this message odometer reset stem. heated seats, and audio systems ‑ appears, stop as soon as possible will shut off and the vehicle may The messages that require and turn off the vehicle. Restart the require a jump start. These systems immediate action cannot be cleared vehicle and check for the message will function again after the vehicle until that action is performed. on the DIC display. If the message is started. All messages should be taken is still displayed or appears again seriously and clearing the message SERVICE BATTERY when you begin driving, the brake does not correct the problem. CHARGING SYSTEM system needs service as soon as possible. See your dealer. The following are the possible On some vehicles, this message messages and some information displays if there is a problem with about them. the battery charging system. Under certain conditions, the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster. See Charging System Light on page 5‑18. Driving with this problem Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE BRAKES SOON As soon as it is safe to do so, HOOD OPEN carefully pull your vehicle over to This message displays if there is a This message displays and a chime the side of the road and turn the problem with the brake system. sounds if the hood is not fully ignition off. Check the wiring If this message appears, stop as closed. Stop and turn off the connection to the trailer and turn the soon as possible and turn off the vehicle, check the hood for ignition back on. If this message still vehicle. Restart the vehicle and obstructions, and close the hood displays, either your vehicle or the check for the message on the DIC again. Check to see if the message trailer needs service. See your display. If the message is still still appears on the DIC. dealer. displayed or appears again when you begin driving, the brake system See “Integrated Trailer Brake LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN needs service. See your dealer. Control System” under Towing This message displays and a chime Equipment on page 9‑79 for more sounds if the driver side rear door is SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE information. not fully closed and the vehicle is SYSTEM shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn On vehicles with the Integrated Door Ajar Messages off the vehicle, check the door for Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, obstructions, and close the door this message displays and a chime DRIVER DOOR OPEN again. Check to see if the message sounds when there is a problem This message displays and a chime still appears on the DIC. with the ITBC system. sounds if the driver door is not fully PASSENGER DOOR OPEN When this message displays, power closed and the vehicle is shifted out is no longer available to the trailer of P (Park). Stop and turn off the This message displays and a chime brakes. vehicle, check the door for sounds if the front passenger door obstructions, and close the door is not fully closed and the vehicle is again. Check to see if the message shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn still appears on the DIC. off the vehicle, check the door for obstructions, and close the door again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN If this message continues to appear, ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP have the system repaired by your This message displays and a chime ENGINE dealer as soon as possible to avoid sounds if the passenger side rear damage to the engine. Notice: If you drive the vehicle door is not fully closed and the while the engine is overheating, vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE severe engine damage may Stop and turn off the vehicle, check ENGINE occur. If an overheat warning the door for obstructions, and close appears on the instrument panel the door again. Check to see if the Notice: If you drive the vehicle cluster and/or DIC, stop the message still appears on the DIC. while the engine is overheating, vehicle as soon as possible. See severe engine damage may Engine Overheating on Engine Cooling System occur. If an overheat warning page 10 22 for more information. appears on the instrument panel ‑ Messages cluster and/or DIC, stop the This message displays and a chime sounds if the engine cooling system ENGINE HOT A/C (Air vehicle as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating on reaches unsafe temperatures for Conditioning) TURNED OFF page 10‑22 for more information. operation. Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so This message displays when the This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than to avoid severe damage. This engine coolant temperature is too message clears when the engine the normal operating temperature. hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to See Engine Coolant Temperature has cooled to a safe operating idle until it cools down. See Engine temperature. Gauge on page 5‑14. To avoid Coolant Temperature Gauge on added strain on a hot engine, page 5‑14. the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off. When the See Overheated Engine Protection coolant temperature returns to Operating Mode on page 10‑24 for normal, the air conditioning information on driving to a safe compressor turns back on. You can place in an emergency. continue to drive your vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP Engine Power Messages ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Notice: If you drive the vehicle This message displays when the while the engine oil pressure is This message displays and a chime engine oil needs to be changed. low, severe engine damage may sounds when the cooling system When you change the engine oil, be occur. If a low oil pressure temperature gets too hot and the sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE warning appears on the Driver engine further enters the engine OIL SOON message. See Engine Information Center (DIC), stop the coolant protection mode. See Oil Life System on page 10‑11 for vehicle as soon as possible. Do Engine Overheating on page 10‑22 information on how to reset the not drive the vehicle until the for further information. message. See Engine Oil on cause of the low oil pressure is This message also displays when page 10‑8 and Scheduled corrected. See Engine Oil on the engine power is reduced. Maintenance on page 11‑3 for more page 10‑8 for more information. Reduced engine power can affect information. This message displays if low oil the vehicle's ability to accelerate. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE pressure levels occur. Stop the If this message is on, but there ENGINE vehicle as soon as safely possible is no reduction in performance, and do not operate it until the cause proceed to your destination. The This message displays when the of the low oil pressure has been performance may be reduced the engine oil becomes hotter than the corrected. Check the oil as soon as next time the vehicle is driven. The normal operating temperature. Stop possible and have the vehicle vehicle may be driven at a reduced and allow the vehicle to idle until it serviced by your dealer. See Engine speed while this message is on, but cools down. See Engine Coolant Oil on page 10‑8. acceleration and speed may be Temperature Gauge on page 5‑14. reduced. Anytime this message stays on, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages Object Detection System FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN Messages This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel This message displays if a Remote OWNERS MANUAL as soon as possible. See Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Gauge on page 5‑12 and Fuel on battery is low. The battery needs to Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, page 9‑65 for more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See this message displays if there is Battery Replacement under TIGHTEN GAS CAP “ ” something interfering with the park Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) assist system. See Ultrasonic This message may display along System Operation on page 2‑3. Parking Assist on page 9‑58 for with the check engine light on the more information. instrument panel cluster if the fuel Lamp Messages cap is not tightened properly. See PARK ASSIST OFF TURN SIGNAL ON Malfunction Indicator Lamp on If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic page 5‑19. Reinstall the fuel cap This message displays and a chime Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, fully. See Filling the Tank on sounds if a turn signal is left on for after the vehicle has been started, page 9‑69. The diagnostic system 1.2 km (0.75 mile). Move the turn this message displays to remind the can determine if the fuel cap has signal/multifunction lever to the off driver that the URPA system has been left off or improperly installed. position. been turned off. Press the set/reset A loose or missing fuel cap allows button or the trip odometer reset fuel to evaporate into the stem to acknowledge this message atmosphere. A few driving trips with and clear it from the DIC display. To the cap properly installed should turn the URPA system back on, see turn this light and message off. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑58. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE PARK ASSIST however, you do not have the STABILITRAK OFF benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this your speed and drive accordingly. Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, message displays when you turn off this message displays if there is a SERVICE SUSPENSION StabiliTrak, or when the stability problem with the URPA system. Do SYSTEM control has been automatically not use this system to help you ® disabled. To limit wheel spin and park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist If your vehicle has the Autoride realize the full benefits of the on page 9‑58 for more information. suspension system, this message stability enhancement system, you See your dealer for service. displays when the Autoride should normally leave StabiliTrak suspension system is not operating on. However, you should turn Ride Control System properly. Have your vehicle serviced StabiliTrak off if your vehicle gets by your dealer. Messages stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow SERVICE TRACTION and you want to rock your vehicle to SERVICE STABILITRAK CONTROL attempt to free it, or if you are ® driving in extreme off-road If your vehicle has StabiliTrak and If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this conditions and require more wheel this message displays, it means message displays when there is a spin. See If the Vehicle is Stuck on there may be a problem with the problem with the Traction Control page 9‑22. To turn the StabiliTrak StabiliTrak system. If you see this System (TCS). When this message system on or off, see StabiliTrak® message, try to reset the system. displays, the system will not limit System on page 9‑52. Stop; turn off the engine for at least wheel spin. Adjust your driving 15 seconds; then start the engine accordingly. See your dealer for again. If this message still comes service. See StabiliTrak® System on on, it means there is a problem. You page 9‑52 for more information. should see your dealer for service. The vehicle is safe to drive, Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

There are several conditions that The message turns off as soon as Anti-Theft Alarm System can cause this message to appear. the conditions that caused the message to be displayed are no Messages . One condition is overheating, which could occur if StabiliTrak longer present. SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT activates continuously for an TRACTION CONTROL OFF SYSTEM extended period of time. If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this This message displays when there . The message also displays if the message displays when the Traction is a problem with the theft-deterrent brake system warning light is on. Control System (TCS) is turned off. system. The vehicle may or may not See Brake System Warning Adjust your driving accordingly. See restart so you may want to take the Light on page 5‑21. StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑52 vehicle to your dealer before turning off the engine. See Immobilizer . The message could display if the for more information. Operation on page 2 18 for more stability system takes longer ‑ information. than usual to complete its Airbag System Messages diagnostic checks due to driving conditions. SERVICE AIR BAG Tire Messages . The message displays if an This message displays if there is a SERVICE TIRE MONITOR engine or vehicle related problem with the airbag system. SYSTEM problem has been detected and Have your dealer inspect the On vehicles with the Tire Pressure the vehicle needs service. See system for problems. See Airbag Monitor System (TPMS), this your dealer. Readiness Light on page 5‑16 and Airbag System on page 3‑28 for message displays if a part on the . The message also displays if more information. TPMS is not working properly. The the vehicle is shifted into 4LO tire pressure light also flashes and (Two Speed Transfer then remains on during the same Case Only). ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Light on page 5‑23. Several conditions may cause this message Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

to appear. See Tire Pressure TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE See Tires on page 10‑49, Vehicle Monitor Operation on page 10 59 for Load Limits on page 9 23, and Tire ‑ On vehicles with the Tire Pressure ‑ more information. If the warning Pressure on page 10 56. The DIC Monitor System (TPMS), this ‑ comes on and stays on, there may also shows the tire pressure values. message displays when the be a problem with the TPMS. See See DIC Operation and Displays pressure in one or more of the “ your dealer. (With DIC Buttons) earlier in this vehicle's tires needs to be checked. ” section. TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message also displays LEFT FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right On vehicles with the Tire Pressure front), LEFT RR (left rear), Transmission Messages Monitor System (TPMS), this or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE message displays when the TPMS the location of the low tire. The low is re-learning the tire positions on tire pressure warning light will also This message displays if a problem your vehicle. The tire positions must come on. See Tire Pressure Light occurs with the four-wheel-drive be re-learned after rotating the tires on page 5‑23. You can receive more system. If this message appears, or after replacing a tire or sensor. than one tire pressure message at a stop as soon as possible and turn See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62, time. To read the other messages off the vehicle. Make sure the key is Tire Rotation on page 10‑62, Tire that may have been sent at the in the LOCK/OFF position for at Pressure Monitor System on same time, press the set/reset least one minute and then restart page 10‑58, and Tire Pressure on button or the trip odometer reset the vehicle and check for the page 10‑56 for more information. stem. If a tire pressure message message on the DIC display. If the appears on the DIC, stop as soon message is still displayed or as you can. Have the tire pressures appears again when you begin checked and set to those shown on driving, the four-wheel-drive system the Tire Loading Information label. needs service. See your dealer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder When this message displays, power ENGINE is no longer available to the trailer Messages brakes. Notice: If you drive the vehicle while the transmission fluid is CHECK TRAILER WIRING As soon as it is safe to do so, overheating and the transmission On vehicles with the Integrated carefully pull the vehicle over to the temperature warning is displayed Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, side of the road and turn the ignition on the instrument panel cluster this message may display and a off. Check the wiring connection to and/or DIC, you can damage the chime may sound when one of the the trailer and turn the ignition back transmission. This could lead to following conditions exists: on. This message clears if the trailer costly repairs that would not be is reconnected. This message also . A trailer with electric brakes covered by the warranty. Do not clears if you acknowledge it. If this becomes disconnected from the drive the vehicle with overheated message still displays, either the vehicle. transmission fluid or while the vehicle or the trailer needs service. transmission temperature ‐ If the disconnect occurs while See your dealer. warning is displayed. the vehicle is stopped, this See “Integrated Trailer Brake message clears itself after a This message displays along with a Control System” under Towing short time. sound if the transmission fluid in the Equipment on page 9‑79 for more vehicle gets hot. Driving with the ‐ If the disconnect occurs while information. transmission fluid temperature high the vehicle is moving, this ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE can cause damage to the vehicle. message stays on until the Stop the vehicle and let it idle to ignition is turned off. WITH CARE allow the transmission to cool. This . There is a short in the wiring to This message displays when ice message clears and the chime the electric trailer brakes. conditions are possible. stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

TRAILER CONNECTED Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle On vehicles with the Integrated WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, FLUID this message displays briefly when a trailer with electric brakes is first This message displays when the Vehicle Personalization connected to the vehicle. windshield washer fluid is low. Fill (With DIC Buttons) the windshield washer fluid reservoir This message clears itself after Your vehicle may have as soon as possible. See Engine several seconds. This message also customization capabilities that allow Compartment Overview on clears if you acknowledge it. After you to program certain features to page 10 6 for the location of the this message clears, the TRAILER ‑ one preferred setting. Customization windshield washer fluid reservoir. GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in features can only be programmed to Also, see Washer Fluid on the DIC. one setting on the vehicle and page 10 26 for more information. ‑ cannot be programmed to a See “TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT” under Driver Information Center preferred setting for two different drivers. (DIC) on page 5‑26 and “Integrated Trailer Brake Control System” under All of the customization options may Towing Equipment on page 9‑79 for not be available on your vehicle. more information. Only the options available will be displayed on the DIC. The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory, but may have been changed from their default state since then. The customization preferences are automatically recalled. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

To change customization Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be preferences, use the following the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN made to this feature. The current procedure. ENGLISH screen appears on the setting will remain. Entering the Feature DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ Settings Menu button once to display all DIC reset button while the desired messages in English. setting is displayed on the DIC. 1. Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in P (Park). DISPLAY LANGUAGE You can also change the language This feature allows you to select the by pressing the trip odometer reset To avoid excessive drain on the stem. See “Language” under DIC battery, it is recommended that language in which the DIC messages will appear. Operation and Displays (Without the headlamps are turned off. DIC Buttons) earlier in this section 2. Press the customization button Press the customization button until for more information. the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen to scroll through the available AUTO DOOR LOCK customizable options. appears on the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access This feature allows you to select Feature Settings Menu Items the settings for this feature. Then when the vehicle's doors will The following are customization press the customization button to automatically lock. See Automatic features that allow you to program scroll through the following settings: Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more settings to the vehicle: ENGLISH (default): All messages information. will appear in English. DISPLAY IN ENGLISH FRANCAIS: All messages will This feature will only display if a appear in French. language other than English has been set. This feature allows you to ESPANOL: All messages will change the language in which the appear in Spanish. DIC messages appear to English. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors, AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the This feature allows you to select including the tailgate, will unlock DIC display. Press the set/reset whether or not to turn off the when the key is taken out of the button once to access the settings automatic door unlocking feature. ignition. for this feature. Then press the It also allows you to select which ALL IN PARK (default): All of the customization button to scroll doors and when the doors will doors, including the tailgate, will through the following settings: automatically unlock. See Automatic unlock when the vehicle is shifted SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more into P (Park). The doors, including the tailgate, will information. NO CHANGE: No change will be automatically lock when the vehicle Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current is shifted out of P (Park). AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on setting will remain. AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors, the DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ including the tailgate, will button once to access the settings reset button while the desired automatically lock when the for this feature. Then press the setting is displayed on the DIC. vehicle speed is above 13 km/h customization button to scroll (8 mph) for 3 seconds. through the following settings: REMOTE DOOR LOCK NO CHANGE: No change will be OFF: None of the doors will This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current automatically unlock. type of feedback you will receive setting will remain. DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the when locking the vehicle with the To select a setting, press the set/ driver door will unlock when the key Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) reset button while the desired is taken out of the ignition. transmitter. You will not receive setting is displayed on the DIC. feedback when locking the vehicle DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver with the RKE transmitter if the doors door will unlock when the vehicle is are open. See Remote Keyless shifted into P (Park). Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on made to this feature. The current REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting will remain. on the DIC display. Press the set/ button once to access the settings To select a setting, press the set/ reset button once to access the for this feature. Then press the reset button while the desired settings for this feature. Then press customization button to scroll setting is displayed on the DIC. the customization button to scroll through the following settings: through the following settings: OFF: There will be no feedback REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps when you press the lock button on This feature allows you to select the will not flash when you press the the RKE transmitter. type of feedback you will receive unlock button on the RKE LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps when unlocking the vehicle with the transmitter. will flash when you press the lock Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior button on the RKE transmitter. transmitter. You will not receive lamps will flash when you press the feedback when unlocking the HORN ONLY: The horn will sound unlock button on the RKE vehicle with the RKE transmitter if transmitter. on the second press of the lock the doors are open. See Remote button on the RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) System NO CHANGE: No change will be HORN & LIGHTS (default): The Operation on page 2‑3 for more made to this feature. The current exterior lamps will flash when you information. setting will remain. press the lock button on the RKE To select a setting, press the set/ transmitter, and the horn will sound reset button while the desired when the lock button is pressed setting is displayed on the DIC. again within five seconds of the previous command. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

DELAY DOOR LOCK Press the customization button until Press the customization button until This feature allows you to select DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC whether or not the locking of the the DIC display. Press the set/reset display. Press the set/reset button vehicle's doors and tailgate will be button once to access the settings once to access the settings delayed. When locking the doors for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the and tailgate with the power door customization button to scroll customization button to scroll lock switch and a door or the through the following settings: through the following settings: tailgate is open, this feature will OFF: There will be no delayed OFF: The exterior lamps will not delay locking the doors and tailgate locking of the vehicle's doors. turn on. until five seconds after the last door ON (default): The doors will not 30 SECONDS (default): The is closed. You will hear three chimes lock until five seconds after the last exterior lamps will stay on for to signal that the delayed locking door or the tailgate is closed. 30 seconds. feature is in use. The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to NO CHANGE: No change will be 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will work. You can temporarily override made to this feature. The current stay on for one minute. delayed locking by pressing the setting will remain. 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will power door lock switch twice. See To select a setting, press the set/ stay on for two minutes. Delayed Locking on page 2‑8 for reset button while the desired more information. NO CHANGE: No change will be setting is displayed on the DIC. made to this feature. The current EXIT LIGHTING setting will remain. This feature allows you to select the To select a setting, press the set/ amount of time you want the reset button while the desired exterior lamps to remain on when it setting is displayed on the DIC. is dark enough outside. This happens after the key is turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

APPROACH LIGHTING Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) NO CHANGE: No change will be This feature allows you to select System Operation on page 2‑3 for made to this feature. The current whether or not to have the exterior more information. setting will remain. lights turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE : No change will be There is no default for chime periods after unlocking the vehicle made to this feature. The current volume. The volume will stay at the using the Remote Keyless setting will remain. last known setting. Entry (RKE) transmitter. To select a setting, press the set/ To select a setting, press the set/ Press the customization button until reset button while the desired reset button while the desired APPROACH LIGHTING appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. setting is displayed on the DIC. the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access the settings CHIME VOLUME PARK TILT MIRRORS for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select the If your vehicle has this feature, it customization button to scroll volume level of the chime. allows you to select whether through the following settings: Press the customization button until or not the outside mirror(s) will OFF: The exterior lights will not CHIME VOLUME appears on the automatically tilt down when the turn on when you unlock the vehicle DIC display. Press the set/reset vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). with the RKE transmitter. button once to access the settings See “Outside Power Foldaway for this feature. Then press the Mirrors” in Folding Mirrors on ON (default): If it is dark enough page 2‑21 for more information. outside, the exterior lights will turn customization button to scroll on briefly when you unlock the through the following settings: vehicle with the RKE transmitter. NORMAL: The chime volume will The lights will remain on for be set to a normal level. 20 seconds or until the lock button LOUD: The chime volume will be on the RKE transmitter is pressed, set to a loud level. or the vehicle is no longer off. See Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): If PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on made to this feature. The current the features are enabled through the the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting will remain. EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the button once to access the settings To select a setting, press the set/ driver seat will move back when the for this feature. Then press the reset button while the desired key is removed from the ignition or customization button to scroll setting is displayed on the DIC. after pressing the easy exit seat through the following settings: button. OFF (default): Neither outside EASY EXIT RECALL The automatic easy exit seat mirror will be tilted down when the If your vehicle has this feature, it movement will only occur one time vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). allows you to select your preference after the key is removed from the DRIVER MIRROR: The driver for the automatic easy exit seat ignition. If the automatic movement outside mirror will be tilted down feature. See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, has already occurred, and you put when the vehicle is shifted into and Pedals” in Power Seat the key back in the ignition and R (Reverse). Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more remove it again, the seat will stay in information. the original exit position, unless a PASSENGER MIRROR: The Press the customization button until memory recall took place prior to passenger outside mirror will be removing the key again. tilted down when the vehicle is EASY EXIT RECALL appears on shifted into R (Reverse). the DIC display. Press the set/reset NO CHANGE: No change will be button once to access the settings made to this feature. The current BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and for this feature. Then press the setting will remain. passenger outside mirrors will be customization button to scroll To select a setting, press the set/ tilted down when the vehicle is through the following settings: shifted into R (Reverse). reset button while the desired DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No setting is displayed on the DIC. automatic seat exit recall will occur. The recall will only occur after pressing the easy exit seat button. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-51

EASY EXIT SETUP NO CHANGE: No change will be ON: The driver seat and, on some If your vehicle has this feature, it made to this feature. The current vehicles, the outside mirrors will allows you to select which areas will setting will remain. automatically move to the stored recall with the automatic easy exit To select a setting, press the set/ driving position when the unlock seat feature. It also allows you to reset button while the desired button on the Remote Keyless Entry turn off the automatic easy exit setting is displayed on the DIC. (RKE) transmitter is pressed. On some vehicles with the adjustable feature. See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, MEMORY SEAT RECALL throttle and brake pedal feature, the and Pedals” in Power Seat pedals will also automatically move. Adjustment on page 3‑4 and “EASY If your vehicle has this feature, it EXIT RECALL” earlier for more allows you to select your preference NO CHANGE: No change will be information. for the remote memory seat recall made to this feature. The current Press the customization button until feature. See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, setting will remain. EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the and Pedals” in Power Seat To select a setting, press the set/ DIC display. Press the set/reset Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more reset button while the desired button once to access the settings information. setting is displayed on the DIC. for this feature. Then press the Press the customization button until menu up/down button to scroll MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears REMOTE START through the following settings: on the DIC display. Press the set/ If your vehicle has this feature, it OFF: No automatic seat exit will reset button once to access the allows you to turn the remote start recall. settings for this feature. Then press off or on. The remote start feature the customization button to scroll allows you to start the engine from SEAT ONLY (Default): The driver through the following settings: outside of the vehicle using the seat will recall. OFF (default): No remote memory Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) seat recall will occur. transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5 for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

5-52 Instruments and Controls

Press the customization button until Press the customization button until If you do not exit, pressing the REMOTE START appears on the FACTORY SETTINGS appears on customization button again will DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset return you to the beginning of the button once to access the settings button once to access the settings feature settings menu. for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the customization button to scroll customization button to scroll Exiting the Feature through the following settings: through the following settings: Settings Menu OFF : The remote start feature will RESTORE ALL (default): The The feature settings menu will be be disabled. customization features will be set to exited when any of the following occurs: ON (default): The remote start their factory default settings. feature will be enabled. DO NOT RESTORE: The . The vehicle is no longer in ON/RUN. NO CHANGE: No change will be customization features will not be made to this feature. The current set to their factory default settings. . The trip/fuel or vehicle setting will remain. To select a setting, press the set/ information DIC buttons are pressed. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. . The end of the feature settings setting is displayed on the DIC. EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS menu is reached and exited. FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to exit the . A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made. This feature allows you to set all of feature settings menu. the customization features back to Press the customization button until their factory default settings. PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS appears in the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to exit the menu. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-53

Universal Remote This system provides a way to the lease ends. See “Erasing replace up to three remote control Universal Home Remote Buttons” in System transmitters used to activate this section. devices such as garage door See Radio Frequency Statement on Park the vehicle outside of the openers, security systems, and page 13 19 for information garage when programming a garage ‑ home automation devices. regarding Part 15 of the Federal door. Be sure that people and Communications Commission (FCC) Do not use this system with any objects are clear of the garage door rules and Industry Canada garage door opener that does not or gate that is being programmed. Standards RSS-210/220/310. have the stop and reverse feature. This includes any garage door Programming Universal Home Universal Remote System opener model manufactured before Remote — Rolling Code Programming April 1, 1982. For questions or help programming Read the instructions completely the Universal Home Remote before attempting to program the System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go transmitter. Because of the steps to www.learcar2u.com. involved, it may be helpful to have Most garage door openers sold another person assist with after 1996 are Rolling Code units. programming the transmitter. Programming a garage door opener Be sure to keep the original remote involves time-sensitive actions, so Vehicles with the Universal Remote control transmitter for use in other read the entire procedure before System will have these buttons vehicles, as well as for future starting. Otherwise, the device will located in the headliner. programming. Only the original time out and the procedure will have remote control transmitter is needed to be repeated. for Fixed Code programming. The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

5-54 Instruments and Controls

hanging antenna wire is 5. Press and release the same attached to the motor-head unit button again. The garage door and may be a colored button. should move, confirming that Press this button. After pressing programming is successful and this button, complete the complete. following steps in less than To program another Rolling Code 30 seconds. To program up to three devices: device such as an additional garage 3. Immediately return to the door opener, a security device, 1. From inside the vehicle, vehicle. Press and hold the or home automation device, repeat press the two outside buttons at Universal Home Remote button Steps 1 through 5, choosing a the same time for one to that will be used to control the different function button in Step 3 two seconds, and immediately garage door until the garage than what was used for the garage release them. door moves. The indicator light, door opener. above the selected button, If these instructions do not work, the should slowly blink. This button garage door opener is probably a may need to be held for up to Fixed Code unit. Follow the 20 seconds. programming instructions that follow 4. Immediately, within one second, for a Fixed Code garage door release the button when the opener. garage door moves. The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete. 2. In the garage, locate the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit). Find the “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can usually be found where the Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-55

Programming Universal Home Your hand-held transmitter can Remote — Fixed Code have between 8 to 12 dip switches depending on the For questions or help programming brand of transmitter. the Universal Home Remote System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go The garage door opener receiver to www.learcar2u.com. (motor head unit) could also have a row of dip switches that Most garage door openers sold can be used when programming before 1996 are Fixed Code units. the Universal Home Remote. Programming a garage door opener If the total number of switches involves time-sensitive actions, so on the motor head and read the entire procedure before hand-held transmitter are starting. Otherwise, the device will To program up to three devices: different, or if the dip switch time out and the procedure will have settings are different, use the dip 1. To verify that the garage door to be repeated. switch settings on the motor opener is a Fixed Code unit, head unit to program the remove the battery cover on the Universal Home Remote. The hand-held transmitter supplied motor head dip switch settings by the manufacturer of the can also be used when the garage door opener motor. original hand-held transmitter is If there is a row of dip switches not available. similar to the graphic above, the garage door opener is a Fixed Code unit. If you do not see a row of dip switches, return to the previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote — Rolling Code. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

5-56 Instruments and Controls

The switch positions on the . If a switch is set between hand-held transmitter could be the up and down position, labeled as follows: write “Middle.” . A switch in the up position The switch settings written could be labeled as Up, down in Step 2 now +, or On. become the button strokes Example of Eight Dip Switches to be entered into the . A switch in the down with Two Positions Universal Home Remote in position could be labeled as Step 4. Be sure to enter the Down, −, or Off. switch settings written down . A switch in the middle in Step 2, in order from left position could be labeled as to right, into the Universal Middle, 0, or Neutral. Home Remote, when completing Step 4. 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch settings from left to right as 3. From inside your vehicle, first Example of Eight Dip Switches follows: firmly press all three buttons at with Three Positions the same time for about . When a switch is in the up The panel of switches might not three seconds. Release the position, write “Left.” appear exactly as they do in the buttons to put the Universal examples above, but they . When a switch is in the Home Remote into should be similar. down position, write “Right.” programming mode. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-57

4. The indicator lights will blink 6. Press and hold the button that slowly. Enter each switch setting will be used to control the from Step 2 into your vehicle's garage door until the garage Universal Home Remote. You door moves. The indicator light will have two and one-half above the selected button minutes to complete Step 4. Now should slowly blink. This button press one button on the may need to be held for up to Universal Home Remote for 55 seconds. each switch setting as follows: 7. Immediately release the button . If you wrote “Left,” press when the garage door moves. the left button (A) in the The indicator light will blink vehicle. rapidly until programming is A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) complete. . If you wrote “Right,” press B. Middle Button (Middle, 0, the right button (C) in the 8. Press and release the same or Neutral) vehicle. button again. The garage door should move, confirming that C. Right Button . If you wrote “Middle,” press (Down, −, or Off) the middle button (B) in the programming is successful and vehicle. complete. 5. After entering all of the switch To program another Fixed Code positions, once again firmly device such as an additional garage press and release all three door opener, a security device, buttons at the same time. The or home automation device, repeat indicator lights will turn on. Steps 1-8, choosing a different button in Step 6 than what was used for the garage door opener. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

5-58 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote System To erase either Rolling Code or Fixed Code settings on the Operation Universal Home Remote device: Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold the two outside button for at least half of a second. buttons at the same time for The indicator light will come on approximately 20 seconds, until while the signal is being transmitted. the indicator lights, located Reprogramming Universal directly above the buttons, begin Home Remote Buttons to blink rapidly. Any of the three buttons can be 2. Once the indicator lights begin to reprogrammed by repeating the blink, release both buttons. The instructions. codes from all buttons will be erased. Erasing Universal Home For help or information on the Remote Buttons Universal Home Remote System, The programmed buttons should be call the customer assistance phone erased when the vehicle is sold or number under Customer Assistance the lease ends. Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑6. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Reading Lamps ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 6-3 Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Changer ...... 6-3 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-8 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-4 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-4 The exterior lamps control is located Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 on the instrument panel to the left of Turn and Lane-Change the steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-5 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 It controls the following systems: Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 6-6 . Headlamps . Taillamps . Parking Lamps . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

The exterior lamps control has four When the vehicle is turned off and When the headlamps are turned on positions: the headlamps are in AUTO, the while the vehicle is on, the P (Off): Turns off the automatic headlamps may automatically headlamps turn off automatically headlamps and daytime running remain on for a set time. The time of 10 minutes after the ignition is lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp the delay can be changed using the turned off. When the headlamps are control to the off position again to DIC. See Driver Information Center turned on while the vehicle is off, turn the automatic headlamps or (DIC) on page 5‑26. the headlamps will stay on for DRL back on. ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the 10 minutes before automatically turning off to prevent the battery For vehicles first sold in Canada, parking lamps together with the following: from being drained. Turn the the off position will only work when headlamp control to off and then the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). . Instrument Panel Lights back to the headlamp on position to AUTO (Automatic): Automatically . Taillamps make the headlamps stay on for an turns on the headlamps at normal additional 10 minutes. . License Plate Lamps brightness, together with the Push the turn signal/multifunction following: 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the lever toward the instrument panel to headlamps together with the . Parking Lamps change the headlamps from low following: beam to high beam. . Instrument Panel Lights . Parking Lamps . Taillamps . Instrument Panel Lights . License Plate Lamps . Taillamps . License Plate Lamps Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Exterior Lamps Off Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass Reminder Low-Beam Changer Use your high-beam headlamps to If a door is open, a reminder chime 5 3 (Headlamp High/Low signal to a driver in front that you sounds when the headlamps or Beam Changer): To change the want to pass. It works even if the parking lamps are manually turned headlamps from low to high beam, headlamps are in the automatic on and the key is out of the ignition. push the lever toward the instrument position. To turn off the chime, turn the panel. To return to low-beam To use it, pull the turn signal lever headlamp switch to off or AUTO and headlamps, pull the multifunction toward you, then release it. then back on, or close and re-open lever toward you. Then release it. If the headlamps are in the the door. In the AUTO mode, the automatic position or on low beam, headlamps turn off once the ignition the high-beam headlamps turn on. is in LOCK/OFF or remains on until They stay on as long as the lever is the headlamp delay ends (if enabled held. The high-beam indicator on in the DIC). See Exit Lighting “ ” the instrument panel cluster comes under Vehicle Personalization (With on. Release the lever to return to DIC Buttons) on page 5 44. ‑ normal operation. When the high beams are on, this indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Daytime Running When it begins to get dark, the To turn off the automatic headlamp automatic headlamp system system, turn the exterior lamps Lamps (DRL) switches from DRL to the switch to the off position and then Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can headlamps. release. For vehicles first sold in make it easier for others to see the To turn off the DRL lamps, turn the Canada, the transmission must be front of your vehicle during the day. exterior lamps control to the OFF in the P (Park) position, before the Fully functional daytime running position and then release. For automatic headlamp system can be lamps are required on all vehicles vehicles first sold in Canada, the turned off. first sold in Canada. transmission must be in the P (Park) The DRL system comes on when position before the DRL lamps can the following conditions are met: be turned off.

. The ignition is on. Automatic Headlamp . The exterior lamps control is in AUTO. System . The transmission is not in Park. When it is dark enough outside and the headlamp switch is in AUTO, . The light sensor determines it is the automatic headlamp system daytime. turns on the headlamps along with The vehicle has a light sensor When the DRL system is on, only other lamps such as the taillamps, located on the top of the instrument the DRL lamps are on. The sidemarker, parking lamps, roof panel. Do not cover this sensor or taillamps, sidemarker, instrument marker lamps, and the instrument the system will come on whenever panel lights, and other lamps will not panel lights. The radio lights will the ignition is on. be on. also be dim. The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage, a tunnel, or while driving in heavy overcast weather. This is normal. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

There is a delay in the transition Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change between the daytime and nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Signals Lamps (DRL) and the automatic headlamp systems so that driving under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system. The DRL and automatic headlamp system is only affected when the light sensor sees a change in lighting lasting longer An arrow on the instrument panel than the delay. cluster flashes in the direction of the If the vehicle is started in a dark turn or lane change. garage, the automatic headlamp Move the turn signal lever all the system comes on immediately. way up or down to signal a turn. Once the vehicle leaves the garage, | (Hazard Warning Flashers): Raise or lower the lever until the it takes approximately one minute Press this button located on top of arrow starts to flash to signal a lane for the automatic headlamp system the steering column, to make the change. The turn signals to change to DRL if it is light front and rear turn signal lamps automatically flash three times. outside. During that delay, the flash on and off. This warns others It will flash six times if the tow-haul instrument panel cluster may not be that you are having trouble. Press mode is active. Holding the turn as bright as usual. Make sure the again to turn the flashers off. signal lever for more than instrument panel brightness control When the hazard warning flashers one second causes the turn signals is in the full bright position. See to flash until the lever is released. Instrument Panel Illumination are on, the vehicle's turn signals will not work. Control on page 6‑7. The lever returns to its starting position when it is released. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

If after signaling a turn or a lane parking lamps and/or low-beam The fog lamps will go off whenever change the arrows flash rapidly or headlamps must be on for your fog your high-beam headlamps come do not come on, a signal bulb may lamps to work. on. When the high beams go off, the be burned out. fog lamps will come on again. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb The fog lamps will be cancelled is not burned out, check the fuse. after the ignition is turned off. If you See Instrument Panel Fuse Block still want to use the fog lamps after on page 10‑46 and Engine you restart the vehicle, you will need Compartment Fuse Block on to press the fog lamp button again. page 10‑41. Some localities have laws that Turn Signal On Chime require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps. If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (3/4 of a mile), a chime The fog lamp button is located on sounds at each flash of the turn the left side of your instrument Exterior Cargo Lamps signal and the message TURN panel. The cargo lamp can be used if more SIGNAL ON also appears in the # (Fog Lamps): Press the button light is needed in the cargo area of DIC. See Lamp Messages on to turn the fog lamps on. An the vehicle or in the top-box storage page 5‑39. To turn the chime and indicator light will glow near the units. Some vehicles will only have message off, move the turn signal button when the fog lamps are on. a cargo lamp in the driver side lever to the off position. Press the button again to turn top box. them off. The cargo lamps come on by Fog Lamps Remember, fog lamps alone will not turning on the interior dome lamps. If your vehicle has fog lamps you give off as much light as your can use them for better vision in headlamps. Never use your fog foggy or misty conditions. Your lamps in the dark without turning on the headlamps. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Turning Instrument Panel the knob to the farthest clockwise Illumination Control position turns on the dome lamps. Dome Lamps The dome lamps are located in the overhead console. They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the k doors are closed. (Dome Off): Press the button in and the dome lamps remain off Turn the instrument panel when a door is opened. Press the brightness knob located below the button again to return it to the dome lamp override button, extended position so that the dome clockwise to the farthest position to lamps come on when a door is manually turn on the dome lamps. opened. The dome lamps remain on until the D (Instrument Panel knob is turned counterclockwise. Brightness): This feature controls Reading Lamps the brightness of the instrument Dome Lamp Override For vehicles with front reading panel lights and is located next to The dome lamp override button is lamps in the overhead console, the exterior lamps control. located next to the exterior lamps press the button located next to the Push the knob to extend out and control. lamp to turn it on or off. then it can be turned. The vehicle may also have reading lamps in other locations. The lamps cannot be adjusted. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Lighting Features Center (DIC), you may see the needed. It can temporarily reduce voltage move up or down. This is the power demands of some Entry/Exit Lighting normal. If there is a problem, an accessories. alert will be displayed. Normally, these actions occur in The vehicle has an illuminated The battery can be discharged at steps or levels, without being entry/exit feature. idle if the electrical loads are very noticeable. In rare cases at the The dome lamps come on if the high. This is true for all vehicles. highest levels of corrective action, E button is in the out position, This is because the generator this action may be noticeable to the when a door is opened or the key is (alternator) may not be spinning fast driver. If so, a Driver Information removed from the ignition. enough at idle to produce all the Center (DIC) message might be power that is needed for very high displayed, such as BATTERY LOW Battery Load electrical loads. START VEHICLE . If this message Management A high electrical load occurs when displays, it is recommended that the several of the following are on, such driver reduce the electrical loads as The vehicle has Electric Power as: headlamps, high beams, fog much as possible and restart the Management (EPM) that estimates lamps, rear window defogger, vehicle. See Battery Voltage and the battery's temperature and state climate control fan at high speed, Charging Messages on page 5‑35. of charge. It then adjusts the voltage heated seats, engine cooling fans, for best performance and extended trailer loads, and loads plugged into Battery Power Protection life of the battery. accessory power outlets. This feature shuts off the dome When the battery's state of charge EPM works to prevent excessive lamps if they are left on for more is low, the voltage is raised slightly discharge of the battery. It does this than 10 minutes when the ignition is to quickly bring the charge back up. by balancing the generator's output in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs. the battery from running down. the voltage is lowered slightly to It can increase engine idle speed to prevent overcharging. If the vehicle generate more power, whenever has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage display on the Driver Information Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

. Set up the tone, speaker Infotainment Introduction adjustments, and preset radio stations. System Infotainment For more information, see Defensive Determine which radio the vehicle Driving on page 9‑2. has and read the following pages to Introduction Notice: Contact your dealer become familiar with its features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 before adding any equipment. Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Operation ...... 7-2 { WARNING Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with Radio Taking your eyes off the road for the operation of the engine, radio, AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 extended periods could cause a or other systems, and could Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 crash resulting in injury or death damage them. Follow federal Radio Reception ...... 7-12 to you or others. Do not give rules covering mobile radio and Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 7-12 telephone equipment. Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-13 extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving. The vehicle has Retained Audio Players Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, CD Player ...... 7-13 the audio system can be played This system provides access to CD/DVD Player ...... 7-18 even after the ignition is turned off. many audio and non audio listings. Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-29 ‐ See Retained Accessory Power To minimize taking your eyes off the (RAP) on page 9‑34 for more Rear Seat Infotainment road while driving, do the following information. Rear Seat Entertainment while the vehicle is parked: (RSE) System ...... 7-34 Navigation/Radio System . Become familiar with the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) For vehicles with a navigation radio System ...... 7-44 operation and controls of the audio system. system, see the separate Navigation Phone System Manual. Bluetooth ...... 7-46 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

Theft-Deterrent Feature Operation TheftLock® is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle's radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle.

Radio with CD (MP3) shown, Radio with USB and CD (MP3) similar Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

System on page 7‑34 for more information on the vehicle's RSE system. The DVD player is the top slot on the radio faceplate. The player is capable of reading the DTS programmed DVD Audio or DVD Video media, (DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.). Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Using the Radio O (Power/Volume): Press to turn Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) the system on and off. The vehicle has one of these radios are explained later in this section Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume. as its audio system. under, “Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)”. 4 (Information) (If available): Radios with CD and DVD Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD Press to switch the display between Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD the radio station frequency and the ® radio may have a Rear Seat radio have a Bose Surround Entertainment (RSE) system. See time. While the ignition is off, press Sound System. Some of its features Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) this button to display the time. Press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA 3. Press the softkey under the This feature is most effective at song. If information is available AUTO VOLUM (automatic lower radio volume settings where during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA volume) tab on the radio display. background noise can affect how playback, the song title information 4. Press the softkey under the well the music is heard. At higher displays on the top line of the desired Speed Compensated volume settings, where the music is display and artist information Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, much louder than the background displays on the bottom line. When or High) to select the level of noise, there might be little or no information is not available, “NO radio volume compensation. adjustments by AudioPilot. INFO” displays. The display times out after To activate: Speed Compensated Volume approximately 10 seconds. Each 1. Set the radio volume to the (SCV): Radios with Speed higher setting allows for more desired level. Compensated Volume (SCV) radio volume compensation at automatically adjusts the radio faster vehicle speeds. 2. Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu. volume to compensate for road and Noise Compensation wind noise as the vehicle's speed Technology: Vehicles with the LTZ 3. Press the softkey under the changes while driving, so that the package and a Bose Audio System AUTO VOLUM (automatic volume level stays consistent. include the Bose AudioPilot® noise volume) tab on the radio display. To activate SCV: compensation technology. When 4. Press the softkey under the ON 1. Set the radio volume to the turned on, AudioPilot continuously tab. The display times out after desired level. adjusts the audio system approximately 10 seconds. equalization, to compensate for 2. Press the MENU button to background noise, so that music For additional information on display the radio setup menu. always sounds the same at the set AudioPilot, please visit volume level. www.bose.com/audiopilot. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Setting the Tone (Bass/ If a station's frequency is weak or if Digital Signal Processing (DSP): Midrange/Treble) there is static, decrease the treble. Press the EQ button to change the DSP settings (only available on BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, To quickly adjust bass, midrange, or treble to the middle position, Bose systems with the LTZ option or Treble): To adjust the bass, package). DSP settings provide a midrange, or treble: press the softkey positioned under the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for choice of different listening 1. Press the f knob until the tone more than 2 seconds. A beep experiences. control tabs display. sounds and the level adjusts to the The following DSP settings are 2. Highlight the desired tone middle position. available: control tab by doing one of the To quickly adjust all tone and . Normal — Select this setting to following: speaker controls to the middle adjust the audio for normal f mode. This provides the best . Pressing the f knob. position, press the knob for more than 2 seconds until a beep sounds. sound quality for all seating . Press the softkey under the positions. desired tab. EQ (Equalization): Press this button to choose bass and treble . Driver — Select this setting to 3. Adjust the setting by doing one equalization settings designed for adjust the audio for the driver to of the following: different types of music. Selecting receive the best possible sound MANUAL or changing bass or quality. . Turn the f knob clockwise treble, returns the EQ to the manual . or counterclockwise. Rear — Select this setting to bass and treble settings. adjust the audio for the rear seat . Press the ¨ SEEK, or Unique EQ settings can be saved passengers to receive the best © SEEK button. for each source. possible sound quality. . Press the \ FWD, or If the radio has a Bose audio s system, the EQ settings are either REV button. MANUAL or TALK. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

. Surround 3. Adjust the setting by doing one ® Radio Messages (Centerpoint ) — Select of the following: this setting to enable Bose Calibration Error: The audio Centerpoint. Centerpoint signal . Turn the f knob clockwise system has been calibrated processing produces a surround or counterclockwise. for the vehicle from the factory. sound listening experience from If Calibration Error displays, it . a CD or XM stereo digital audio Press the ¨ SEEK, or means that the radio has not been source. Centerpoint delivers five © SEEK button. configured properly for the vehicle independent audio channels and it must be returned to your . \ from conventional two channel Press the FWD, or dealer for service. stereo recordings. (Not available s REV button. Locked or Loc : One of these for AM or FM.) messages will display when the To quickly adjust all speaker and ® Adjusting the Speakers tone controls to the middle position, TheftLock system has locked up the radio. Take the vehicle to your press the f knob for more than (Balance/Fade) dealer for service. 2 seconds. BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To If any error occurs repeatedly or if adjust the balance or fade: If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is an error cannot be corrected, turned on, the radio disables FADE f contact your dealer. 1. Press the knob until the and mutes the rear speakers. speaker control tabs display. 2. Highlight the desired speaker control tab by doing one of the following:

. Pressing the f knob. . Press the softkey under the desired tab. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

Radio display and artist information stations. The radio only seeks and displays on the bottom line. When scans stations with a strong signal AM-FM Radio information is not available, “NO that are in the selected band. INFO” displays. s REV: Press to manually tune to Radio Data System (RDS) Finding a Station a radio station in descending order. For radios with the Radio Data BAND: Press to switch between \ FWD: Press to manually tune to System (RDS) feature, it only works AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. a radio station in ascending order. with FM stations that broadcast f FAV (Favorites): Press to select RDS information. This system relies (Tune): Turn to manually select different favorite pages for stored upon receiving specific information radio stations. radio stations. from these stations and only works © SEEK: Press to seek the when the information is available. previous radio station. Press and Storing Radio Stations While the radio is tuned to an hold for a few seconds until a Drivers are encouraged to store FM-RDS station, the station name beep sounds to scan for radio or call letters displays. In rare radio station while the vehicle is stations in descending order, press parked, see Defensive Driving on cases, a radio station could the © SEEK button again to stop broadcast incorrect information that page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio scanning radio stations. The radio stations using the presets, favorites causes the radio features to work only seeks and scans stations with improperly. If this happens, contact button, and steering wheel controls, a strong signal that are in the if the vehicle has this feature. the radio station. selected band. 4 (Information) (RDS Features): ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next For vehicles with RDS features, radio station. Press and hold for a press 4 to display additional text few seconds until a beep sounds to information related to the current scan for radio stations in ascending FM-RDS station. If information is order, press the © SEEK button available, the song title information again to stop scanning radio displays on the top line of the Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Up to 36 stations can be The number of favorites pages can Satellite Radio programmed as favorites using the be setup using the MENU button. To 6 softkeys below the radio station setup the number of favorites XM™ Satellite Radio Service frequency tabs and by using the pages: XM is a satellite radio service based FAV button. Press the FAV button to 1. Press the MENU button. in the 48 contiguous United States go through up to 6 pages of 2. Press the softkey located below and 10 Canadian provinces. XM favorites, each having 6 favorite Satellite Radio has a wide variety of the FAV 1-6 tab. stations available per page. Each programming and commercial-free page of favorites can contain any 3. Select the number of favorites music, coast to coast, and in combination of AM, FM, or XM, pages by pressing the softkey digital-quality sound. A service fee if equipped, stations. located below the displayed is required to receive the XM Storing a Radio Station as a page numbers. service. If the service needs to be Favorite 4. Press the FAV button, or let the reactivated, the radio will display “No Subscription Please Renew on To store a station as a favorite: menu time out, to return to the original main radio screen channel XM1.” For more 1. Tune to a radio station. showing the radio station information, contact XM at 2. Press the FAV button to display frequency tabs and to begin the www.xmradio.com or the page where the station will process of programming 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S., and be stored. favorites. www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. 3. Press and hold one of the 6 softkeys until a beep sounds. 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to store additional radio stations. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

4 (Information) (XM Satellite Radio FAV (Favorites): Press to select To go to the previous or next XM Service): For vehicles with XM, different favorites pages for stored station in the selected category, radio stations. press 4 to display additional text do one of the following: information related to the current CAT (Category): The CAT button is . Turn the f knob. XM channel. If information is used to find XM channels when the available, the song title information radio is in the XM mode. . Press the softkey below the displays on the top line of the right or left arrows in the display and artist information Finding a Category (CAT) category tab. Station displays on the bottom line. When . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. information is not available, “NO To find XM channels in a category: INFO” displays. 3. To exit the category search 1. Press the CAT button to display mode, press the FAV button or Finding a Channel the category tabs. Continue BAND button to display the pressing the CAT button until the favorites again. BAND: Press to switch between desired category name displays. AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. Adding and Removing Categories f . Radios with CD and DVD (Tune): Turn to manually select can also navigate the Categories cannot be added or an XM channel. category list by pressing the removed while the vehicle is moving © SEEK: Press to go to the \ FWD or the s REV faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). previous XM channel. buttons. To add or remove a category: ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next 2. Press either of the two softkeys 1. Press the MENU button. XM channel. below the desired category tab to immediately tune to the first 2. Press the softkey located below s REV: Press to go to the the XM CAT tab. previous XM category. XM station in that category. 3. Turn the f knob to display the \ FWD: Press to go to the next category to add or remove. XM category. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

4. Press the softkey located under Storing an XM Channel as a 4. Press the FAV button, or let the the Add or Remove tab. Favorite menu time out, to return to the To restore all removed To store a station as a favorite: original main radio screen showing the radio station categories, press the softkey 1. Tune to an XM channel. under the Restore All tab. frequency tabs and to begin the 2. Press the FAV button to display process of programming 5. Repeat the steps to remove the page where the station will favorites. more categories. be stored. XM Radio Messages Storing XM Channels 3. Press and hold one of the six XL (Explicit Language Drivers are encouraged to store XM softkeys until a beep sounds. Channels): These channels, channels while the vehicle is 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to or any others, can be blocked at a parked; see Defensive Driving on store additional radio stations. customer's request, by calling page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio The number of favorites pages can 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and stations using the presets, favorites 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. button, and steering wheel controls, be set up using the MENU button. if the vehicle has this feature. To set up the number of favorites XM Updating: The encryption code pages: in the receiver is being updated, and Up to 36 stations can be 1. Press the MENU button. no action is required. This process programmed as favorites using the should take no longer than six softkeys below the radio station 2. Press the softkey located below 30 seconds. frequency tabs and by using the the FAV 1-6 tab. FAV button. Press the FAV button to No XM Signal: The system is 3. Select the number of favorites go through up to six pages of functioning correctly, but the vehicle pages by pressing the softkey favorites, each having six favorite is in a location that is blocking the located below the displayed stations available per page. Each XM signal. When the vehicle is page numbers. page of favorites can contain any moved into an open area, the signal combination of AM, FM, or XM, should return. if equipped, stations. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Loading XM: The audio system is No CAT Info: No category message is received after having acquiring and processing audio and information is available at this time the vehicle serviced, check with text data. No action is needed. This on this channel. The system is your dealer. message should disappear shortly. working properly. XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, Channel Off Air: This channel is No Information: No text or this message alternates with the XM not currently in service. Tune in to informational messages are Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This another channel. available at this time on this label is needed to activate the Channel Unauth : This channel is channel. The system is working service. blocked or cannot be received with properly. Unknown: If this message is your XM subscription package. No Subscription Please Renew: received when tuned to channel 0, Channel Unavail: This previously The XM subscription needs to be there could be a receiver fault. assigned channel is no longer reactivated. Contact XM at Consult with your dealer. assigned. Tune to another station. www.xmradio.com or call Check Antenna: If this message If this station was one of the 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and does not clear within a short period presets, choose another station for www.xmradio.ca or call of time, the receiver or antenna that preset button. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. could have a fault. Consult with your No Artist Info: No artist CAT Not Found: There are no dealer. information is available at this time channels available for the selected Check XM Receivr: If this on this channel. The system is category. The system is working message does not clear within a working properly. properly. short period of time, the receiver No Title Info: No song title XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver could have a fault. Consult with your information is available at this time in the vehicle could have previously dealer. on this channel. The system is been in another vehicle. For security XM Not Available: If this message working properly. purposes, XM receivers cannot be does not clear within a short period swapped between vehicles. If this of time, the receiver could have a fault. Consult with your dealer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

Radio Reception FM Stereo Cellular Phone Usage Frequency interference and static FM signals only reach about Cellular phone usage may cause can occur during normal radio 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although interference with the vehicle's radio. reception if items such as cell phone the radio has a built-in electronic This interference may occur when chargers, vehicle convenience circuit that automatically works to making or receiving phone calls, accessories, and external electronic reduce interference, some static can charging the phone's battery, devices are plugged into the occur, especially around tall or simply having the phone on. This accessory power outlet. If there is buildings or hills, causing the sound interference causes an increased interference or static, unplug the to fade in and out. level of static while listening to the radio. If static is received while item from the accessory power XM Satellite Radio Service outlet. ™ listening to the radio, unplug the XM Satellite Radio Service gives cellular phone and turn it off. AM digital radio reception from coast to The range for most AM stations is coast in the 48 contiguous United Fixed Mast Antenna States, and in Canada. Just as with greater than for FM, especially at The fixed mast antenna can FM, tall buildings or hills can night. The longer range can cause withstand most car washes without interfere with satellite radio signals, station frequencies to interfere with being damaged as long as it is each other. For better radio causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing securely attached to the base. If the reception, most AM radio stations mast becomes slightly bent, under heavy foliage, bridges, boost the power levels during the straighten it out by hand. If the garages, or tunnels may cause loss day, and then reduce these levels mast is badly bent, replace it. during the night. Static can also of the XM signal for a period of time. occur when things like storms and Occasionally check to make sure power lines interfere with radio the antenna is tightened to its base. reception. When this happens, try If tightening is required, tighten by reducing the treble on the radio. hand until fully seated plus one quarter turn. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, The XM Satellite Radio antenna is and debris. located on the roof of the vehicle. CD Player Keep the antenna clear of If an error displays, see “ obstructions for clear radio Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. reception. Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs It could get caught in the CD. If a If the vehicle has a sunroof, the If playing a CD-R, the sound quality performance of the XM system CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is can be reduced due to CD-R or (if equipped) may be affected if the CD-RW quality, the method of sunroof is open. needed, try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, and the The use of CD lens cleaners for way the CD-R or CD-RW has been CDs is not advised, due to the risk handled. Handle them carefully. of contaminating the lens of the CD Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective CD player mechanism. cases and away from direct sunlight Notice: If a label is added to a and dust. The CD player scans the CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the into the slot at a time, or an surface of a CD is damaged, such attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs load one CD at a time, and keep by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

If the surface of a CD is soiled, the last selected audio source. The portable audio player is not clean it with a soft, lint free cloth or CD is controlled by the buttons on connected, “No Input Device Found” dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, the radio faceplate or by the RSA displays. neutral detergent solution mixed unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) 4 (Information): Press to display with water. Make sure the wiping System on page 7‑44 for more additional text information related to process starts from the center to information. the current song. If information is the edge. When a CD is inserted, the CD available, the song title information Inserting a CD symbol displays on the left side of displays on the top line of the the radio display. As each new track display and artist information Insert a CD partway into the slot, starts to play, the track number displays on the bottom line. When label side up. The player pulls it in displays. information is not available, “NO and the CD should begin playing. The CD player can play the smaller INFO” displays. Ejecting a CD 8 cm (3 inch) single CDs with an f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on Z EJECT: Press and release to adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the the CD that is currently playing. eject the disc. Remove the CD smaller CDs are loaded in the same © SEEK: Press to go to the start of when Remove Disc displays. manner. the current track, if more than ten If the disc is not removed, after CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to seconds on the CD have played. several seconds, the disc is cycle through CD or Auxiliary when Press to go to the previous track if automatically pulled back into the listening to the radio. The CD icon less than ten seconds on the CD player. and a message showing the disc have played. and/or track number displays when Playing a CD a CD is in the player. Press again Press and hold, or press multiple If the ignition or radio is turned off, and the system automatically times to continue moving backward with a CD in the player, it stays in searches for an auxiliary input through the tracks on the CD. the player. When the ignition or device, see, Auxiliary Devices on radio is turned on, the CD starts page 7‑29 for more information. If a playing where it stopped, if it was Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

. Up to 255 files. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next Format track. Radios that have the capability of . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl extension. Press and hold, or press multiple playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma times to continue moving forward files that were recorded onto a . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda through the tracks on the CD. CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can file extension. be recorded with the following fixed s REV (Fast Reverse): Press bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, Root Directory and hold to reverse playback quickly 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, The root directory is treated as a within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, folder. Files are stored in the root \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or directory when the disc or storage and hold to advance playback a variable bit rate. device does not contain folders. quickly within a track. Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Files accessed from the root RDM (Random): Press to listen to Discs directory of a CD display as tracks in random, rather than F1 ROOT. The radio can play discs that sequential order. To use random: contain both uncompressed CD Empty Folder 1. Press the softkey positioned audio and MP3 files. If both formats Folders that do not contain files are under the RDM tab until Random are on the disc, the radio reads all skipped, and the player advances to Current Disc displays. MP3 files first, then the the next folder that contains files. uncompressed CD audio files. 2. Press the softkey again to turn Order of Play off random play. CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File and Folder Structure Compressed audio files are MP3 Supported Files accessed in the following order: The radio supports: The Radio with CD (MP3) and the . Playlists (Px). Radio with USB and CD (MP3), . Up to 50 folders. . Files stored in the root directory. have the capability of playing an . Up to 8 folders in depth. MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Files stored in folders in the root . Up to 50 playlists. directory. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Tracks are played in the following Track names longer than 32 using file folders can be played. If a order: characters or four pages are CD-R or CD-RW contains more than shortened. The display does not the maximum of 50 folders, . Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues show parts of words on the last 15 playlists, and 512 folders and sequentially through all tracks in page of text and the extension of files, the player allows access and each playlist. When the last the filename is not displayed. navigates up to the maximum, but all items over the maximum are not track of the last playlist has Preprogrammed Playlists played, play continues from the accessible. first track of the first playlist. CDs that have preprogrammed playlists that were created using Playing an MP3 . Play begins from the first track in WinAmp™, MusicMatch™, or Real 4 (Information): Press to display the first folder and continues Jukebox™ software can be additional text information related to sequentially through all tracks in accessed, however, there is no the current song. If information is each folder. When the last track playlist editing capability using the available, the song title information of the last folder has played, radio. These playlists are treated as displays on the top line of the play continues from the first special folders containing display and artist information track of the first folder. compressed audio song files. displays on the bottom line. When File System and Naming Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls information is not available, “NO file extension and are stored on a INFO” displays. The song name that displays is the f song name that is contained in the USB device may be supported by (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files ID3 tag. If the song name is not the radio with a USB port. on the CD currently playing. present in the ID3 tag, then the Playlists can be changed by using © SEEK: Press to go to the start of radio displays the file name without the softkeys below the S c and the track, if more than ten seconds the extension (such as .mp3) as the c T tabs, the f knob, the have played. Press and hold or track name. © SEEK button or the ¨ SEEK press multiple times to continue button. An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW moving backward through tracks. that has been recorded without Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM (Random): Press to listen to To listen to files by another artist, track. Press and hold or press tracks in random, rather than press the softkey located below multiple times to continue moving sequential order. To use random: either arrow tab. The disc goes to forward through tracks. 1. Press the softkey positioned the next or previous artist in alphabetical order. Continue s REV (Reverse): Press and hold under the RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays. pressing either softkey below the to reverse playback quickly. Sound arrow tab until the desired artist is heard at a reduced volume and 2. Press the softkey again to turn displays. the elapsed time of the file displays. off random play. To change from playback by artist to Release s REV to resume playing. h (Music Navigator): Press the playback by album: \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press h softkey below the tab to have 1. Press the softkey located below and hold to advance playback the files played in order by artist the Sort By tab. quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced or album. The player scans the disc volume and the elapsed time of the to sort the files by artist and album 2. Press one of the softkeys below file displays. Release \ FWD to ID3 tag information. It can take the album tab from the sort resume playing. The elapsed time of several minutes to scan the disc screen. the file displays. depending on the number of files on 3. Press the softkey below the the disc. The radio may begin S c (Previous Folder): Press back tab to return to the main playing while it is scanning in the music navigator screen. the softkey below the S c tab to background. go to the first track in the previous folder. When the scan is finished, the disc begins playing files in order by c T (Next Folder): Press the artist. The current artist playing is softkey below the c T tab to go to shown on the second line of the the first track in the next folder. display. Once all songs by that artist are played, the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing files by that artist. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

The album name displays on the . The air is very humid. If so, wait The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners is second line between the arrows and about an hour and try again. not advised, due to the risk of songs from the current album . There could have been a contaminating the lens of the optics begins to play. Once all songs from problem while burning the CD. with lubricants internal to the CD that album have played, the player and DVD player mechanism. . moves to the next album in The label could be caught in the CD player. Notice: If a label is added to a alphabetical order on the CD and CD, more than one CD is inserted begins playing MP3 files from that If the CD is not playing correctly, for into the slot at a time, or an album. any other reason, try a known attempt is made to play scratched To exit music navigator mode, press good CD. or damaged CDs, the CD player the softkey below the Back tab to If any error occurs repeatedly or if could be damaged. While using return to normal MP3 playback. an error cannot be corrected, the CD player, use only CDs in contact your dealer. If the radio good condition without any label, CD Player Messages displays an error message, write it load one CD at a time, and keep CHECK DISC: If this message down and provide it to your dealer the CD player and the loading slot displays and/or the CD ejects, it when reporting the problem. free of foreign materials, liquids, could be for one of the following and debris. reasons: CD/DVD Player If an error displays, see “CD . It is very hot. When the Care of the CD and DVD Player Messages” later in this section. temperature returns to normal, the CD should play. Do not add any label to a disc. Care of CDs and DVDs It could get caught in the CD or If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the . The road is very rough. When DVD player. If a disc is recorded on sound quality can be reduced due to the road becomes smoother, the a personal computer and a CD should play. CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method description label is needed, try of recording, the quality of the music . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, labeling the top of the recorded that has been recorded, and the or upside down. disc with a marking pen. way the CD-R or CD-RW has been handled. Handle them carefully. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their Audio Output speakers. See “Using the Auxiliary original cases or other protective Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on Only one audio source can be heard ” cases and away from direct sunlight page 7 29, or Audio/Video (A/V) through the speakers at one time. ‑ “ and dust. The CD or DVD player Jacks under Rear Seat An audio source is defined as DVD ” scans the bottom surface of the Entertainment (RSE) System on slot, CD slot, XM, FM AM, front disc. If the surface of a disc is ‐ page 7 34 for more information. auxiliary jack, USB port, or rear ‑ damaged, such as cracked, broken, auxiliary jack. In some vehicles, depending on or scratched, the disc does not play audio options, the rear speakers properly or not at all. Do not touch Press the O button to turn the radio can be muted when the RSA power the bottom side of a disc while on. The radio can be heard through is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio handling it; this could damage the all of the vehicle speakers. (RSA) System on page 7‑44 for surface. Pick up discs by grasping more information. the outer edges or the edge of the Front seat passengers can listen to hole and the outer edge. the radio (AM, FM, or XM if Inserting a Disc equipped) by pressing the BAND If the surface of a disc is soiled, button or the DVD/CD AUX button to Insert a disc partway into either slot, clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or select CD slot, DVD slot, front label side up. The player pulls it in dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, auxiliary input, USB port, or rear and the disc should begin playing. neutral detergent solution mixed auxiliary input (if available). (Loading a disc into the system, with water. Make sure the wiping depending on media type and process starts from the center to If a playback device is plugged into format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds the edge. the radio’s front auxiliary input jack, for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a USB port, or the rear auxiliary jack, DVD to begin playing.) the front seat passengers are able to listen to playback from this source through the vehicle Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

Ejecting a Disc Playing a CD (in Either the The CD player can play the smaller 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Z CD (Eject): Press and release DVD or CD Slot) adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the to eject the disc that is currently If the ignition or radio is turned off smaller CDs are loaded in the same playing. The CD ejects from the with a CD in the player, it stays in manner. bottom slot. A beep sounds and the player. When the ignition or Ejecting Disc displays. Once the radio is turned on, the CD starts DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to disc is ejected, Remove Disc playing where it stopped, if it was cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary displays. The disc can be removed. the last selected audio source. The when listening to the radio. The If the disc is not removed, after CD is controlled by the buttons on DVD/CD text tab and a message several seconds the disc the radio faceplate or by the RSA showing the track or chapter automatically pulls back into the unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) number will display when a disc is in player. System on page 7‑44 for more either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX button again and the system Z DVD (Eject): Press and information. The DVD/CD decks automatically searches for an release to eject the disc that is (the upper slot is the DVD deck and auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary currently playing in the top slot. the lower slot is the CD deck) of the Devices on page 7 29 for more A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc radio are compatible with most ‑ information. If a portable audio displays. audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, and MP3s. player is not connected, “No Aux If loading and reading of a disc Input Device” displays. If a disc is in cannot be completed, due to When a CD is inserted, the text tab both the DVD slot and the CD slot, unknown format, etc., and the disc DVD or CD symbol displays on the the DVD/CD AUX button cycles fails to eject, press and hold for left side of the radio display. As between the two sources and does each new track starts to play, the more than five seconds to force the not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” disc to eject. track number displays. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

If a front auxiliary device is f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on RDM (Random): Press to listen to connected, the DVD/CD AUX button the disc that is currently playing. tracks in random, rather than cycles through all available options, sequential order. To use random: © SEEK: Press to go to the start of such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front 1. Press the softkey under the Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if the current track, if more than five seconds on the CD have RDM tab until Random Current available). See “Using the Auxiliary Disc displays. Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on played. page 7‑29 or “Audio/Video (A/V) Press to go to the previous track if 2. Press the softkey again to turn Jacks” under Rear Seat less than five seconds on the CD off random play. Entertainment (RSE) System on have played. MP3 and WMA Supported Files page 7 34 for more information. ‑ Press and hold, or press multiple If a disc is inserted into the top DVD times, to continue moving backward Format slot, the rear seat operator can turn through the tracks on the CD. The radio can play.mp3 or .wma on the video screen and use the SEEK: Press to go to the next files that were recorded onto a remote control to navigate the CD ¨ track. CD-R or CD-RW disc. (tracks only) through the remote control. Press and hold, or press multiple Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode times, to continue moving forward Discs 4 (Information): Press to display through the tracks on the CD. additional text information related to The radio plays discs that contain the current song. If information is s REV (Fast Reverse): Press both uncompressed CD audio and available, the song title information and hold to reverse playback quickly MP3/WMA files depending on which displays on the top line of the within a track. slot the disc is loaded into. display and artist information \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The DVD player only reads displays on the bottom line. When and hold to advance playback uncompressed audio and ignores information is not available, “NO quickly within a track. MP3/WMA files on a mixed INFO” displays. mode disc. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

The CD player reads both The CD player supports: No Folder uncompressed audio and MP3/ . Up to 512 files and folders. When the disc contains only WMA files on a mixed mode disc. compressed files, the files are . Up to 8 folders in depth. Uncompressd audio is played located under the root folder. The before MP3/WMA files. Press the . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl next and previous folder function CAT (category) button to toggle extension. does not function on a disc that was between uncompressed audio and recorded without folders or playlists. MP3/WMA files. . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda file extension. When displaying the name of the CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File folder, the radio displays ROOT. Root Directory and Folder Structure When the disc contains only The DVD player supports: The root directory of the disc is playlists and compressed audio treated as a folder. If the root files, but no folders, all files are . Up to 255 folders. directory has compressed audio located under the root folder. The . Up to 8 folders in depth. files, the directory displays as folder down and the folder up F1 ROOT on the radio. . Up to 15 playlists. buttons search playlists first and If a disc contains both then go to the root folder. When the . Up to 40 sessions. uncompressed CD audio and MP3/ radio displays the name of the . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl WMA files, a folder under the root folder, the radio displays ROOT. extension. directory called CD accesses all of Order of Play the CD audio tracks on the disc. . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda Compressed audio files are file extension. Empty Folder accessed in the following order: Folders that do not contain files are . Playlists (Px). skipped, and the player advances to . the next folder that contains files. Files stored in the root directory. . Files stored in folders in the root directory. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Tracks are played in the following File System and Naming Playing an MP3 or WMA order: The song name that displays is the (in Either the DVD or CD Slot) . Play begins from the first track in song name that is contained in the If a disc is inserted into the top DVD the first playlist and continues ID3 tag. If the song name is not slot, the rear seat operator can turn sequentially through all tracks in present in the ID3 tag, then the on the video screen and use the each playlist. When the last radio displays the file name without remote control to navigate the CD track of the last playlist has the extension (such as .mp3) as the (tracks only). played, play continues from the track name. f first track of the first playlist. (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMA Track names longer than files. . Play begins from the first track in 32 characters or 4 pages are the first folder and continues shortened. Parts of words on the © SEEK: Press to go to the start of sequentially through all tracks in last page of text and the extension the track, if more than five seconds each folder. When the last track of the file name do not display. have played. Press and hold or of the last folder has played, press multiple times, if less than play continues from the first Preprogrammed Playlists five seconds have played, to track of the first folder. Preprogrammed playlists that continue moving backward through tracks. When play enters a new folder, the were created using WinAmp™, display does not automatically show MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next the new folder name unless the software can be accessed; however, track. they cannot be edited using the folder mode has been chosen as Press and hold, or press multiple radio. These playlists are treated as the default display. The new track times, to continue moving forward special folders containing name displays. through tracks. compressed audio song files. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls to reverse playback quickly. file extension and are stored on a USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The player scans the disc to sort the To change from playback by artist to and hold to advance playback files by artist and album ID3 tag playback by album: quickly. information. It can take several 1. Press the softkey below the Sort S c minutes to scan the disc depending By tab. (Previous Folder): Press on the number of files on the disc. the softkey below the S c tab to The radio may begin playing while it 2. Press one of the softkeys below go to the first track in the previous is scanning in the background. the Album tab from the sort folder. screen. When the scan is finished, the disc c T (Next Folder): Press the begins playing files in order by 3. Press the softkey below the softkey below the c T tab to go to artist. The current artist playing is Back tab to return to the main the first track in the next folder. shown on the second line of the music navigator screen. display. Once all songs by that artist RDM (Random): Press to listen to The album name displays on the are played, the player moves to the second line between the arrows, tracks in random, rather than next artist in alphabetical order and sequential order. and songs from the current album begins playing files by that artist. begin to play. Once all songs from To use random: To listen to files by another artist, that album have played, the player 1. Press the softkey under the press the softkey located below moves to the next album in RDM tab until Random Current either arrow tab. The disc goes to alphabetical order on the CD and Disc displays the next or previous artist in begins playing MP3 files from that alphabetical order. Continue album. 2. Press the same softkey again to pressing either softkey below the turn off random play. To exit music navigator mode, press arrow tab until the artist displays. h the softkey below the Back tab to (Music Navigator): Press the return to normal MP3 playback. softkey below the h tab to play files in order by artist or album. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

Using the DVD Player Inserting a Disc If loading and reading of a disc cannot be completed, due to The DVD player can be controlled Insert a disc partway into the top unknown format, etc., and the disc by the buttons on the remote slot, label side up. The player pulls fails to eject, press and hold for control, the RSA system, or by the it in and the disc should begin more than five seconds to force the buttons on the radio faceplate. See playing. Loading Disc shows on “ ” disc to eject. “Remote Control” under Rear Seat the radio display. At the same time, Entertainment (RSE) System on the radio displays a softkey menu of Playing a DVD page 7‑34 and Rear Seat Audio option(s). Some discs automatically DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to (RSA) System on page 7‑44 for play the movie while others default more information. to the softkey menu display, cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary which requires the Play, Enter, when listening to the radio. The The DVD player is only compatible DVD/CD text tab and a message with DVDs of the appropriate region or Navigation softkeys to be pressed, either by softkey or by the showing the track or chapter code printed on the jacket of number will display when a disc is in most DVDs. rear seat passenger using the remote control. either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX The DVD slot of the radio is button again and the system compatible with most audio CDs Loading a disc into the system, automatically searches for an and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, depending on media type and auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and DVD format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds Devices on page 7‑29 for more +R/RW media, along with MP3 and for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for information. If a portable audio WMA formats. a DVD. player is not connected, “No Aux Ejecting a Disc Input Device” displays. If a disc is in If an error message displays on the both the DVD slot and the CD slot, video screen or the radio, see “DVD Z DVD (Eject): Press and the DVD/CD AUX button cycles Display Error Messages” under, release to eject the disc currently between the two sources and does Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) playing in the top slot. A beep not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” System on page 7‑34, and “CD/DVD sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. Player Messages” later in this section for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

If a front auxiliary device is the rear seat occupant from s REV (Fast Reverse): Press to connected, the DVD/CD AUX button operating the Rear Seat Audio quickly reverse the CD or DVD at cycles through all available options, (RSA) system or remote control. five times the normal speed. To stop such as: DVD slot, CD slot, A lock symbol displays next to the fast reversing, press again. This front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary clock display. The Parental Control button might not work when the (if available). See “Using the feature remains on until the knob is DVD is playing the copyright Auxiliary Input Jack” in Auxiliary pressed and held for more than information or the previews. Devices on page 7‑29 or “Audio/ two seconds again, or until the \ Video (A/V) Jacks” under Rear Seat FWD (Fast Forward): Press to driver turns the ignition off and exits fast forward the CD or DVD at Entertainment (RSE) System on the vehicle. page 7‑34 for more information. five times the normal speed. To stop f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on fast forwarding, press again. This If a disc is inserted into the top DVD a CD or DVD. button might not work when the slot, the rear seat operator can turn DVD is playing the copyright on the video screen and use the © SEEK: Press to return to the start information or the previews. remote control to navigate the CD of the current track or chapter. (tracks only) through the remote Press again to go to the previous Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-V control. track or chapter. This button might (Video) not work when the DVD is playing O (Power): Press to turn the Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio the copyright information or the display menu shows several tab radio on or off. Turn clockwise or previews. counterclockwise to increase or options for playback. Press the decrease the volume. Press and ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next softkey located under any tab option hold for more than two seconds to track or chapter. This button might during DVD-V playback. turn off the entire radio and Rear not work when the DVD is playing Seat Entertainment (RSE) system the copyright information or the and to start the Parental Control previews. feature. Parental Control prevents Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

r / j (Play/Pause): Press either y (Menu): Press to access the not automatically power on when the Play or Pause tab displayed on DVD menu. The DVD menu is the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD the radio, to toggle between pausing different on every DVD. Use the slot. It must be manually turned on or restarting playback of a DVD. softkeys located under the by the rear seat occupant through If the forward arrow is showing on navigation arrows to navigate the the remote control power button. the display, the system is in pause cursor through the DVD menu. After Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-A mode. If the Pause tab is showing making a selection press this (Audio) on the display, the system is in button. This button only operates playback mode. If the DVD screen when using a DVD. Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio display menu shows several tab is off, press the play button to turn Nav (Navigate): Press to display the screen on. options for playback. Press the directional arrows for navigating softkey located under any tab option Some DVDs begin playing after the through the menus. during DVD-A playback. previews have finished, although q (Return): Press to exit the there could be a delay of up to r / j (Play/Pause): Press either current active menu and return to the play or pause icon displayed on 30 seconds. If the DVD does not the previous menu. This button begin playing the movie the radio, to toggle between pausing operates only when a DVD is or restarting playback of a DVD. automatically, press the softkey playing and a menu is active. located under the play/pause If the forward arrow is showing on symbol tag displayed on the radio. The rear seat passenger can the display, the system is in pause If the DVD still does not play, refer navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A mode. If the pause tab is showing to the on-screen instructions, menus and controls through the on the display, the system is in if available. remote control. See “Remote playback mode. c Control” under Rear Seat q Group r : Press to cycle (Stop): Press to stop playing, Entertainment (RSE) System on rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. through musical groupings on the page 7‑34 for more information. DVD-A disc. r (Enter): Press to select the The video screen automatically choices that are highlighted in turns on when the DVD-V is any menu. inserted into the DVD slot, and does Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

Nav (Navigate): Press to display Stopping and Resuming CD/DVD Player Messages directional arrows for navigating Playback Disc Format Error: This message through the menus. To stop playing a DVD without displays if the disc is inserted with e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle turning off the system, press the disc label wrong side up, or if through audio stream formats the c button on the remote control, the disc is damaged. located on the DVD-A disc. The or press the softkey located under Disc Region Error: This message video screen shows the audio displays if the disc is not from a stream changing. the c or the r / j tabs displayed on the radio. If the radio is sourced correct region. The rear seat passenger can to something other than DVD-V, No Disc Inserted: This message navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A press the DVD/CD AUX button to displays if no disc is present when menus and controls through the make DVD-V the active source. Z remote control. See “Remote the or DVD/CD AUX button is Control” under Rear Seat To resume DVD playback, press the pressed on the radio. / j button on the remote control, Entertainment (RSE) System on r Optical Error: This message page 7‑34 for more information. or press the softkey located under displays if the disc was inserted The video screen automatically the r / j tab on the radio. The DVD upside down. turns on when the DVD-V is should resume play from where it inserted into the DVD slot, and does last stopped if the disc has not been Disk Read Error: This message not automatically power on when ejected and the stop button has not displays if a disc was inserted with the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD been pressed twice on the remote an invalid or unknown format. slot. It must be manually turned on control. If the disc has been ejected by the rear seat occupant through or the stop button has been pressed the remote control power button. twice on the remote control, the disc resumes playing at the beginning of the disc. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

Player Error: This message displays an error message, write it the radio CD/AUX button to begin displays if there are disc load or down and provide it to your dealer playing audio from the device over disc eject problems. when reporting the problem. the vehicle speakers. . It is very hot. When the For optimal sound quality, increase temperature returns to normal, Auxiliary Devices the portable audio device's volume the disc should play. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack to the loudest level. . The road is very rough. When It is always best to power the Radios with an auxiliary input jack the road becomes smoother, the portable audio device through its located on the lower right side of the disc should play. own battery while playing. faceplate can connect to an external . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, audio device such as an iPod®, O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise or upside down. MP3 player, CD player, for use as or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable . The air is very humid. If so, wait another source for audio listening. about an hour and try again. This input jack is not an audio player. Additional volume output; do not plug headphones into adjustments might have to be made . There was a problem while the front auxiliary input jack. from the portable device if the burning the disc. volume is not loud or soft enough. Drivers are encouraged to set up . The label is caught in the CD/ any auxiliary device while the BAND: Press to listen to the radio DVD player. vehicle is in P (Park). See when a portable audio device is If the disc is not playing correctly, for Defensive Driving on page 9‑2 for playing. The portable audio device any other reason, try a known more information on driver continues playing. good disc. distraction. If any error occurs repeatedly or if To use a portable audio player, an error cannot be corrected, connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to contact your dealer. If the radio the radio's front auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, press Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary Not all iPods and USB Drives are play a CD when a portable audio (if available). See “Using the compatible with the USB port. device is playing. Press again and Auxiliary Input Jack(s)” in this Make sure the iPod has the latest the system begins playing audio section, or “Audio/Video (A/V) firmware from Apple® for proper from the connected portable audio Jacks” under, Rear Seat operation. iPod firmware can be player. If a portable audio player is Entertainment (RSE) System on updated using the latest iTunes® not connected, “No Input Device page 7‑34 for more information. application. See www.apple.com/ Found” displays. Using the USB Port itunes. DVD/CD AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Radios with a USB port can control For help with identifying your iPod, Press to cycle through DVD, CD, go to www.apple.com/support. or Auxiliary when listening to the a USB storage device or an iPod radio. The DVD/CD text tab and a using the radio buttons and knobs. Radios that have a USB port can message showing track or chapter USB Support play.mp3 and .wma files that are number displays when a disc is in stored on a USB storage device as either slot. Press again and the The USB connector is located in the well as AAC files that are stored on system automatically searches for center console, and uses the an iPod. USB 2.0 standard. an auxiliary input device, such as a USB Supported File and Folder portable audio player. If a portable USB Supported Devices Structure audio player is not connected, “No . USB Flash Drives Aux Input Device” displays. If a disc The radio supports: is in both the DVD slot and the CD . Portable USB Hard Drives . Up to 700 folders. slot the DVD/CD AUX button cycles . Fifth generation or later iPod . between the two sources and not Up to 8 folders in depth. indicate “No Aux Input Device”. If a . iPod nanos . Up to 65,535 files. front auxiliary device is connected, . iPod touch . Folder and file names up to the DVD/CD AUX button cycles 64 bytes. through all available options, such . iPod classic as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

. Files with an .mp3 or .wma file appears on the radio display. The f (Tune): Turn to select files. extension. iPod music appears on the radio’s SEEK: Press to go to the start of . AAC files stored on an iPod. display and begins playing. © the track, if more than ten seconds . FAT16 The iPod charges while it is have played. Press and hold or connected to the vehicle if the . FAT32 press multiple times to continue vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY moving backward through tracks. or ON/RUN position. When the Connecting a USB Storage ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next Device or iPod vehicle is turned off, the iPod automatically powers off and will not track. Press and hold or press The USB Port can be used to charge or draw power from the multiple times to continue moving control an iPod or a USB storage vehicle's battery. forward through tracks. device. s If you have an older iPod model that REV (Reverse): Press and hold To connect a USB storage device, is not supported, it can still be used to reverse playback quickly. Sound connect the device to the USB port by connecting it to the Auxiliary is heard at a reduced volume. located in the center console or on Input Jack using a standard 3.5 mm Release s REV to resume playing. the instrument panel. (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the The elapsed time of the file To connect an iPod, connect one Auxiliary Input Jack” earlier for more displays. end of the USB cable that came information. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press with the iPod to the iPod’s dock Using the Radio to Control a and hold to advance playback connector and connect the other USB Storage Device or iPod quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced end to the USB port located in the volume. Release \ FWD to The radio can control a USB center console. If the vehicle is on resume playing. The elapsed time of storage device or an iPod using the and the USB connection works, “OK the file displays. to disconnect” and a GM logo may radio buttons and knobs and display appear on the iPod and iPod song information on the radio’s 4 (Information): Press to display display. additional information about the selected track. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

. Third softkey, 5% through the list Using Softkeys to Control a c (Folder View): Press the each time the softkey is pressed. USB Storage Device or iPod softkey below c to view the . The five softkeys below the radio contents of the current folder on the Fourth softkey, 10% through the display are used to control the USB drive. To browse and select list each time the softkey is functions listed below. files: pressed. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. To use the softkeys: 1. Press the softkey below c. h (Music Navigator): Press the 1. Press the first or fifth softkey 2. Turn f to scroll through the list below the radio display to softkey below h to view and of folders. display the functions listed select a file on an iPod, using the below, or press the softkey 3. Press f to select the desired iPod's menu system. Files are below the function if it is folder. If there is more then one sorted by: currently displayed. folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Playlists the desired folder is reached. 2. Press the softkey below the tab . Artists with the function on it to use that 4. Turn f to scroll through the files function. . Albums in the selected folder. j . Genres (Pause): Press the softkey below f j to pause the track. The tab 5. Press to select the desired file . Songs appears raised when pause is being to be played. . Composers used. Press the softkey below j To skip through large lists, the five again to resume playback. softkeys can be used to navigate in To select files: the following order: Back: Press the softkey below the 1. Press the softkey below h. back tab to go back to the main . First softkey, first item in the list. f display screen on an iPod, or the 2. Turn to scroll through the list . Second softkey, 1% through the of menus. root directory on a USB storage list each time the softkey is device. pressed. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

3. Press f to select the Repeat Functionality > (Shuffle Off): Press the desired menu. To use Repeat: softkey below 2 to turn shuffle 4. Turn f to scroll through the off. This is the default mode when a Press the softkey below " or ' USB storage device or iPod is first folders or files in the to select between Repeat All and connected. selected menu. Repeat Track. f 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle 5. Press to select the desired file " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey below to be played. below " to repeat all tracks. The = or < to shuffle all songs on To skip through large lists, the five tab appears lowered when Repeat the USB storage device or iPod. All is being used. This is the default softkeys can be used to navigate in < (Shuffle Album): Press the the following order: mode when a USB storage device or iPod is first connected. softkey below > to shuffle all . First softkey, first item in the list. songs in the current album on ' (Repeat Track): Press the . Second softkey, 1% through the an iPod. softkey below ' to repeat one list each time the softkey is = (Shuffle Folder): Press the pressed. track. The tab appears raised when Repeat Track is being used. softkey below > to shuffle all . Third softkey, 5% through the list songs in the current folder on a USB each time the softkey is pressed. Shuffle Functionality storage device. . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To use Shuffle: list each time the softkey is Press the softkey below >, 2, pressed. < or = to select between . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

Rear Seat Before Driving DVD, and/or CD. While Parental Control is on, a padlock icon The RSE is designed for rear seat Infotainment displays. passengers only. The driver cannot safely view the video screen while The radio can be turned back on Rear Seat Entertainment driving and should not try to do so. with a single press of the power button, but the RSE system will (RSE) System In severe or extreme weather remain under Parental Control. The vehicle may have an conditions, the RSE system might Overhead DVD Rear Seat not work until the temperature is To turn Parental Control off, press Entertainment (RSE) system. The within the operating range. The and hold the radio power button for RSE system works with the operating range for the RSE system more than two seconds. The RSE vehicle's audio system. The DVD is above −20°C (−4°F) or below returns from where it was previously player is part of the front radio. The 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of left and the padlock icon disappears RSE system includes a radio with a the vehicle is outside this range, from the radio display. DVD player, a video display screen, heat or cool the vehicle until the Parental Control can also be turned audio/video jacks, two wireless temperature is within the operating off by inserting or ejecting any disc, headphones, and a remote control. range of the RSE system. pressing the play icon on the radio See CD/DVD Player on page 7 18 ‑ Parental Control DVD display menu, or changing an for more information on the vehicle's ignition position. DVD system. The RSE system may have a Parental Control feature, depending on which radio the vehicle has. To start Parental Control, press and hold the radio power button for more than two seconds to stop all system features such as: radio, video screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Headphones The RSE includes two 2-channel Infrared transmitters are located at wireless headphones that are the rear of the overhead console. dedicated to this system. Channel 1 The headphones shut off is dedicated to the video screen, automatically to save the battery while Channel 2 is dedicated to power if the RSE system and RSA Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. are shut off, or if the headphones These headphones can be used to are out of range of the transmitters listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, for more than three minutes. If you MP3s, DVD‐As, or any auxiliary move too far forward or step out of source connected to A/V jacks or the vehicle, the headphones lose the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle the audio signal. has this feature. The wireless To adjust the volume on the headphones have an On/Off button, headphones, use the volume control channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume located on the right side. control. A. Battery cover For optimal audio performance, the B. Channel 1 or 2 switch Push the power button to turn on headphones must be worn correctly. the headphones. An indicator light C. Power button Headphones should be worn with located on the headphones comes the headband over the top of the D. Volume control on. If the light comes on, but there head for best audio reception. The is intermittent sound and/or static on E. Power indicator light symbol L (Left) appears on the the headphones, or if the indicator outside bottom edge of the ear cup light does not come on, the batteries and should be positioned on the left might need to be replaced. See ear. The symbol R (Right) appears “Battery Replacement” later in this on the outside bottom edge of the section for more information. Switch ear cup and should be positioned on the headphones to Off when not the right ear. in use. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

Notice: Do not store the Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks headphones in heat or direct To change the batteries on the sunlight. This could damage the headphones: headphones and repairs will not be covered by the warranty. 1. Turn the screw to loosen the Storage in extreme cold can battery door located on the left weaken the batteries. Keep the side of the headphones. Slide headphones stored in a cool, dry the battery door open. place. 2. Replace the two batteries in the If the foam ear pads attached to the compartment. Make sure that headphones become worn or they are installed correctly, using damaged, the pads can be replaced the diagram on the inside of the separately from the headphone set. battery compartment. To purchase replacement ear pads, 3. Replace the battery door and call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt tighten the door screw. A. Yellow: Video Input zero (0), or contact your dealer. If the headphones are to be stored B. White: Left Audio Input for a long period of time, remove the C. Red: Right Audio Input batteries and keep them in a cool, dry place. The A/V jacks are color coded to match typical home entertainment system equipment. The A/V jacks, located on the rear of the floor console, allow audio or video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game unit to the RSE system. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

Adapter connectors or cables Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑29 for Audio Output (not included) may be required more information about changing Audio from the DVD player or to connect the auxiliary device to the source. auxiliary inputs can be heard the A/V jacks. Refer to the through the following possible manufacturer s instructions for How to Change the RSE Video ’ sources: proper usage. Screen Settings . Wireless Headphones Power for auxiliary devices is not The screen display mode (normal, full, and zoom), screen brightness, supplied by the radio system. . Vehicle Speakers and setup menu language can be To use the auxiliary inputs of the changed from the on screen setup . Vehicle wired headphone jacks RSE system, connect an external menu. To change any feature: on the rear seat audio system, auxiliary device to the color-coded if the vehicle has this feature. 1. Press the z (display menu) A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary The RSE system always transmits button on the remote control. device and the video screen power the audio signal to the wireless on. If the video screen is in the DVD 2. Use the remote control headphones, if there is audio player mode, pressing the AUX n, q, p, o (navigation) available. See “Headphones” earlier (auxiliary) button on the remote arrows and the r (enter) in this section for more information. control switches the video screen from the DVD player mode to the button to use the setup menu. The DVD player is capable of auxiliary device. The audio of the 3. Press the z button again to outputting audio to the wired headphone jacks on the RSA connected source can be listened to remove the setup menu from the system, if the vehicle has this over the speakers by sourcing the screen. radio to the auxiliary device or by feature. The DVD player can be sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux selected as an audio source on the and listening with the wireless RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio headphones on Channel 2 or with (RSA) System on page 7‑44 for the wired headphones. See “Using more information. the Auxiliary Input Jack” under Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

When a device is connected to the The RSE system always transmits Video Screen A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary the audio signal to the wireless The video screen is located in the input jack, if the vehicle has this headphones, if there is audio overhead console. feature, the rear seat passengers available. See “Headphones” earlier are able to hear audio from the in this section for more information. To use the video screen: auxiliary device through the wireless The DVD player is capable of 1. Push the release button located or wired headphones. The front seat outputting audio to the wired on the overhead console. passengers are able to listen to headphone jacks on the RSA playback from this device through 2. Move the screen to the desired system, if the vehicle has this position. the vehicle speakers by selecting feature. The DVD player can be AUX as the source on the radio. selected as an audio source on the When the video screen is not in Audio Output RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio use, push it up into its locked (RSA) System on page 7‑44 for position. Audio from the DVD player or more information. auxiliary inputs can be heard If a DVD is playing and the screen through the following possible When a device is connected to the is raised to its locked position, the sources: A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary screen remains on. This is normal, input jack if the vehicle has this and the DVD continues to play . Wireless headphones feature, the rear seat passengers through the previous audio source. . Vehicle speakers are able to hear audio from the Use the remote control power button auxiliary device through the wireless or eject the disc to turn off the . Vehicle wired headphone jacks ‐ or wired headphones. The front seat screen. on the RSA system, if the passengers are able to listen to vehicle has this feature. The overhead console contains the playback from this device through infrared transmitters for the wireless the vehicle speakers by selecting headphones and the infrared AUX as the source on the radio. receivers for the remote control. They are located at the rear of the console. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

Notice: Avoid directly touching control does not seem to be Remote Control Buttons the video screen, as damage may working, the batteries might need O (Power): Press this button to occur. See “Cleaning the Video to be replaced. See “Battery turn the video screen on and off. Screen” later in this section for Replacement” later in this section. more information. Objects blocking the line of sight P (Illumination): Press this button could also affect the function of the to turn the remote control backlight Remote Control remote control. on. The backlight automatically turns off after 7 to 10 seconds if no If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD other button is pressed while the slot, the remote control O (power) backlight is on. button can be used to turn on the v video screen display and start the (Title): Press this button to disc. The radio can also turn on the return the DVD to the main menu of video screen display. See CD/DVD the DVD. This function may vary for each disc. Player on page 7‑18 for more information. y (Main Menu): Press this button to access the DVD menu. The DVD Notice: Storing the remote menu is different on every DVD. control in a hot area or in direct Use the navigation arrows to move sunlight can damage it, and the repairs will not be covered by the the cursor around the DVD menu. After making a selection press the warranty. Storage in extreme cold To use the remote control, aim it at enter button. This button only can weaken the batteries. Keep the transmitter window at the rear of operates when using a DVD. the RSE overhead console and the remote control stored in a press the desired button. Direct cool, dry place. sunlight or very bright light could affect the ability of the RSE transmitter to receive signals from the remote control. If the remote Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

n, q , p , o (Menu Navigation s (Play/Pause): Press this u (Next Track/Chapter): Press Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to button to start playing a DVD. Press this button to go to the beginning of navigate through a menu. this button while a DVD is playing to the next chapter or track. This r (Enter): Press this button to pause it. Press it again to continue button might not work when the select the choice that is highlighted playing the DVD. DVD is playing the copyright in any menu. On some radios, play may be information or the previews. r z (Display Menu): Press this slowed down by pressing the play/ (Fast Reverse): Press this button to adjust the brightness, pause button then pressing the fast button to fast reverse the DVD or screen display mode (normal, full, forward button when the DVD is CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD or zoom), and display the playing. The DVD continues playing video, press the play button. To stop language menu. in a slow play mode. Some radios fast reversing a DVD audio or CD, may perform reverse slow play by release this button. This button q (Return): Press this button to pressing the play/pause button and might not work when the DVD is exit the current active menu and then pressing the fast reverse playing the copyright information or return to the previous menu. This button. To cancel slow play mode, the previews. button operates only when the press the play/pause button. [ (Fast Forward): Press this display menu or a DVD menu is t active. (Previous Track/Chapter): button to fast forward the DVD or Press this button to return to the CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD c (Stop): Press this button to stop start of the current track or chapter. video, press the play/pause button. playing, fast reversing, or fast Press this button again to go to the To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio forwarding a DVD. Press this button previous track or chapter. This or CD, release this button. This twice to return to the beginning of button might not work when the button might not work when the the DVD. DVD is playing the copyright DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews. information or the previews. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

e (Audio): Press this button to 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): Battery Replacement change audio tracks on DVDs that The numeric keypad provides the To change the remote control have this feature when the DVD is capability of direct chapter or track batteries: playing. The format and content of number selection. this function vary for each disc. 1. Slide the rear cover back on the \ (Clear): Press this button within remote control. { (Subtitles): Press this button to three seconds after entering a turn ON/OFF subtitles and to move numeric selection, to clear all 2. Replace the two batteries in the through subtitle options when a numerical inputs. compartment. Make sure they are installed correctly using the DVD is playing. The format and } 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press content of this function vary for diagram on the inside of the this button to select chapter or track remote control. each disc. numbers greater than nine. Press AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button this button before entering the 3. Replace the battery cover. to switch the system between the number. If the remote control is to be stored DVD player and an auxiliary source. If the remote control becomes lost for a long period of time, remove the 2 (Camera): Press this button to or damaged, a new universal batteries and keep them in a cool, change camera angles on DVDs remote control can be purchased. dry place. that have this feature when a DVD If this happens, make sure the is playing. The format and content universal remote control uses a ® of this function vary for each disc. code set of Toshiba . Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides, or the pressing the display menu button on the remote control. picture looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, and pushing Play, sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where it left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running, but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers, or use a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones are lost. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Region Error: This message It might be necessary to turn off the displays if the disc is not from a DVD player when operating one of The DVD display error message correct region. these devices in or near the vehicle. depends on the radio that is in the vehicle. The video screen can No Disc Inserted: This message *Excludes the OnStar® System. display one of the following: displays if no disc is present when Z or DVD AUX is pressed on the Cleaning the RSE Overhead Disc Load/Eject Error: This radio. Console message displays when there are disc load or eject problems. DVD Distortion When cleaning the RSE overhead console surface, use only a clean Disc Format Error: This message Video distortion can occur when cloth dampened with clean water. displays if the disc is inserted with operating cellular phones, scanners, the disc label wrong side up, or if CB radios, Global Position Systems the disc is damaged. (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax machines, or walkie talkies. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

Cleaning the Video Screen The radio functionality is controlled To listen to an iPod or portable by both the RSA and the front radio. audio device through the RSA, When cleaning the video screen, Only one band can be tuned to at attach the iPod or portable audio use only a clean cloth dampened one time. Changing the band on the device to the front auxiliary input with clean water. Use care when RSA or the front radio will change (if available), located on the front directly touching or cleaning the the band on the other system, audio system. Turn the iPod on, screen, as damage could result. if they are both sourced to the radio. then choose the front auxiliary input Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The RSA functions operate even with the RSA SRCE button. when the main radio is off. The front System audio system will display the Vehicles with this feature allow the headphone icon when the RSA is rear seat passengers to listen to on, and will disappear from the and control any of the music display when it is off. sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Audio can be heard through wired auxiliary sources. However, the rear headphones (not included) plugged seat passengers can only control into the jacks on the RSA. If the P (Power): Press this button to the music sources the front seat vehicle has this feature, audio can turn RSA on and off. passengers are not listening to, also be heard on Channel 2 of the except on some radios where dual wireless headphones. Volume: Turn this knob to increase control is allowed. For example, or to decrease the volume of the The audio system mutes the rear rear seat passengers can control wired headphones. The left knob speakers when the RSA audio is and listen to a CD through the controls the left wired headphones active through the headphones. headphones, while the driver listens and the right knob controls the right to the radio through the front wired headphones. speakers. The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

SRCE (Source): Press this button While listening to a disc, press the When a CD or DVD audio disc is to switch between the radio FM, left seek arrow to go to the start of playing, press this button to go to AM, or XM™ (if equipped), CD, and the current track or chapter (if more the beginning of the CD or DVD if the vehicle has these features, than 10 seconds have played). audio. This function is inactive, with DVD, front auxiliary, and rear Press the right seek arrow to go to some radios, if the front seat auxiliary. the next track or chapter on the passengers are listening to the disc. © ¨ (Seek): When listening to FM, disc. This function is inactive, with When a disc is playing in the CD or AM, or XM (if equipped), press the some radios, if the front seat DVD changer, press this button to seek arrows to go to the previous or passengers are listening to the disc. select the next disc, if multiple discs to the next station or channels and When a DVD video menu is being are loaded. This function is inactive, stay there. This function is inactive, displayed, press either seek arrow with some radios, if the front seat with some radios, if the front seat to perform a cursor up or down on passengers are listening to the disc. passengers are listening to the the menu. Hold either seek arrow to When a DVD video menu is being radio. perform a cursor left or right on displayed, press the PROG button Press and hold either seek arrow the menu. to perform the menu function, Enter. until the display flashes, to tune to PROG (Program): Press this an individual station. The display button to go to the next preset radio stops flashing after the buttons have station or channel set on the main not been pushed for more than radio. This function is inactive, with 2 seconds. This function is inactive, some radios, if the front seat with some radios, if the front seat passengers are listening to the passengers are listening to the radio. radio. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands‐Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. and not all phones are guaranteed a hands-free mode. to work with the in-vehicle Bluetooth . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for for more information on compatible the vehicle. more information. phones. To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING Voice Recognition before driving, and with the vehicle parked: The Bluetooth system uses voice When using a cell phone, it can recognition to interpret voice . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or commands to dial phone numbers features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the and name tags. Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your For additional information, say duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too “Help” while you are in a voice recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus Noise: Keep interior noise levels to . Review the controls and your attention on driving. a minimum. The system may not operation of the infotainment and recognize voice commands if there navigation system. is too much background noise. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

When to Speak: A short tone Bluetooth Controls Pairing Information sounds after the system responds Use the buttons located on the . Up to five cell phones can be indicating when it is waiting for a steering wheel to operate the in paired to the Bluetooth system. voice command. Wait until the tone ‐ vehicle Bluetooth system. See and then speak. . The pairing process is disabled Steering Wheel Controls on when the vehicle is moving. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a page 5‑3 for more information. calm and natural voice. . Pairing only needs to be b g (Push To Talk): Press to completed once, unless the Audio System answer incoming calls, confirm pairing information on the cell system information, and start phone changes or the cell phone When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth speech recognition. system, sound comes through the is deleted from the system. vehicle's front audio system c x (Phone On Hook): Press to . Only one paired cell phone can speakers and overrides the audio end a call, reject a call, or cancel an be connected to the Bluetooth system. Use the audio system operation. system at a time. volume knob, during a call, to Pairing . change the volume level. The If multiple paired cell phones are adjusted volume level remains in A Bluetooth cell phone must be within range of the system, the memory for later calls. To prevent paired to the Bluetooth system and system connects to the first missed calls, a minimum volume then connected to the vehicle before available paired cell phone in the level is used if the volume is turned it can be used. See the cell phone order that they were first paired down too low. manufacturer's user guide for to the system. To connect to a Bluetooth functions before pairing different paired phone, see the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone “Connecting to a Different is not connected, calls will be made Phone” later in this section. using OnStar Hands‐Free Calling, if equipped. Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

Pairing a Phone vehicle. See “Listing All Paired 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks and Connected Phones” later in which phone to delete. 1. Press and hold b g for this section for more information. two seconds. 4. Say the name of the phone you 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair want to delete. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” additional phones. Connecting to a Different Phone 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Listing All Paired and Connected To connect to a different cell phone, with instructions and a four‐digit Phones Personal Identification Number the Bluetooth system looks for the (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. The system can list all cell phones next available cell phone in the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is order in which all the available cell 4. Start the pairing process on the also connected to the vehicle, the phones were paired. Depending on cell phone that you want to pair. system responds with “is connected” which cell phone you want to For help with this process, see after that phone name. connect to, you may have to use the cell phone manufacturer's this command several times. user guide. 1. Press and hold b g for 1. Press and hold for 5. Locate the device named “Your two seconds. b g two seconds. Vehicle” in the list on the cell 2. Say “Bluetooth.” phone. Follow the instructions 2. Say “Bluetooth.” on the cell phone to enter the 3. Say “List.” 3. Say Change phone. PIN that was provided in Step 3. Deleting a Paired Phone “ ” After the PIN is successfully . If another cell phone is If the phone name you want to entered, the system prompts you found, the response will be delete is unknown, see Listing All to provide a name for the paired “ is now Paired and Connected Phones. “ cell phone. This name will be ” connected.” used to indicate which phones 1. Press and hold b g for . If another cell phone is not are paired and connected to the two seconds. found, the original phone 2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Numbers that you want to store. After 1. Press and hold b g for each digit is entered, the system The system can store up to two seconds. repeats back the digit it heard 30 phone numbers as name tags in 2. Say “Store.” followed by a tone. After the last the Hands‐Free Directory that is digit has been entered, say shared between the Bluetooth and 3. Say the phone number or group “Store,” and then follow the OnStar systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all directions given by the system to at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used save a name tag for this number. follow the directions given by the to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for Using the “Delete” Command Store: This command will store a this number. phone number, or a group of 1. Press and hold b g for numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command two seconds. Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.” recognized by the system, say a phone number to be stored as a 3. Say the name tag you want to “Clear” at any time to clear the last name tag by entering the digits one delete. at a time. number. Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say “Verify” at any time. Delete All Name Tags: This command deletes all stored name 1. Press and hold b g for tags in the Hands‐Free Calling two seconds. Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Digit Store.” Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, if equipped. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command Command Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a This command deletes all stored following commands. phone number to be dialed by name tags in the Hands Free entering the digits one at a time. ‐ Dial or Call: The dial or call Calling Directory and the OnStar After each digit is entered, the command can be used Turn by Turn Destinations Directory, system repeats back the digit it ‐ ‐ interchangeably to dial a phone if equipped. heard followed by a tone. number or a stored name tag. To delete all name tags: If an unwanted number is Digit Dial: This command allows a recognized by the system, say phone number to be dialed by 1. Press and hold b g for Clear at any time to clear the last entering the digits one at a time. “ ” two seconds. number. Re dial: This command is used to 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” ‐ To hear all of the numbers dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, say Listing Stored Numbers phone. “Verify” at any time. The list command will list all stored Using the “Dial” or “Call” numbers and name tags. Command 1. Press and hold b g for two seconds. Using the “List” Command 1. Press and hold for b g 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 1. Press and hold for two seconds. b g 3. Say each digit, one at a time, two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” that you want to dial. After each 2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” pausing, or say the name tag. followed by a tone. After the last Once connected, the person called 4. Say “List.” digit has been entered, will be heard through the audio say Dial. speakers. “ ” Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

Once connected, the person called Call Waiting Three‐Way Calling will be heard through the audio Call waiting must be supported on Three way calling must be speakers. ‐ the cell phone and enabled by the supported on the cell phone and Using the “Re‐dial” Command wireless service carrier. enabled by the wireless service carrier. 1. Press and hold b g for . Press b g to answer an two seconds. incoming call when another call 1. While on a call, press b g. is active. The original call is 2. After the tone, say Re dial. 2. Say “Three‐way call.” “ ‐ ” placed on hold. Once connected, the person called 3. Use the dial or call command to will be heard through the audio . Press b g again to return to the dial the number of the third party speakers. original call. to be called. Receiving a Call . To ignore the incoming call, no 4. Once the call is connected, action is required. press to link all callers When an incoming call is received, b g the audio system mutes and a ring . Press c x to disconnect the together. tone is heard in the vehicle. current call and switch to the call Ending a Call on hold. . Press b g to answer the call. Press c x to end a call. . Press c x to ignore a call. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

Muting a Call Transferring Audio from the Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone During a call, all sounds from inside Voice pass‐thru allows access to the the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the voice recognition commands on the person on the other end of the call vehicle: cell phone. See your cell phone cannot hear them. manufacturer's user guide to see if 1. Press . b g the cell phone supports this feature. . To mute a call, press , and b g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” then say “Mute call.” To access contacts stored in the cell Transferring Audio to the phone: . To cancel mute, press b g, and Bluetooth System from a Cell 1. Press and hold for then say “Un‐mute call.” Phone b g two seconds. Transferring a Call During a call with the audio on the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system cell phone, press . The audio Audio can be transferred between b g responds “Bluetooth ready,” the Bluetooth system and the cell transfers to the vehicle. If the audio followed by a tone. phone. does not transfer to the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature on the 3. Say “Voice.” The system The cell phone must be paired and cell phone. See your cell phone responds “OK, accessing connected with the Bluetooth manufacturer's user guide for more .” system before a call can be information. The cell phone's normal prompt transferred. The connection process messages will go through their cycle can take up to two minutes after the according to the phone's operating ignition is turned to ON/RUN. instructions. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the previous sections Sending a Number or Name Tag on deleting name tags. During a Call Other Information 1. Press b g. The system The Bluetooth® word mark and responds “Ready,” followed by ® a tone. logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks 2. Say “Dial.” by General Motors is under license. 3. Say the number or name tag Other trademarks and trade names to send. are those of their respective owners. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrost, defog and ventilation of the vehicle can be Climate Control Systems controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-10

A. Fan Control E. Air Conditioning B. Outside Air F. Driver and Passenger C. Recirculation Temperature Controls D. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Temperature Control: Move the window outlets. Cooler air is the floor vents. In this mode, the thumbwheels up or down to directed to the upper outlets and system automatically forces outside increase or decrease the warmer air to the floor outlets. air into the vehicle. The recirculation temperature on the driver side or 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the mode cannot be selected while in the passenger side of the vehicle. floor outlets, with some of the air the defrost mode. The air 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise directed to the windshield, side conditioning compressor runs or counterclockwise to increase or window, and second row floor automatically in this setting, unless decrease the fan speed. Turn the outlets. In this mode, the system the outside temperature is close to knob all the way counterclockwise automatically selects outside air. freezing. to turn the front system off. Recirculation cannot be selected Do not drive the vehicle until all the Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn when in Floor Mode. windows are clear. clockwise or counterclockwise to - (Defog): The defog mode is # (Air Conditioning): Press this change the direction of the airflow used to clear the windows of fog or button to turn the air conditioning inside the vehicle. The knob can be moisture. Air is directed to the system on or off. An indicator light positioned between two modes, for windshield, floor outlets, and side comes on to show that the air a combination of those modes. window vents. In this mode, the conditioning is on. The air To change the current mode, select system turns off recirculation and conditioning can be selected in any one of the following: runs the air conditioning compressor mode as long as the fan control unless the outside temperature is is on. H (Vent): Air is directed to the close to freezing. The recirculation instrument panel outlets. On hot days, open the windows to mode cannot be selected while in let hot inside air escape; then close ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided the defog mode. them. This helps to reduce the time between the instrument panel and 0 (Defrost): The defrost mode is it takes for the vehicle to cool down. floor outlets. Some air is directed used to remove fog or frost from the It also helps the system to operate towards the windshield and side windshield more quickly. Air is more efficiently. directed to the windshield and side window vents, with some directed to Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

The air conditioning system This mode recirculates and helps to < (Rear Window Defogger): removes moisture from the air, so a quickly cool the air inside the Press this button on the right knob small amount of water might drip vehicle. It can be used to help to turn the rear window defogger on under the vehicle while idling or prevent outside air and odors from or off. The system automatically after turning off the engine. This is entering the vehicle. turns off several minutes after it has normal. The recirculation mode cannot be been activated. The defogger can : (Outside Air): Press to turn used with floor, defrost, or defogging also be turned off by turning off the the outside air mode on. An modes. If recirculation is selected engine. Do not drive the vehicle until indicator light comes on to show while in one of those modes, the all the windows are clear. that outside air is on. Air from indicator flashes three times and For vehicles with heated outside outside the vehicle is circulated turns off. The air conditioning rearview mirrors, the mirrors will throughout the vehicle. The outside compressor will also come on when heat to help clear fog or frost from air mode can be used with all this mode is activated. While in the surface of the mirror when the modes, but it cannot be used with recirculation mode the windows may rear window defog button is the recirculation mode. Pressing this fog when the weather is cold and pressed. button again will cancel the damp. To clear the fog, select either recirculation mode. the defog or defrost mode and Notice: Do not use anything increase the fan speed. The sharp on the inside of the rear ? (Recirculation): Press to turn window. If you do, you could cut the recirculation mode on or off. An recirculation mode can also be turned off by turning off the engine. or damage the warming grid, and indicator light comes on to show the repairs would not be covered that recirculation is on. Rear Window Defogger by the vehicle warranty. Do not attach a temporary vehicle The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the license, tape, a decal, or anything rear window. similar to the defogger grid. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Dual Automatic Climate Control System O (On/Off): Press to turn the climate control system on or off. The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Outside air still enters the vehicle, this system. The vehicle also has a flow-through ventilation system and is directed to the floor. This described later in this section. direction can be changed by pressing the mode button. Recirculation can be selected once you have selected vent or bi-level mode. The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature button. If the air delivery mode or temperature settings are adjusted with the system off, the display illuminates briefly to show the settings and then returns to off. The system can be turned back on by pressing either O, D, C, #, the defrost or the AUTO button. A. Driver and Passenger G. Air Delivery Mode Control Driver Side Temperature Control Temperature Controls H. Display The driver side temperature buttons B. Fan Control I. Power Button are used to adjust the temperature C. AUTO of the air coming through the J. Rear Window Defogger system on the drivers side. The D. Defrost K. Air Conditioning temperature can be adjusted even if E. Recirculation the system is turned off. This is L. PASS possible since outside air will F. Outside Air always flow through the system as Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

the vehicle is moving forward unless Press the + or − buttons to increase Use the steps below to place the it is set to recirculation mode. See or decrease the cabin temperature. entire system in automatic mode: “Recirculation” later in this section. The driver side or passenger side 1. Press the AUTO button. temperature display shows the Press the + or − buttons to increase When AUTO is selected, the or decrease the cabin temperature. temperature setting decreasing or increasing. display will change to show the The driver side temperature display current temperature(s) and will show the temperature setting The passenger side temperature AUTO will be lit on the display. decreasing or increasing. setting can be set to match the The current delivery mode and driver side temperature setting by Driver and Passenger Side fan speed will also be displayed pressing the PASS button and for approximately 5 seconds. Temperature Controls turning off the PASS indicator. When The driver and passenger side the passenger side temperature When AUTO is selected, the air temperature buttons are used to setting is set different than the driver conditioning operation and air adjust the temperature of the air side setting, the indicator on the inlet will be automatically coming through the system on the PASS button illuminates and both controlled. The air conditioning driver or passenger side of the the driver side and passenger side compressor will run when the vehicle. The temperature can be temperature displays are shown. outside temperature is over about 4°C (40°F). The air inlet adjusted even if the system is When in defrost mode the turned off. This is possible will normally be set to outside passenger temperature setting air. If it is hot outside, the air since outside air always flows cannot be changed. through the system as the vehicle inlet may automatically switch to is moving forward unless it is Automatic Operation recirculate inside air to help set to recirculation mode. See quickly cool down the vehicle. AUTO (Automatic): When “Recirculation” later in this section. The light on the button comes on automatic operation is active the in recirculation. system will control the inside temperature, the air delivery, and the fan speed. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

2. Set the driver and passenger Do not cover the solar sensor Pressing either fan button while in temperature. located on the top of the instrument automatic control places the fan To find your comfort setting, start panel near the windshield. This under manual control. The fan with a 23°C (74°F) temperature sensor regulates air temperature setting remains displayed and the setting and allow about based on sun load and also turns AUTO light turns off. The air 20 minutes for the system to on the headlamps. For more delivery mode remains under regulate. Use the driver or information on the solar sensor, see automatic control. passenger temperature buttons “Sensors” later in this section. HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): to adjust the temperature setting To avoid blowing cold air in cold Press these buttons to change the as necessary. If a temperature weather, the system will delay direction of the airflow in the vehicle. setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, turning on the fan until warm air is Repeatedly press either button until the system remains at the available. The length of delay the desired mode appears on the maximum cooling setting. If a depends on the engine coolant display. Pressing either mode button temperature setting of 32°C temperature. Pressing the fan while the system is off changes the (90°F) is chosen, the system switch will override this delay and air delivery mode without turning the remains at the maximum heat change the fan to a selected speed. system on. Pressing either mode setting. Choosing either button while in automatic control maximum setting will not cause Manual Operation places the mode under manual the vehicle to heat or cool any DC (Fan Control): Press these control. faster. buttons to increase or decrease the The air delivery mode setting will be fan speed. displayed and the AUTO light turns off. The fan remains under automatic control. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

H (Vent): Air is directed to the 0 (Defrost): This mode removes If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is instrument panel outlets. fog or frost from the windshield selected again, the climate control more quickly. Air is directed to the system displays the previous ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided temperature settings. between the instrument panel and windshield and side window vents, floor outlets. Some air is directed with some directed to the floor Do not drive the vehicle until all the towards the windshield and side vents. In this mode, the system windows are clear. window outlets. automatically forces outside air into the vehicle and runs the air # (Air Conditioning): Press to 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the conditioning compressor unless the turn the air conditioning (A/C) floor outlets, with some to the outside temperature is close to compressor on and off. An indicator windshield, side window outlets, and freezing. The recirculation mode light comes on to show that the air second row floor outlets. In this cannot be selected while in the conditioning is on. mode, the system automatically defrost mode. If this button is pressed when selects outside air. The passenger temperature control the air conditioning compressor is - (Defog): This mode clears the cannot be activated while in defrost unavailable, the indicator flashes windows of fog or moisture. Air is mode. If the PASS button is three times and then turns off. If the directed to the windshield, floor pressed, the button indicator flashes air conditioning is on and the outlets, and side window vents. In three times and will not work. If the outside temperature drops below a this mode, the system turns off passenger temperature buttons are temperature which is too cool for air recirculation and runs the air adjusted, the driver temperature conditioning to be effective, the air conditioning compressor unless the indicator changes. The passenger conditioning light turns off to show outside temperature is close to temperature will not be displayed. that the air conditioning mode has freezing. The recirculation mode been canceled. cannot be selected while in the defrost mode. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

On hot days, open the windows long The recirculation mode cannot be Pressing this button again will enough to let hot inside air escape. used with floor, defog, or defrost cancel the recirculation mode. This helps to reduce the time it modes. If recirculation is selected takes for the vehicle to cool down. with one of those modes, the Rear Window Defogger It also helps the system to operate indicator light flashes three times The rear window defogger uses a more efficiently. and then turns off. The air warming grid to remove fog from the The air conditioning system conditioning compressor also comes rear window. on when this mode is activated. removes moisture from the air, so a (Rear Window Defogger): While in recirculation mode the < small amount of water might drip Press to turn the rear window windows may fog when the weather under the vehicle while idling or defogger on or off. It automatically is cold and damp. To clear the fog, after turning off the engine. This is turns off several minutes after it has select either the defog or defrost normal. been activated. The defogger can mode and increase the fan speed. @ (Recirculation): Press to turn also be turned off by turning off the the recirculation mode on. An The recirculation mode can be engine. Do not drive the vehicle until indicator light comes on to show turned off by pressing the outside all the windows are clear. air button, or by turning off the that the recirculation is on. Notice: Do not use a razor blade ignition. This mode recirculates and helps to or sharp object to clear the inside quickly cool the air inside the ; (Outside Air): Press to turn the rear window. Do not adhere vehicle. It can be used to help outside air mode on. An indicator anything to the defogger grid prevent outside air and odors from light on the button comes on to lines in the rear glass. These entering the vehicle. show that outside is on. Air from actions may damage the rear outside the vehicle is circulated defogger. Repairs would not be throughout the vehicle. The outside covered by your warranty. air mode can be used with all modes, but it cannot be used with the recirculation mode. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Climate Controls 8-9

Heated Mirrors: For vehicles with There is also an exterior heated outside rearview mirrors, the temperature sensor located behind mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost the front grille. This sensor reads from the surface of the mirror when the outside air temperature and the rear window defog button is helps maintain the temperature pressed. See Power Mirrors on inside the vehicle. Any cover on the page 2‑20. front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed Sensors temperature. The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by There is also an interior temperature adjusting the outlet temperature, fan sensor located next to the steering speed, and the air delivery mode. wheel that measures the The system may also supply cooler temperature of the air inside your air to the side of the vehicle facing vehicle. the sun. The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures.

The solar sensor, located in the defrost grille, middle of the instrument panel, monitors the solar heat. Do not cover the solar sensor or the system will not work properly. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

8-10 Climate Controls

Air Vents Operation Tips . Keep the hood and front air Use the air outlets located in the inlets free of ice, snow, or any center and on the side of the other obstruction, such as instrument panel to adjust the leaves. The heater and defroster direction and amount of airflow will work far better, reducing the inside the vehicle. chance of fogging the inside of Move the louvers up or down to your windows. adjust the direction of the airflow. . Keep the air path under the front Use the thumbwheel next to or seats clear of objects. This helps underneath the outlet to adjust the air to circulate throughout your amount of airflow from the louvers. vehicle. . Adding outside equipment to the front of your vehicle, such as hood-air deflectors, etc., may affect the performance of the heating and air conditioning system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Engine Heater ...... 9-33 Brakes Driving and Retained Accessory Antilock Brake Operating Power (RAP) ...... 9-34 System (ABS) ...... 9-50 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-34 Parking Brake ...... 9-51 Shifting Out of Park ...... 9-35 Brake Assist ...... 9-52 Driving Information Parking Over Things That Burn ...... 9-36 Ride Control Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 ® Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-36 StabiliTrak System ...... 9-52 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-54 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust Continuous Damping Braking ...... 9-4 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-37 Control (CDC) ...... 9-55 Steering ...... 9-5 Running the Vehicle While Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-55 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Parked ...... 9-38 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Cruise Control Off-Road Driving ...... 9-7 Automatic Transmission Cruise Control ...... 9-56 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-18 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-39 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-19 Manual Mode ...... 9-41 Object Detection Systems Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-19 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-42 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-58 Winter Driving ...... 9-20 Rear Vision If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-22 Drive Systems Camera (RVC) ...... 9-60 Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-23 Fuel Truck-Camper Loading Automatic Fuel ...... 9-65 Information ...... 9-28 Transfer Case) ...... 9-43 Four-Wheel Drive (Single Recommended Fuel ...... 9-66 Starting and Operating Speed Automatic Gasoline Specifications (U.S. New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-29 Transfer Case) ...... 9-48 and Canada Only) ...... 9-66 Adjustable Throttle and Brake California Fuel Pedal ...... 9-29 Requirements ...... 9-66 Ignition Positions ...... 9-30 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-66 Starting the Engine ...... 9-32 Fuel Additives ...... 9-66 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-67 Driving Information Filling the Tank ...... 9-69 { WARNING Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 9-70 Defensive Driving Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Towing Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected. The first drivers) are going to be careless General Towing ” step in driving defensively is to wear and make mistakes. Anticipate Information ...... 9-71 the safety belt. See Safety Belts on what they might do and be ready. Driving Characteristics and In addition: Towing Tips ...... 9-71 page 3‑12. Trailer Towing ...... 9-75 . Allow enough following Towing Equipment ...... 9-79 distance between you and the driver in front of you. Conversions and Add-Ons . Focus on the task of driving. Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 9-88 Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death. These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Drunk Driving Alcohol affects four things that Medical research shows that anyone needs to drive a vehicle: alcohol in a person's system can judgment, muscular coordination, make crash injuries worse, { WARNING vision, and attentiveness. especially injuries to the brain, Drinking and then driving is very Police records show that spinal cord, or heart. This means that when anyone who has been dangerous. Your reflexes, almost 40 percent of all motor drinking driver or passenger is perceptions, attentiveness, and vehicle-related deaths involve — — alcohol. In most cases, these in a crash, that person's chance of judgment can be affected by even being killed or permanently disabled a small amount of alcohol. You deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving. is higher than if the person had not can have a serious — or even been drinking. fatal — collision if you drive after In recent years, more than drinking. 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related deaths have been associated with Control of a Vehicle Do not drink and drive or ride with the use of alcohol, with about The following three systems a driver who has been drinking. 250,000 people injured. help to control the vehicle while Ride home in a cab; or if you are For persons under 21, it is against driving — brakes, steering, and with a group, designate a driver the law in every U.S. state to drink accelerator. At times, as when who will not drink. alcohol. There are good medical, driving on snow or ice, it is easy to psychological, and developmental ask more of those control systems Death and injury associated with reasons for these laws. than the tires and road can provide. drinking and driving is a global Meaning, you can lose control of the The obvious way to eliminate the vehicle. See StabiliTrak® System on tragedy. leading highway safety problem is page 9‑52. for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. Adding non‐dealer accessories can affect vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Braking And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while the distances vary greatly with the vehicle is being driven, brake See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the page 5‑21. pavement or gravel; the condition of brakes. If the brakes are pumped, Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry, the pedal could get harder to push time and reaction time. Deciding to or icy; tire tread; the condition of the down. If the engine stops, there will push the brake pedal is perception brakes; the weight of the vehicle; still be some power brake assist but time. Actually doing it is and the amount of brake force it will be used when the brake is reaction time. applied. applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop Average reaction time is about Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in and the brake pedal will be harder three‐fourths of a second. But that is to push. only an average. It might be less spurts — heavy acceleration with one driver and as long as followed by heavy braking — rather Adding non‐dealer accessories can two or three seconds or more with than keeping pace with traffic. This affect vehicle performance. See another. Age, physical condition, is a mistake. The brakes might not Accessories and Modifications on alertness, coordination, and have time to cool between hard page 10‑3. eyesight all play a part. So do stops. The brakes will wear out alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But much faster with a lot of heavy even in three‐fourths of a second, a braking. Keeping pace with the vehicle moving at 100 km/h traffic and allowing realistic following (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft). That distances eliminates a lot of could be a lot of distance in an unnecessary braking. That means emergency, so keeping enough better braking and longer brake life. space between the vehicle and others is important. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Steering Steering in Emergencies Power Steering There are times when steering can be more effective than braking. For If power steering assist is lost example, you come over a hill and because the engine stops or the find a truck stopped in your lane, power steering system is not or a car suddenly pulls out from functioning, the vehicle can be nowhere, or a child darts out from steered but it will take more effort. between parked cars and stops right Steering Tips in front of you. These problems can be avoided by braking — if you can It is important to take curves at a stop in time. But sometimes you reasonable speed. cannot stop in time because there is Traction in a curve depends on the no room. That is the time for An emergency like this requires condition of the tires and the road evasive action — steering around close attention and a quick decision. surface, the angle at which the the problem. If holding the steering wheel at the curve is banked, and vehicle speed. The vehicle can perform very well in recommended 9 and 3 o'clock While in a curve, speed is the one emergencies like these. First apply positions, it can be turned a full factor that can be controlled. the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand. But you have If there is a need to reduce speed, page 9‑4. It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a to act fast, steer quickly, and just as do it before entering the curve, while quickly straighten the wheel once the front wheels are straight. collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object. Try to adjust the speed so you can depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency drive through the curve. Maintain a situations are always possible is a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to good reason to practice defensive accelerate until out of the curve, and driving at all times and wear safety then accelerate gently into the belts properly. straightaway. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Off-Road Recovery tire contacts the pavement edge. The three types of skids correspond Then turn the steering wheel to go to the vehicle's three control The vehicle's right wheels can drop straight down the roadway. systems. In the braking skid, the off the edge of a road onto the wheels are not rolling. In the shoulder while driving. Loss of Control steering or cornering skid, too much speed or steering in a curve causes Let us review what driving experts tires to slip and lose cornering force. say about what happens when the And in the acceleration skid, too three control systems — brakes, much throttle causes the driving steering, and acceleration — do not wheels to spin. have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver If the vehicle starts to slide, ease has asked. your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want In any emergency, do not give up. the vehicle to go. If you start Keep trying to steer and constantly steering quickly enough, the vehicle seek an escape route or area of may straighten out. Always be ready less danger. for a second skid if it occurs. Skidding Of course, traction is reduced when If the level of the shoulder is only water, snow, ice, gravel, or other slightly below the pavement, In a skid, a driver can lose control of material is on the road. For safety, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid slow down and adjust your driving to off the accelerator and then, if there most skids by taking reasonable these conditions. It is important to is nothing in the way, steer so that care suited to existing conditions, slow down on slippery surfaces the vehicle straddles the edge of the and by not overdriving those because stopping distance is longer pavement. Turn the steering wheel conditions. But skids are always and vehicle control more limited. 8 to 13 cm (3 to 5 in), about possible. one-eighth turn, until the right front Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

While driving on a surface with Off-Road Driving Off-roading can be great fun but has reduced traction, try to avoid some definite hazards. The greatest sudden steering, acceleration, Vehicles with four-wheel drive can of these is the terrain itself. When or braking, including reducing be used for off-road driving. off-road driving, traffic lanes are not vehicle speed by shifting to a lower Vehicles without four-wheel drive marked, curves are not banked, and gear. Any sudden changes could and vehicles with 20‐inch tire/wheel there are no road signs. Surfaces cause the tires to slide. You might assemblies should not be driven can be slippery, rough, uphill, not realize the surface is slippery off-road except on a level, solid or downhill. surface. until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to Avoid sharp turns and abrupt recognize warning clues — such as The airbag system is designed to maneuvers. Failure to operate the enough water, ice, or packed snow work properly under a wide range of vehicle correctly off‐road could on the road to make a mirrored conditions, including off‐road usage. result in loss of vehicle control or surface — and slow down when you Always wear your safety belt and vehicle rollover. have any doubt. observe safe driving speeds, especially on rough terrain. Off-roading involves some new Remember: Antilock brakes help skills. That is why it is very avoid only the braking skid. Drinking and driving can be very important that you read these dangerous on any road and this is driving tips and suggestions to help certainly true for off-road driving. At make off-road driving safer and the very time you need special more enjoyable. alertness and driving skills, your reflexes, perceptions, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol. You could have a serious — or even fatal — accident if you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Before You Go Off-Roading If you think you will need some After off-roading, be sure to reinstall more ground clearance at the front the air dam: . Have all necessary maintenance of your vehicle, you can remove the and service work done. 1. Line up the snaps and push the front fascia lower air dam. The air air dam rearward to engage the . Make sure there is enough fuel, dam is held in place by two bolts snaps. that fluid levels are where they and 10 snaps accessible from should be, and that the spare underneath the front fascia. 2. Install the two outboard bolts. tire is fully inflated. To remove the air dam: Loading Your Vehicle for . Be sure to read all the 1. Remove the two outboard air Off-Road Driving information about dam bolts. four-wheel-drive vehicles in this { WARNING manual. 2. With a flat‐blade tool, disengage the snaps. . Make sure all underbody . Cargo on the load floor piled shields, if the vehicle has them, 3. After the bolts are removed and higher than the seatbacks are properly attached. the snaps are disengaged, push can be thrown forward during forward on the air dam until it a sudden stop. You or your . Know the local laws that apply to is free. passengers could be injured. off-roading where you will be Keep cargo below the top of Notice: Operating your vehicle driving or check with law the seatbacks. enforcement people in the area. for extended periods without the front fascia lower air dam . Unsecured cargo on the load . Be sure to get the necessary installed can cause improper air floor can be tossed about permission if you will be on flow to the engine. Always be when driving over rough private land. sure to replace the front fascia air terrain. You or your dam when you are finished passengers can be struck by off-road driving. flying objects. Secure the cargo properly. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

You will find other important . Always carry a litter bag and WARNING (Continued) information under Vehicle Load make sure all refuse is removed Limits on page 9‑23 and Tires on from any campsite before . Heavy loads on the roof raise page 10‑49. leaving. the vehicle's center of gravity, . Take extreme care with open making it more likely to roll Environmental Concerns fires (where permitted), camp over. You can be seriously or Off-road driving can provide stoves, and lanterns. fatally injured if the vehicle wholesome and satisfying . Never park your vehicle over dry rolls over. Put heavy loads recreation. However, it also raises grass or other combustible inside the cargo area, not on environmental concerns. We materials that could catch fire the roof. Keep cargo in the recognize these concerns and urge from the heat of the vehicle's cargo area as far forward and every off-roader to follow these exhaust system. low as possible. basic rules for protecting the environment: Traveling to Remote Areas There are some important things to . Always use established trails, It makes sense to plan your trip, remember about how to load your roads, and areas that have been especially when going to a remote vehicle. specially set aside for public area. Know the terrain and plan off-road recreational driving and . The heaviest things should be your route. Get accurate maps of obey all posted regulations. on the floor, forward of the rear trails and terrain. Check to see if axle. Put heavier items as far . Avoid any driving practice that there are any blocked or closed forward as you can. could damage shrubs, flowers, roads. trees, or grasses or disturb . Be sure the load is properly It is also a good idea to travel with wildlife. This includes secured, so things are not at least one other vehicle in case wheel-spinning, breaking down tossed around. something happens to one of them. trees, or unnecessary driving through streams or over soft ground. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

For vehicles with a winch, be sure to Controlling the vehicle is the key to Scanning the Terrain read the winch instructions. In a successful off-road driving. One of Off-road driving can take you over remote area, a winch can be handy the best ways to control the vehicle many different kinds of terrain. Be if you get stuck but you will want to is to control the speed. At higher familiar with the terrain and its many know how to use it properly. speeds: different features. . You approach things faster and Getting Familiar with Off-Road Surface Conditions: Off-roading have less time to react. Driving surfaces can be hard-packed dirt, It is a good idea to practice in an . There is less time to scan the gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, area that is safe and close to home terrain for obstacles. snow, or ice. Each of these surfaces before you go into the wilderness. . The vehicle has more bounce affects the vehicle's steering, Off-roading requires some new and when driving over obstacles. acceleration, and braking in different different skills. ways. Depending on the surface, . More braking distance is slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, Tune your senses to different kinds needed, especially on an delayed acceleration, poor traction, of signals. Your eyes need to unpaved surface. and longer braking distances can constantly sweep the terrain for occur. unexpected obstacles. Your ears { WARNING need to listen for unusual tire or Surface Obstacles: Unseen or engine sounds. Use your arms, When you are driving off-road, hidden obstacles can be hazardous. A rock, log, hole, rut, or bump can hands, feet, and body to respond to bouncing and quick changes in startle you if you are not prepared vibrations and vehicle bounce. direction can easily throw you out for them. Often these obstacles are of position. This could cause you hidden by grass, bushes, snow, to lose control and crash. So, or even the rise and fall of the whether you are driving on or terrain itself. off the road, you and your passengers should wear safety belts. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

Some things to consider: Because you will be on an unpaved surface, it is especially important to { WARNING . Is the path ahead clear? avoid sudden acceleration, sudden . Will the surface texture change turns, or sudden braking. Many hills are simply too steep abruptly up ahead? for any vehicle. If you drive up Off-roading requires a different kind them, you will stall. If you drive . Does the travel take you uphill or of alertness from driving on paved down them, you cannot control downhill? roads and highways. There are no your speed. If you drive across . Will you have to stop suddenly road signs, posted speed limits, them, you will roll over. You could or signal lights. Use good judgment or change direction quickly? be seriously injured or killed. about what is safe and what is not. When driving over obstacles or If you have any doubt about the rough terrain, keep a firm grip on Driving on Hills steepness, do not drive the hill. the steering wheel. Ruts, troughs, Off-road driving often takes you up, or other surface features can jerk down, or across a hill. Driving safely Approaching a Hill the wheel out of your hands. on hills requires good judgment and When you approach a hill, decide if When driving over bumps, rocks, an understanding of what the it is too steep to climb, descend, or other obstacles, the wheels can vehicle can and cannot do. There or cross. Steepness can be hard to leave the ground. If this happens, are some hills that simply cannot be judge. On a very small hill, for even with one or two wheels, you driven, no matter how well built the example, there may be a smooth, cannot control the vehicle as well or vehicle. constant incline with only a small at all. change in elevation where you can easily see all the way to the top. On a large hill, the incline may get steeper as you near the top, but you might not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by bushes, grass, or shrubs. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Consider this as you approach a hill: . Is the hill simply too rough? Steep hills often have ruts, { WARNING . Is there a constant incline, gullies, troughs, and exposed or does the hill get sharply rocks because they are more Turning or driving across steep steeper in places? susceptible to the effects of hills can be dangerous. You could . Is there good traction on the erosion. lose traction, slide sideways, and hillside, or will the surface cause possibly roll over. You could be tire slipping? Driving Uphill seriously injured or killed. When Once you decide it is safe to drive driving up hills, always try to go . Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you will not up the hill: straight up. have to make turning . Use a low gear and get a firm maneuvers? grip on the steering wheel. . Try to drive straight up the hill if . Are there obstructions on the hill . Get a smooth start up the hill at all possible. If the path twists that can block your path, such and try to maintain speed. Not and turns, you might want to find as boulders, trees, logs, or ruts? using more power than needed another route. can avoid spinning the wheels or . . What is beyond the hill? Is there Ease up on the speed as you a cliff, an embankment, a sliding. approach the top of the hill. drop-off, a fence? Get out and . Attach a flag to the vehicle to be walk the hill if you do not know. more visible to approaching It is the smart way to find out. traffic on trails or hills. . Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to let opposing traffic know you are there. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

. Use headlamps even during the . If the engine is still running, shift Things not to do if the vehicle stalls, day to make the vehicle more the transmission to R (Reverse), or is about to stall, when going up visible to oncoming traffic. release the parking brake, and a hill: slowly back down the hill in R (Reverse). . Never attempt to prevent a stall { WARNING by shifting into N (Neutral) to . If the engine has stopped Driving to the top (crest) of a hill rev-up the engine and regain running, you need to restart it. forward momentum. This will not at full speed can cause an With the brake pedal pressed work. The vehicle can roll accident. There could be a and the parking brake still backward very quickly and could drop-off, embankment, cliff, applied, shift the transmission to go out of control. or even another vehicle. You P (Park) and restart the engine. could be seriously injured or Then, shift to R (Reverse), . Never try to turn around if about killed. As you near the top of a release the parking brake, and to stall when going up a hill. hill, slow down and stay alert. slowly back down the hill as If the hill is steep enough to stall straight as possible in the vehicle, it is steep enough to R (Reverse). cause it to roll over. If you If the vehicle stalls, or is about to cannot make it up the hill, back stall, and you cannot make it up . While backing down the hill, put straight down the hill. the hill: your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position . Push the brake pedal to stop the so you can tell if the wheels are vehicle and keep it from rolling straight and can maneuver as backwards and apply the you back down. It is best to back parking brake. down the hill with the wheels straight rather than in the left or right direction. Turning the wheel too far to the left or right will increase the possibility of a rollover. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

If, after stalling, you try to back Driving Downhill down the hill and decide you just { WARNING When off-roading takes you cannot do it, set the parking brake, downhill, consider: put your transmission in P (Park), If the vehicle has the two‐speed and turn off the engine. Leave the automatic transfer case, shifting . How steep is the downhill? Will I vehicle and go get some help. Exit the transfer case to Neutral can be able to maintain vehicle on the uphill side and stay clear of cause your vehicle to roll even if control? the transmission is in P (Park). the path the vehicle would take if it . What is the surface like? This is because the Neutral rolled downhill. If the vehicle has Smooth? Rough? Slippery? position on the transfer case transfer case with a N (Neutral) Hard-packed dirt? Gravel? position, do not shift the transfer overrides the transmission. You or case to Neutral when you leave the someone else could be injured. . Are there hidden surface vehicle. Leave it in some gear. If you are going to leave your obstacles? Ruts? Logs? vehicle, set the parking brake and Boulders? shift the transmission to P (Park). . What is at the bottom of the hill? But, if the vehicle has a Is there a hidden creek bank or two‐speed automatic transfer even a river bottom with large case, do not shift the transfer rocks? case to Neutral. If you decide you can go down a hill safely, try to keep the vehicle headed straight down. Use a low gear so engine drag can help the brakes so they do not have to do all the work. Descend slowly, keeping the vehicle under control at all times. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

Vehicles are much more likely to { WARNING stall when going uphill, but if it WARNING (Continued) happens when going downhill: Heavy braking when going down injured or killed. If you have any a hill can cause your brakes to 1. Stop the vehicle by applying the doubt about the steepness of the overheat and fade. This could regular brakes and apply the incline, do not drive across it. cause loss of control and a parking brake. Find another route instead. serious accident. Apply the 2. Shift to P (Park) and, while still brakes lightly when descending a braking, restart the engine. . A hill that can be driven straight hill and use a low gear to keep 3. Shift back to a low gear, release up or down might be too steep to vehicle speed under control. the parking brake, and drive drive across. When going straight down. straight up or down a hill, the length of the wheel base the Things not to do when driving down 4. If the engine will not start, get — a hill: out and get help. distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels reduces the . — When driving downhill, avoid Driving Across an Incline likelihood the vehicle will tumble turns that take you across the end over end. But when driving An off-road trail will probably go incline of the hill. A hill that is not across an incline, the narrower too steep to drive down might be across the incline of a hill. To decide track width — the distance too steep to drive across. The whether to try to drive across the between the left and right vehicle could roll over. incline, consider the following: wheels — might not prevent the . Never go downhill with the vehicle from tilting and rolling transmission in N (Neutral), { WARNING over. Driving across an incline called free-wheeling. The brakes puts more weight on the downhill will have to do all the work and Driving across an incline that is wheels which could cause a could overheat and fade. too steep will make your vehicle downhill slide or a rollover. roll over. You could be seriously (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

. Surface conditions can be a this is to “walk the course” first, so Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, problem. Loose gravel, muddy you know what the surface is like or Ice spots, or even wet grass can before driving it. cause the tires to slip sideways, When you drive in mud, snow, downhill. If the vehicle slips Stalling on an Incline or sand, the wheels do not get good sideways, it can hit something traction. Acceleration is not as that will trip it — a rock, a rut, { WARNING quick, turning is more difficult, and etc. — and roll over. braking distances are longer. Getting out on the downhill (low) . Hidden obstacles can make the It is best to use a low gear when in steepness of the incline even side of a vehicle stopped across mud — the deeper the mud, the worse. If you drive across a rock an incline is dangerous. If the lower the gear. In really deep mud, with the uphill wheels, or if the vehicle rolls over, you could be keep the vehicle moving so it does downhill wheels drop into a rut crushed or killed. Always get out not get stuck. on the uphill (high) side of the or depression, the vehicle can tilt When driving on sand, wheel even more. vehicle and stay well clear of the traction changes. On loosely packed rollover path. For these reasons, carefully sand, such as on beaches or sand consider whether to try to drive dunes, the tires will tend to sink into across an incline. Just because the If the vehicle stalls when crossing the sand. This affects steering, trail goes across the incline does an incline, be sure you, and any accelerating, and braking. Drive at a not mean you have to drive it. The passengers, get out on the uphill reduced speed and avoid sharp last vehicle to try it might have side, even if the door there is harder turns or abrupt maneuvers. rolled over. to open. If you get out on the If you feel the vehicle starting to downhill side and the vehicle starts slide sideways, turn downhill. This to roll over, you will be right in should help straighten out the its path. vehicle and prevent the side If you have to walk down the slope, slipping. The best way to prevent stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Hard packed snow and ice offer the Driving in Water If the water is not too deep, drive worst tire traction. On these slowly through it. At faster speeds, surfaces, it is very easy to lose { WARNING water splashes on the ignition control. On wet ice, for example, the system and the vehicle can stall. traction is so poor that you will have Driving through rushing water can Stalling can also occur if you get the difficulty accelerating. And, if the be dangerous. Deep water can tailpipe under water. If the tailpipe is vehicle does get moving, poor sweep your vehicle downstream under water, you will never be able steering and difficult braking can and you and your passengers to start the engine. When going cause it to slide out of control. could drown. If it is only shallow through water, remember that when water, it can still wash away the the brakes get wet, it might take longer to stop. See Driving on Wet { WARNING ground from under your tires, and Roads on page 9 18. you could lose traction and roll ‑ Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, the vehicle over. Do not drive After Off-Road Driving or rivers can be dangerous. through rushing water. Underwater springs, currents Remove any brush or debris that under the ice, or sudden thaws has collected on the underbody, can weaken the ice. Your vehicle Heavy rain can mean flash flooding, chassis, or under the hood. These could fall through the ice and you and flood waters demand extreme accumulations can be a fire hazard. and your passengers could caution. After operation in mud or sand, drown. Drive your vehicle on safe Find out how deep the water is have the brake linings cleaned and surfaces only. before driving through it. Do not try checked. These substances can it if it is deep enough to cover the cause glazing and uneven braking. wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust Check the body structure, steering, pipe — you probably will not get suspension, wheels, tires, and through. Deep water can damage exhaust system for damage and the axle and other vehicle parts. check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

The vehicle requires more frequent There is no hard and fast rule about service due to off-road use. Refer to WARNING (Continued) hydroplaning. The best advice is to the Maintenance Schedule for slow down when the road is wet. additional information. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips Driving on Wet Roads wash, lightly apply the brake Besides slowing down, other wet pedal until the brakes work weather driving tips include: Rain and wet roads can reduce normally. vehicle traction and affect your . Allow extra following distance. Flowing or rushing water creates ability to stop and accelerate. . Pass with caution. Always drive slower in these types strong forces. Driving through of driving conditions and avoid flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping driving through large puddles and vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape. deep‐standing or flowing water. happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled. ignore police warnings and be { WARNING . very cautious about trying to drive Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires on Wet brakes can cause crashes. through flowing water. page 10‑49. They might not work as well in a . Turn off cruise control. quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's (Continued) tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. WARNING (Continued) Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving. { WARNING could crash. Always have the If you become tired or sleepy, find a engine running and the vehicle in safe place to park the vehicle If you do not shift down, the gear when going downhill. and rest. brakes could get so hot that they Other driving tips include: would not work well. You would . Stay in your own lane. Do not then have poor braking or even . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. swing wide or cut across the none going down a hill. You could center of the road. Drive at . Keep interior temperature cool. crash. Shift down to let the engine speeds that let you stay in your . Keep your eyes moving — scan assist the brakes on a steep own lane. downhill slope. the road ahead and to the sides. . Top of hills: Be . Check the rearview mirror and alert — something could vehicle instruments often. be in your lane (stalled car, { WARNING accident). Hill and Mountain Roads . Pay attention to special road Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) signs (falling rocks area, winding Driving on steep hills or through or with the ignition off is mountains is different than driving roads, long grades, passing or dangerous. The brakes will have no-passing zones) and take on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for to do all the work of slowing down driving in these conditions include: appropriate action. and they could get so hot that . Keep the vehicle serviced and in they would not work well. You good shape. would then have poor braking or . Check all fluid levels and brakes, even none going down a hill. You tires, cooling system, and (Continued) transmission. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS) Blizzard Conditions on page 9 50 improves vehicle ‑ Being stuck in snow can be a Driving on Snow or Ice stability during hard stops on serious situation. Stay with the slippery roads, but apply the brakes Drive carefully when there is snow vehicle unless there is help nearby. sooner than when on dry pavement. or ice between the tires and the If possible, use the Roadside road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on Assistance Program (U.S. and Wet ice can occur at about 0°C any slippery road and watch for Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside (32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can Assistance Program (Mexico) on fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in page 13‑10. To get help and keep Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a everyone in the vehicle safe: freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy . Turn on the hazard warning treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are flashers. Drive with caution, whatever the clear. Avoid sudden steering . condition. Accelerate gently so maneuvers and braking while Tie a red cloth to an outside traction is not lost. Accelerating too on ice. mirror. quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery and makes the surface under the surfaces. { WARNING tires slick, so there is even less traction. Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may Try not to break the fragile traction. cause exhaust gases to get If you accelerate too fast, the drive inside. Engine exhaust contains wheels will spin and polish the Carbon Monoxide (CO) which surface under the tires even more. cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

To save fuel, run the engine for only WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about off and close the window most of . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine the way to save heat. Repeat this the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑37. until help arrives but only when you especially any that is blocking Snow can trap exhaust gases feel really uncomfortable from the the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can cold. Moving about to keep warm also helps. . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO If it takes some time for help to not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. arrive, now and then when you run You cannot see it or smell it, so the engine, push the accelerator . Open a window about 5 cm pedal slightly so the engine runs (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your faster than the idle speed. This vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from keeps the battery charged to restart wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the the vehicle and to signal for help . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. with the headlamps. Do this as little or under the instrument as possible to save fuel. panel. Run the engine for short periods . Adjust the climate control only as needed to keep warm, but system to a setting that be careful. circulates the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See Climate Control System in the Index. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle is Stuck For information about using tire need to be towed out. Recovery chains on the vehicle, see Tire hooks can be used, if the vehicle Slowly and cautiously spin the Chains on page 10‑69. has them. If the vehicle does need wheels to free the vehicle when to be towed out, see Towing the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle on page 10‑91. See “Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It it Out Out later in this section. Recovery Hooks ” Turn the steering wheel left and If the vehicle has a traction system, right to clear the area around the it can often help to free a stuck front wheels. For four-wheel-drive { WARNING vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's vehicles with a two‐speed automatic These hooks, when used, are traction system in the Index. If stuck transfer case, shift into Four‐Wheel too severely for the traction system High. For vehicles with StabiliTrak, under a lot of force. Always pull to free the vehicle, turn the traction turn the traction control part of the the vehicle straight out. Never pull system off and use the rocking system off. Shift back and forth on the hooks at a sideways angle. method. between R (Reverse) and a forward The hooks could break off and gear, spinning the wheels as little as you or others could be injured { WARNING possible. To prevent transmission from the chain or cable wear, wait until the wheels stop snapping back. If the vehicle's tires spin at high spinning before shifting gears. speed, they can explode, and you Release the accelerator pedal while or others could be injured. The shifting, and press lightly on the vehicle can overheat, causing an accelerator pedal when the engine compartment fire or other transmission is in gear. Slowly damage. Spin the wheels as little spinning the wheels in the forward as possible and avoid going and reverse directions causes a above 55 km/h (35 mph). rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Vehicle Load Limits { WARNING It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can Do not load the vehicle any carry. This weight is called the heavier than the Gross vehicle capacity weight and Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of all (GVWR), or either the occupants, cargo, and all maximum front or rear Gross nonfactory-installed options. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Two labels on your vehicle show This can cause systems to how much weight it was break and change the way the designed to carry, the Tire and vehicle handles. This could Notice: Never use recovery Loading Information label and cause loss of control and a hooks to tow the vehicle. Your the Certification/Tire label. crash. Overloading can also vehicle could be damaged and it shorten the life of the vehicle. would not be covered by warranty. The recovery hooks at the front of the vehicle can be used if the vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled to some place where you can continue driving. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

Tire and Loading Information positions (A), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct Label vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement “The The Tire and Loading combined weight of Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should size of the original equipment never exceed XXX kg or tires (C) and the recommended XXX lbs” on your vehicle's cold tire inflation pressures (D). placard. For more information on tires 2. Determine the combined and inflation see Tires on weight of the driver and page 10‑49 and Tire Pressure passengers that will be riding on page 10‑56. in your vehicle. There is also important loading Label Example 3. Subtract the combined information on the vehicle weight of the driver and A vehicle specific Tire and Certification/Tire label. It tells passengers from XXX kg or Loading Information label is you the Gross Vehicle Weight XXX lbs. attached to the center Rating (GVWR) and the Gross pillar (B-pillar). With the driver Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for door open, you will find the label the front and rear axles. See attached below the door lock “Certification/Tire Label” later in post (striker). The tire and this section. loading information label shows the number of occupant seating Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to For example, if the “XXX” your vehicle. Consult this amount equals 1400 lbs and manual to determine how this there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of the amount of available cargo your vehicle. See Trailer and luggage load capacity is Towing on page 9‑75 for 650 lbs (1400−750 (5 x 150) important information on = 650 lbs). towing a trailer, towing safety 5. Determine the combined rules and trailering tips. Example 1 weight of luggage and cargo A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for being loaded on the vehicle. Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) That weight may not safely B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ exceed the available cargo 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg and luggage load capacity (300 lbs) calculated in Step 4. C. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight. Certification/Tire Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (750 lbs) (1,000 lbs) A vehicle specific Certification/ C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is attached to the rear 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) edge of the driver door. The label shows the size of your Refer to your vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed to specific information about your obtain the gross weight capacity vehicle's capacity weight and of your vehicle. This is called seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) vehicle, all occupants, fuel and In the case of a sudden stop cause loss of control and a cargo. or collision, things carried in crash. Overloading can also The Certification/Tire label also the bed of your truck could shorten the life of the vehicle. tells you the maximum weights shift forward and come into for the front and rear axles, the passenger area, injuring Your warranty does not cover called Gross Axle Weight you and others. If you put parts or components that fail Rating (GAWR). To find out the things in the bed of your truck, because of overloading. actual loads on your front and you should make sure they rear axles, you need to go to a are properly secured. The label will help you decide weigh station and weigh your how much cargo and installed vehicle. Your dealer can help equipment your truck can carry. you with this. Be sure to spread { WARNING Using heavier suspension out your load equally on both components to get added sides of the centerline. Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change your Never exceed the GVWR for heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer your vehicle, or the GAWR for Vehicle Weight Rating to help you load your vehicle the either the front or rear axle. (GVWR), or either the right way. maximum front or rear Gross And, if you do have a heavy Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). load, you should spread it out. This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

If you put things inside your sure to weigh your vehicle WARNING (Continued) vehicle — like suitcases, tools, before you buy and install the packages, or anything . Do not leave an new equipment. else — they will go as fast as the unsecured child restraint Notice : Overloading the vehicle goes. If you have to stop in the vehicle. vehicle may cause damage. or turn quickly, or if there is a Repairs would not be covered crash, they will keep going. . When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle. { WARNING it whenever you can. . Do not leave a seat folded Truck-Camper Loading Things you put inside the down unless you need to. vehicle can strike and injure Information people in a sudden stop or The vehicle was neither There is also important loading turn, or in a crash. designed nor intended to carry a information for off-road driving in . Put things in the cargo slide-in type camper. this manual. See “Loading Your area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” Notice: Adding a slide-in spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving on camper or similar equipment . Never stack heavier page 9‑7. to the vehicle can damage it, and the repairs would not be things, like suitcases, Add-On Equipment inside the vehicle so that covered by the vehicle some of them are above When you carry removable warranty. Do not install a the tops of the seats. items, you may need to put a slide-in camper or similar (Continued) limit on how many people you equipment on the vehicle. can carry inside your vehicle. Be Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

. Avoid making hard stops for Adjustable Throttle and Starting and the first 322 km (200 miles) or Operating so. During this time the new Brake Pedal brake linings are not yet On vehicles with this feature, you New Vehicle Break-In broken in. Hard stops with can change the position of the new linings can mean throttle and brake pedals. Notice: The vehicle does not premature wear and earlier need an elaborate break-in. But it replacement. Follow this No adjustment to the pedals can be will perform better in the long run breaking-in guideline every made when the vehicle is in if you follow these guidelines: time you get new brake R (Reverse) or while using cruise control. . Keep the vehicle speed at linings. 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for . Do not tow a trailer during the first 805 km (500 miles). break-in. See Trailer Towing . Do not drive at any one on page 9‑75 for the trailer constant speed, fast or slow, towing capabilities of the for the first 805 km vehicle and more (500 miles). Do not make information. full-throttle starts. Avoid Following break‐in, engine speed The control used to adjust the downshifting to brake or and load can be gradually pedals is located on the instrument slow the vehicle. increased. panel below the climate control system. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

Press the bottom of the control to Ignition Positions A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ move the pedals closer. Press the LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is top of the control to move the stopped, turn the ignition switch to pedals away. LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. Before you start driving, fully press Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the brake pedal to confirm the will remain active. See Retained adjustment is right for you. While Accessory Power (RAP) on driving, make only small page 9‑34. adjustments. This position locks the ignition. The vehicle may have a memory It also locks the transmission on function which lets pedal settings be automatic transmission vehicles. saved and recalled. See Power The key can be removed in LOCK/OFF. Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for more information. Do not turn the engine off when the The ignition switch has four different vehicle is moving. This will cause a positions. loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable To shift out of P (Park), the ignition the airbags. must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be applied. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

In an emergency: key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this If you leave the key in the ACC/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady doesn't work, then the vehicle needs ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position pressure. Do not pump the service. with the engine off, the battery could brakes repeatedly. This may Notice: Using a tool to force the be drained. You may not be able to deplete power assist, requiring key to turn in the ignition could start the vehicle if the battery is increased brake pedal force. cause damage to the switch or allowed to drain for an extended period of time. 2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This break the key. Use the correct can be done while the vehicle is key, make sure it is all the way in, D (START): This is the position that moving. After shifting to neutral, and turn it only with your hand. starts the engine. When the engine firmly apply the brakes and steer If the key cannot be turned by starts, release the key. The ignition the vehicle to a safe location. hand, see your dealer. switch returns to ON/RUN for driving. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This to P (Park), and turn the ignition position lets things like the radio A warning tone will sound when the to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with and the windshield wipers operate driver door is opened and the an automatic transmission, the while the engine is off. Use this ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or shift lever must be in P (Park) to position if the vehicle must be LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the turn the ignition switch to the pushed or towed. ignition. LOCK/OFF position. C (ON/RUN): This position can be 4. Set the parking brake. See used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some Parking Brake on page 9‑51. instrument panel cluster warning The steering can bind with the and indicator lights. The switch wheels turned off center. If this stays in this position when the happens, move the steering wheel engine is running. The transmission from right to left while turning the is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission vehicles. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

Starting the Engine components. If the ignition key is happens, hold the ignition switch turned to the START position, in the START position to Move the shift lever to P (Park) or and then released when the continue engine cranking. N (Neutral). The engine will not start engine begins cranking, the in any other position. To restart the Notice: Cranking the engine for engine will continue cranking for long periods of time, by returning engine when the vehicle is already a few seconds or until the moving, use N (Neutral) only. the key to the START position vehicle starts. If the engine does immediately after cranking has Notice: Do not try to shift to not start and the key is held in ended, can overheat and damage P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. START, cranking will be stopped the cranking motor, and drain the If you do, you could damage the after 15 seconds to prevent battery. Wait at least 15 seconds transmission. Shift to P (Park) cranking motor damage. To between each try, to let the only when the vehicle is stopped. prevent gear damage, this cranking motor cool down. system also prevents cranking if Starting Procedure the engine is already running. 2. If the engine does not start after 1. With your foot off the accelerator Engine cranking can be stopped 5‐10 seconds, especially in very pedal, turn the ignition to START. by turning the ignition switch to cold weather (below −18°C or When the engine starts, let go of the ACC/ACCESSORY or 0°F), it could be flooded with too the key. The idle speed will slow LOCK/OFF position. much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to down as the engine warms. Do When the Low Fuel warning not race the engine immediately the floor and holding it there as lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL you hold the key in START for after starting it. Operate the LOW message is displayed in engine and transmission gently up to a maximum of 15 seconds. the Driver Information Center Wait at least 15 seconds to allow the oil to warm up and (DIC), the Computer‐Controlled lubricate all moving parts. between each try, to allow the Cranking System is disabled to cranking motor to cool down. The vehicle has a prevent possible vehicle When the engine starts, let go of Computer-Controlled Cranking component damage. When this the key and accelerator. If the System. This feature assists in vehicle starts briefly but then starting the engine and protects stops again, repeat these steps. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

This clears the extra gasoline starting. An internal thermostat in from the engine. Do not race the the plug-end of the cord may exist WARNING (Continued) engine immediately after starting which will prevent engine coolant it. Operate the engine and heater operation at temperatures overheat and cause a fire. You transmission gently until the oil above −18°C (0°F). could be seriously injured. Plug warms up and lubricates all the cord into a properly grounded moving parts. To Use the Engine Coolant three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. Heater If the cord will not reach, use a Notice: The engine is designed to heavy-duty three-prong extension work with the electronics in the 1. Turn off the engine. cord rated for at least 15 amps. vehicle. If you add electrical parts 2. Open the hood and unwrap the or accessories, you could change electrical cord. The cord is the way the engine operates. secured to the Engine 4. Before starting the engine, be Before adding electrical Compartment Fuse Block with a sure to unplug and store the equipment, check with your clip. Carefully remove the wire cord as it was before to keep it dealer. If you do not, the engine tie which secures the electrical away from moving engine parts. might not perform properly. Any cord. Do not cut the If you do not, it could be resulting damage would not be electrical cord. damaged. covered by the vehicle warranty. 3. Plug the cord into a normal, The length of time the heater should grounded 110-volt AC outlet. remain plugged in depends on Engine Heater several factors. Ask a dealer in the The engine coolant heater can { WARNING area where you will be parking the provide easier starting and better vehicle for the best advice on this. fuel economy during engine Plugging the cord into an warm-up in cold weather conditions ungrounded outlet could cause an at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles electrical shock. Also, the wrong with an engine heater should be kind of extension cord could plugged in at least four hours before (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then Power (RAP) set the parking brake. { WARNING See Parking Brake on page 9‑51 The following vehicle accessories for more information. can be used for up to 10 minutes It can be dangerous to get out of after the engine is turned off: 2. Move the shift lever into the the vehicle if the shift lever is not P (Park) position by pulling the . Audio System fully in P (Park) with the parking shift lever toward you and . Power Windows brake firmly set. The vehicle can moving it up as far as it will go. roll. If you have left the engine . OnStar System (if equipped) running, the vehicle can move 3. Be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral). . Sunroof (if equipped) suddenly. You or others could be — 4. Turn the ignition key to These features work when injured. To be sure the vehicle will LOCK/OFF. the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ not move, even when you are on ACCESSORY. Once the key is fairly level ground, use the steps 5. Remove the key and take it with turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, that follow. If you have a you. If you can leave the vehicle the windows and sunroof continue four-wheel drive transfer case with the ignition key in your to work up to 10 minutes until any with a N (Neutral) position, and hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). door is opened. The radio continues the transfer case is in N (Neutral), to work for up to 10 minutes or until the vehicle will be free to roll, the driver door is opened. even if the shift lever is in P (Park). So, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑71. Always set the parking brake. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with When you are ready to drive, move Engine Running the engine running, be sure your the shift lever out of P (Park) before vehicle is in P (Park) and the you release the parking brake. { WARNING parking brake is firmly set before If torque lock does occur, you may you leave it. After you move the shift need to have another vehicle push It can be dangerous to leave the lever into P (Park), hold the regular yours a little uphill to take some of vehicle with the engine running. brake pedal down. Then, see if you the pressure from the parking pawl The vehicle could move suddenly can move the shift lever away from in the transmission, then you will be P (Park) without first pulling it toward if the shift lever is not fully in able to pull the shift lever out of you. If you can, it means that the P (Park) with the parking brake P (Park). shift lever was not fully locked into firmly set. P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive and Shifting Out of Park the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Torque Lock This vehicle is equipped with an the vehicle will be free to roll, If you are parking on a hill and electronic shift lock release system. even if the shift lever is in you do not shift your transmission The shift lock release is P (Park). So be sure the transfer into P (Park) properly, the weight designed to: case is in a drive gear — not in of the vehicle may put too much . Prevent ignition key removal N (Neutral). force on the parking pawl in the unless the shift lever is in transmission. You may find it difficult And, if you leave the vehicle with P (Park) with the shift lever to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). button fully released. the engine running, it could This is called torque lock. To overheat and even catch fire. You prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift or others could be injured. Do not brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the leave the vehicle with the engine properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ running unless you have to. seat. To find out how, see Shifting ACCESSORY and the regular Into Park on page 9‑34. brake pedal is applied. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

The shift lock release is always If you are still having a problem Active Fuel Management® functional except in the case of an shifting, then have the vehicle uncharged or low voltage (less than serviced soon. Vehicles with V8 engines may have 9 volt) battery. Active Fuel Management™. This Parking Over Things system allows the engine to operate If the vehicle has an uncharged on either all or half of its cylinders, battery or a battery with low voltage, That Burn depending on the driving conditions. try charging or jump starting the When less power is required, such battery. See Jump Starting on { WARNING page 10‑86 for more information. as cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the system will operate in Things that can burn could touch To shift out of P (Park) use the the half cylinder mode, allowing the hot exhaust parts under the following: vehicle to achieve better fuel vehicle and ignite. Do not park 1. Apply the brake pedal. economy. When greater power over papers, leaves, dry grass, demands are required, such as 2. Move the shift lever to the or other things that can burn. accelerating from a stop, passing, desired position. or merging onto a freeway, the If you still are unable to shift out of system will maintain full-cylinder P (Park): operation. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift If the vehicle has an Active Fuel lever. Management™ indicator, see Driver 2. While holding down the brake Information Center (DIC) on pedal, press the shift lever all page 5‑26 for more information on the way into P (Park). using this display. 3. Move the shift lever to the desired position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . The exhaust system leaks If unusual fumes are detected or due to corrosion or damage. if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine exhaust contains carbon . The vehicle exhaust system coming into the vehicle: monoxide (CO) which cannot be has been modified, damaged . Drive it only with the windows seen or smelled. Exposure to CO or improperly repaired. completely down. can cause unconsciousness and even death. . There are holes or openings . Have the vehicle repaired in the vehicle body from immediately. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: damage or after market Never park the vehicle with the . The vehicle idles in areas modifications that are not completely sealed. engine running in an enclosed with poor ventilation (parking area such as a garage or a garages, tunnels, deep snow (Continued) building that has no fresh air that may block underbody ventilation. airflow or tail pipes). . The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle { WARNING { WARNING While Parked It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out of If the vehicle has a four-wheel engine running. But if you ever have the vehicle if the automatic drive transfer case with a to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully N (Neutral) position, and the in P (Park) with the parking brake transfer case is in N (Neutral), the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do vehicle may roll, even if the { WARNING not leave the vehicle when the automatic transmission shift lever Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you is in P (Park). So, be sure the area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the transfer case is in a drive dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can gear — not in N (Neutral). Always enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others set the parking brake. contains carbon monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when Follow the proper steps to be sure It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, the vehicle will not move. See and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and Shifting Into Park on page 9‑34. move the shift lever to P (Park). engine in an enclosed area that If parking on a hill and pulling a has no fresh air ventilation. For trailer, see Driving Characteristics more information, see Engine and Towing Tips on page 9‑71. Exhaust on page 9‑37. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Automatic When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, WARNING (Continued) Transmission you may notice an increase in the effort to shift out of P (Park). See page 9‑34. If you are pulling a The vehicle has a Torque Lock under Shifting Into trailer, see Driving Characteristics Hydra-Matic® 6L80 automatic “ ” Park on page 9 34 for more and Towing Tips on page 9‑71. transmission, and has an electronic ‑ information. shift position indicator within the instrument panel cluster. The electronic shift position indicator { WARNING { WARNING displays when the shift lever is moved out of P (Park). It is dangerous to get out of the If the vehicle has a four-wheel vehicle if the shift lever is not fully drive transfer case with a There are several different positions in P (Park) with the parking brake N (Neutral) position, and the for the shift lever. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. transfer case is in N (Neutral), the Do not leave the vehicle when the vehicle will be free to roll — even engine is running unless you if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be have to. If you have left the sure the transfer case is in a drive engine running, the vehicle can gear, Two-Wheel Drive High or move suddenly. You or others Four-Wheel Drive High or could be injured. To be sure the Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park See “Range Selection Mode” under vehicle will not move, even when on page 9 34. Always set the Manual Mode on page 9‑41. you are on fairly level ground, ‑ always set the parking brake and parking brake. P (Park): This position locks your move the shift lever to P (Park). rear wheels. It is the best position to See Shifting Into Park on use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move (Continued) easily. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

R (Reverse): Use this gear to D (Drive): This position is for back up. { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best fuel economy for the vehicle. If you Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) Shifting into a drive gear while the while the vehicle is moving need more power for passing, and engine is running at high speed is you are: forward could damage the dangerous. Unless your foot is transmission. The repairs would firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h not be covered by the vehicle vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. after the vehicle is stopped. people or objects. Do not shift . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or To rock the vehicle back and forth to into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all get out of snow, ice, or sand without is running at high speed. the way down. damaging the transmission, see If D (Drive) can be used when towing the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑22. Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or a trailer, carrying a heavy load, N (Neutral): In this position, the N (Neutral) with the engine driving on steep hills, or for off-road engine does not connect with the running at high speed may driving. You may want to shift the wheels. To restart the engine when damage the transmission. The transmission to a lower gear the vehicle is already moving, use repairs would not be covered by selection if the transmission shifts N (Neutral) only. Also, use the vehicle warranty. Be sure the too often. N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is not running at high Downshifting the transmission in being towed. speed when shifting the vehicle. slippery road conditions could result in skidding, see “Skidding” under Loss of Control on page 9‑6. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

When temperatures are very cold, conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift controls process, the Hydra-Matic® automatic upshifts and downshifts. This shift some shifts may feel different as the transmission's gear shifting may be stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best delayed providing more stable shifts determine, before making an settings for a particular shift. until the engine warms up. Shifts upshift, if the engine will be able to may be more noticeable with a cold maintain vehicle speed by analyzing Manual Mode transmission. This difference in things such as throttle position, shifting is normal. vehicle load, and hill grade. If the Range Selection Mode M (Manual Mode): This position shift stabilization feature determines lets drivers select the range of gears that a current vehicle speed cannot appropriate for current driving be maintained, the transmission does not upshift and instead holds conditions. See “Range Selection the current gear. In some cases, this Mode” under Manual Mode on may appear to be a delayed shift, page 9‑41 however the transmission is Notice: Spinning the tires or operating normally. holding the vehicle in one On vehicles with a Range Selection place on a hill using only the The vehicle's transmission Mode, this feature may be used to accelerator pedal may damage uses adaptive shift controls. control the vehicle's transmission. Adaptive shift controls continually the transmission. The repair will To use this feature, do the following: not be covered by the vehicle compares key shift parameters to 1. Move the shift lever to the warranty. If you are stuck, do not pre‐programmed ideal shift M (Manual Mode). spin the tires. When stopping on conditions stored in the a hill, use the brakes to hold the transmissions computer. The 2. Press the plus/minus button, to vehicle in place. transmission constantly makes upshift or downshift selecting the adjustments to improve vehicle desired range of gears for The vehicle has a shift stabilization performance according to the way current driving conditions. feature that adjusts the transmission the vehicle is being used, such as shifting to the current driving with a heavy load. During this Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

When in M (Manual Mode) a number Grade Braking is not available when Press the button located on the end displays next to the M, indicating the the Range Selection Mode is active. of the shift lever to turn the tow/haul current gear that has been selected. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑42 on or off. While the tow/haul is on, a The number displayed in the gear for more information. light on the instrument panel cluster indicator is the highest gear that can While using the Range Selection comes on. be used. However, the vehicle can Mode, Cruise Control and the Tow/ See Tow/Haul Mode Light on automatically shift to lower gears as Haul Mode can be used. page 5‑23 for more information. it adjusts to driving conditions. This means that all gears below that Also see “Tow Haul Mode” under number are available. When 5 (Fifth) Tow/Haul Mode Towing Equipment on page 9‑79 for is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) more information. gears are automatically shifted by Grade Braking the vehicle, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/minus button The Grade Braking shift modes can located on the steering column lever be activated by pressing the button is used to change to the gear. on the end of the shift control lever. While in Range Selection Mode, Range Selection Mode controls the Grade Braking is deactivated vehicle and engine speed while The vehicle has a Tow/Haul Mode. allowing the driver to select a driving down a hill or towing a trailer, The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the desired range of gears. by allowing you to select a desired transmission shift pattern to reduce range of gears. shift cycling, providing increased performance, vehicle control, and transmission cooling while towing or hauling heavy loads. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Grade Braking is only active while Cruise Grade Braking Drive Systems the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and Cruise Grade Braking assists when you are not in the Range Selection driving on a downhill grade. Mode. See Tow/Haul Mode listed Four-Wheel Drive “ ” It maintains vehicle speed by previously and Manual Mode on (Two Speed Automatic automatically implementing a shift page 9 41 for more information on ‑ schedule that uses the engine and Transfer Case) the Range Selection Mode. Grade the transmission to slow the vehicle. Braking assists in maintaining If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Cruise Grade Braking operates desired vehicle speeds when driving you can send the engine's driving while Cruise Control is engaged in on downhill grades by automatically power to all four wheels for extra Tow/Haul Mode to assist in implementing a shift schedule that traction. Read the following before maintaining vehicle speed under utilizes the engine and transmission using four-wheel drive. loaded vehicle conditions. It utilizes to slow the vehicle. This reduces vehicle acceleration and deviation Notice: Driving on clean, dry wear on the braking system and from desired speed to determine the pavement in Four-Wheel Drive increases control of the vehicle. correct gear for the operating High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for Grade Braking monitors vehicle condition. If vehicle speed is above an extended period of time may speed, acceleration, engine torque the desired speed the transmission cause premature wear on the and brake pedal usage. Using this will downshift to slow the vehicle. vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive information, it detects when the If vehicle speed is near or below on clean, dry pavement in truck is on a downhill grade and the desired speed the trans will upshift, Four-Wheel Drive High or driver desires to slow the vehicle by allowing vehicle speed to increase. Four-Wheel Drive Low for pressing the brake. extended periods of time. While in the Range Selection Mode, Cruise Grade Braking is not While driving on clean dry pavement available. and during tight turns, you may experience a vibration in the See “Range Selection Mode” under steering system. Manual Mode on page 9‑41. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

The vehicle has StabiliTrak®. Use this dial to shift into and out of AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low four-wheel drive. Drive): This setting is ideal for use will turn Traction Control and when road surface traction ® You can choose among five driving StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak settings: conditions are variable. When System on page 9‑52. driving the vehicle in AUTO, the Indicator lights in the switches show front axle is engaged, and the Front Axle you which setting you are in. The vehicle's power is sent to the front The front axle engages and indicator lights will come on briefly and rear wheels automatically disengages automatically when you when you turn on the ignition and based on driving conditions. Driving shift the transfer case. Some delay the last chosen setting will stay on. in this mode results in slightly lower for the axle to engage or disengage If the lights do not come on, you fuel economy than Two-Wheel is normal. should take the vehicle to your Drive High. dealer for service. An indicator light Automatic Transfer Case will flash while shifting. It will stay on 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use when the shift is completed. If for the Four-Wheel Drive High position some reason the transfer case when you need extra traction, such cannot make a requested shift, it will as on snowy or icy roads or in most return to the last chosen setting. off-road situations. This setting also engages your front axle to help 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This drive the vehicle. This is the best setting is used for driving in most setting to use when plowing snow. street and highway situations. The front axle is not engaged in two-wheel drive. This setting also provides the best fuel economy.

The transfer case knob is located to the left of the instrument panel cluster. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

4 (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive n { WARNING setting also engages the front axle High or AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) and delivers extra torque. You may Shifting the transfer case to never need this setting. It sends N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel maximum power to all four wheels. to roll even if the transmission is Drive High or AUTO position. This You might choose Four-Wheel Drive in P (Park). You or someone else can be done at any speed, except Low if you are driving off-road in could be seriously injured. Be when shifting from Four-Wheel deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, Drive Low. The indicator light will sure to set the parking brake and while climbing or descending flash while shifting. It will remain on before placing the transfer case in steep hills. when the shift is completed. N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on The vehicle has StabiliTrak. Shifting page 9‑51. Shifting Into Two-Wheel into Four-Wheel Drive Low will turn Drive High Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak® System on N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel Drive High position. This can be page 9‑52. transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the vehicle. See done at any speed, except when Recreational Vehicle Towing on shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. page 10‑91 or Towing the Vehicle See “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel on page 10‑91 for more information. Drive Low” in this section for more If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE information. message stays on, you should take the vehicle to your dealer for service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE” message under Transmission Messages on page 5‑42. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Shifting Into Four-Wheel Notice: Shifting the transmission less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the Drive Low into gear before the Four-Wheel transmission in N (Neutral), attempt When Four-Wheel Drive Low is Drive Low indicator light has the shift again. engaged, vehicle speed should be stopped flashing could damage the transfer case. To help avoid Shifting Out of Four-Wheel kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). Drive Low Extended high-speed operation damaging the vehicle, always wait in 4L may damage or shorten the life for the Four-Wheel Drive Low To shift from Four-Wheel Drive Low of the drivetrain. indicator light to stop flashing to Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, before shifting the transmission or Two-Wheel Drive High, the To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive into gear. vehicle must be stopped or moving Low position, the ignition must be in The vehicle may have significant less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the ON/RUN and the vehicle must be transmission in N (Neutral) and the stopped or moving less than 5 km/h engagement noise and bump when shifting between Four-Wheel Drive ignition in ON/RUN. The preferred (3 mph) with the transmission in method for shifting out of N (Neutral). The preferred method Low and Four-Wheel Drive High ranges or from N (Neutral) while the Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h engine is running. Low is to have the vehicle moving (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to the 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the If the knob is turned to the Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low Four-Wheel Drive Low position or Two-Wheel Drive High position. position. You must wait for the when the vehicle is in gear and/or You must wait for the Four-Wheel Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator light moving more than 1.6 to 3.2 km/h Drive High, AUTO, or Two-Wheel to stop flashing and remain on (1 to 2 mph), the Four-Wheel Drive Drive High indicator light to stop before shifting the transmission Low indicator light will flash for flashing and remain on before into gear. 30 seconds and not complete the shifting the transmission into gear. shift. After 30 seconds the transfer Notice: Shifting the transmission case will shift to Four-Wheel Drive into gear before the Four-Wheel High mode. With the vehicle moving Drive Low indicator light has stopped flashing could damage Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

the transfer case. To help avoid Shifting into Neutral 7. If the engine is running, verify damaging the vehicle, always wait To shift the transfer case to that the transfer case is in for the Four-Wheel Drive Low N (Neutral) do the following: N (Neutral) by shifting the indicator light to stop flashing transmission to R (Reverse) for before shifting the transmission 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked one second, then shift the into gear. so that it will not roll. transmission to D (Drive) for The vehicle may have significant 2. Set the parking brake and apply one second. engagement noise and bump when the regular brake pedal. See 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ shifting between Four-Wheel Drive Parking Brake on page 9‑51 for ACCESSORY, which will turn the Low and Four-Wheel Drive High more information. engine off. ranges or from N (Neutral) while the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift engine is running. ignition to ON/RUN. lever in P (Park). If the knob is turned to the 4. Put the transmission in 10. Release the parking brake prior Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, N (Neutral). to moving the vehicle. or Two-Wheel Drive High switch position when the vehicle is in gear 5. Shift the transfer case to 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Two-Wheel Drive High. and/or moving more than Shifting Out of Neutral 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph), the 6. Turn the transfer case dial Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO or clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift out of N Neutral do the Two-Wheel Drive High indicator light stops and hold it there until the following: will flash for 30 seconds but will not N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and apply complete the shift. With the vehicle This will take at least the regular brake pedal. moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) 10 seconds. Then slowly release 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with and the transmission is in the dial to the Four‐Wheel Drive N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Low position. The N (Neutral) the engine off, and shift the light will come on when the transmission to N (Neutral). transfer case shift to N (Neutral) is complete. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

3. Turn the transfer case dial to the Excessively shifting the transfer Notice: Driving on clean, dry desired transfer case shift case into or out of the different pavement in Four-Wheel Drive position (Two-Wheel Drive High, modes may cause the transfer case High for an extended period of Four-Wheel Drive High, to enter the shift protection mode. time may cause premature wear or AUTO). This will protect the transfer case on the vehicle's powertrain. Do After the transfer case has from possible damage and will only not drive on clean, dry pavement shifted out of N (Neutral), the allow the transfer case to respond to in Four-Wheel Drive High for N (Neutral) light will go out. one shift per 10 seconds. The extended periods of time. transfer case may stay in this mode While driving on clean dry pavement 4. Release the parking brake prior for up to three minutes. to moving the vehicle. and during tight turns, you may experience a vibration in the Notice: Shifting the transmission Four-Wheel Drive (Single steering system. into gear before the Four-Wheel Speed Automatic Front Axle Drive Low indicator light has Transfer Case) stopped flashing could damage The front axle engages and the transfer case. To help avoid If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, disengages automatically when you damaging the vehicle, always wait you can send the engine's driving shift the transfer case. Some delay for the Four-Wheel Drive Low power to all four wheels for extra for the axle to engage or disengage indicator light to stop flashing traction. Read the following before is normal. before shifting the transmission using four-wheel drive. into gear. 5. Start the engine and shift the transmission to the desired position. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Automatic Transfer Case You can choose among three vehicle's power is sent to the front driving settings: and rear wheels automatically Indicator lights in the switch show based on driving conditions. Driving you which setting you are in. The in this mode results in slightly lower indicator lights will come on briefly fuel economy than Two-Wheel when you turn on the ignition and Drive High. the last chosen setting will stay on. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use If the lights do not come on, you the Four-Wheel Drive High position should take the vehicle to your when you need extra traction, such dealer for service. An indicator light as on snowy or icy roads or in most will flash while shifting. It will stay on off-road situations. This setting also when the shift is completed. If for engages the front axle to help drive some reason the transfer case the vehicle. This is the best setting cannot make a requested shift, it will to use when plowing snow. The transfer case knob is located to return to the last chosen setting. Service Four‐Wheel Drive the left of the instrument panel 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This cluster. setting is used for driving in most If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Use this dial to shift into and out of street and highway situations. The message stays on, you should take four-wheel drive. front axle is not engaged in the vehicle to your dealer for two-wheel drive. This setting also service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL The vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive DRIVE” message under ® provides the best fuel economy. with StabiliTrak . For information on Transmission Messages on ® StabiliTrak, see StabiliTrak System AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel page 5‑42. on page 9‑52. Drive): This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable. When driving the vehicle in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it High or AUTO (Automatic becomes necessary to slam on the Four-Wheel Drive) Antilock Brake brakes and continue braking to Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel avoid a sudden obstacle, a Drive High or AUTO position. This System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels are slowing down. If one of the can be done at any speed. The This vehicle has the Antilock Brake wheels is about to stop rolling, the indicator light will flash while System (ABS), an advanced computer will separately work the shifting. It will remain on when the electronic braking system that helps brakes at each wheel. shift is completed. prevent a braking skid. ABS can change the brake pressure Shifting Into Two-Wheel When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster Drive High vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while Drive High position. This can be while braking hard. this test is going on, and it might done at any speed. The indicator even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the light will flash while shifting. It will pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates remain on when the shift is on wheel speed and controls completed. braking pressure accordingly. Excessively shifting the transfer case into or out of the different modes may cause the transfer case to enter the shift protection mode. This will protect the transfer case from possible damage and will only If there is a problem with ABS, this allow the transfer case to respond to warning light stays on. See Antilock one shift per 10 seconds. The Brake System (ABS) Warning Light transfer case may stay in this mode on page 5 22. for up to three minutes. ‑ Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

Remember: ABS does not change Parking Brake Notice: Driving with the parking the time needed to get a foot up to brake on can overheat the brake the brake pedal or always decrease system and cause premature stopping distance. If you get too wear or damage to brake system close to the vehicle in front of you, parts. Make sure that the parking there will not be enough time to brake is fully released and the apply the brakes if that vehicle brake warning light is off before suddenly slows or stops. Always driving. leave enough room up ahead to To release the parking brake, hold stop, even with ABS. the regular brake pedal down, then Using ABS push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the pedal release. Slowly pull your the brake pedal down firmly and let foot up off the parking brake pedal. ABS work. You might hear the ABS If the parking brake is not released Set the parking brake by holding the pump or motor operating and feel when you begin to drive, the brake regular brake pedal down, then the brake pedal pulsate, but this is system warning light will flash and a pushing down the parking brake normal. chime will sound warning you that pedal. Braking in Emergencies the parking brake is still on. If the ignition is on, the brake If you are towing a trailer and are ABS allows the driver to steer and system warning light will come on. parking on a hill, see Driving brake at the same time. In many See Brake System Warning Light on Characteristics and Towing Tips on emergencies, steering can help page 5‑21. more than even the very best page 9‑71. braking. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Brake Assist Ride Control Systems system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph). This vehicle has a brake assist ® In some cases, it may take feature designed to assist the driver StabiliTrak System approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of in stopping or decreasing vehicle The vehicle has a vehicle stability driving before the system initializes. speed in emergency driving enhancement system called If cruise control is being used when conditions. This feature uses the StabiliTrak. It is an advanced stability system hydraulic brake StabiliTrak activates, the cruise computer-controlled system that control automatically disengages. control module to supplement the assists the driver with directional power brake system under The cruise control can be control of the vehicle in difficult re-engaged when road conditions conditions where the driver has driving conditions. quickly and forcefully applied the allow. See Cruise Control on brake pedal in an attempt to quickly StabiliTrak activates when the page 9‑56. stop or slow down the vehicle. The computer senses a discrepancy If the system fails to turn on or stability system hydraulic brake between the intended path and the activate, the StabiliTrak light along control module increases brake direction the vehicle is actually with one of the following messages pressure at each corner of the traveling. StabiliTrak selectively will be displayed on the Driver vehicle until the ABS activates. applies braking pressure at any one Information Center (DIC): Minor brake pedal pulsation or of the vehicle's brakes to assist the TRACTION CONTROL OFF, pedal movement during this time is driver with keeping the vehicle on SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL, normal and the driver should the intended path. STABILITRAK OFF, SERVICE continue to apply the brake pedal as When the vehicle is started and STABILITRAK. If these DIC the driving situation dictates. The begins to move, the system messages appear, make sure the brake assist feature will performs several diagnostic checks StabiliTrak system has not been automatically disengage when the to insure there are no problems. turned off using the StabiliTrak on/ brake pedal is released or brake The system may be heard or felt off button. Then turn the vehicle off, pedal pressure is quickly while it is working. This is normal wait 15 seconds, and then turn it decreased. and does not mean there is a back on again to reset the system. problem with the vehicle. The If any of these messages still Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

appear on the Driver Information The traction control part of When the traction control system Center (DIC), the vehicle should be StabiliTrak can be turned off by has been turned off, system noises taken in for service. For more pressing and releasing the may still be heard as a result of the information on the DIC messages, StabiliTrak button if both systems brake-traction control coming on. see Driver Information Center (DIC) (traction control and StabiliTrak) It is recommended to leave the on page 5‑26. were previously on. To disable both system on for normal driving TCS and StabiliTrak, press and hold 5 conditions, but it may be necessary until F illuminates and the to turn the system off if the vehicle appropriate DIC message displays. is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, Traction control and StabiliTrak can and you want to “rock” the vehicle to be turned on by pressing and attempt to free it. It may also be releasing the StabiliTrak button if necessary to turn off the system they are not automatically shut off when driving in extreme off-road The StabiliTrak light will flash on the for any other reason. conditions where high wheel spin is instrument panel cluster when the When the traction control system required. See If the Vehicle is Stuck system is both on and activated. (TCS) or StabiliTrak system is on page 9‑22. The system may be heard or felt turned off, the StabiliTrak light and When the transfer case is in 4LO, while it is working; this is normal. the appropriate TCS off or the stability system is automatically StabiliTrak off message will be disabled, the StabiliTrak light comes displayed on the DIC to warn the on, and the STABILITRAK OFF driver. The vehicle will still have message will appear on the DIC. brake-traction control when traction Both traction control and StabiliTrak control is off, but will not be able to are automatically disabled in this use the engine speed management condition. system. See “Traction Control The traction control disable button is Operation” next for more located on the instrument panel. information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

Traction Control Operation Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle If cruise control is being used when is allowed to spin excessively the system activates, the StabiliTrak The traction control system is part of while the StabiliTrak®, ABS, brake light will flash and cruise control will the StabiliTrak system. Traction warning lights, and any relevant automatically disengage. Cruise control limits wheel spin by reducing DIC messages are displayed, the control may be reengaged when engine power to the wheels (engine transfer case could be damaged. road conditions allow. See Cruise speed management) and by The repairs would not be covered Control on page 9 56. applying brakes to each individual ‑ by the vehicle warranty. Reduce wheel (brake-traction control) as StabiliTrak may also turn off engine power and do not spin the necessary. automatically if it determines that a wheel(s) excessively while these problem exists with the system. The traction control system is lights and messages are If the problem does not clear itself enabled automatically when the displayed. after restarting the vehicle, see your vehicle is started. It will activate and The traction control system may dealer for service. the StabiliTrak light will flash if it activate on dry or rough roads or senses that any of the wheels are under conditions such as heavy spinning or beginning to lose Locking Rear Axle acceleration while turning or abrupt traction while driving. If traction upshifts/downshifts of the Vehicles with a locking rear axle can control is turned off, only the transmission. When this happens, a give more traction on snow, mud, brake-traction control portion of reduction in acceleration may be ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a traction control will work. The noticed, or a noise or vibration may standard axle most of the time, but engine speed management will be be heard. This is normal. when traction is low, this feature will disabled. In this mode, engine allow the rear wheel with the most power is not reduced automatically traction to move the vehicle. and the driven wheels can spin more freely. This can cause the brake-traction control to activate constantly. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

Continuous Damping Autoride also interact with the tow/ An air compressor connected to the haul mode that, when activated, will rear shocks will raise or lower the Control (CDC) provide additional control of the rear of the vehicle to maintain This vehicle may have a continuous shock absorbers. This additional proper vehicle height. The system is damping control system called control results in better ride and activated when the ignition key is Autoride®. With this feature, handling characteristics when the turned to ON/RUN and will improved vehicle ride and handling vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer. automatically adjust vehicle height is provided under a variety of See “Tow/Haul Mode” under Trailer thereafter. The system may exhaust passenger and loading conditions. Towing on page 9‑75 for more (lower vehicle height) for up to information. ten minutes after the ignition key Autoride is fully automatic and has been turned off. You may hear uses a computer controller to the air compressor operating when continuously monitor vehicle speed, Automatic Level Control the height is being adjusted. wheel to body position, lift/dive, and The automatic level control rear steering position of the vehicle. The suspension is available on light‐duty If a weight‐distributing hitch is being controller then sends signals to vehicles and comes as a part of the used, it is recommended to allow each shock absorber to Continuous Damping Control (CDC) the shocks to inflate, thereby independently adjust the damping suspension, if equipped. leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting level to provide the optimum the hitch. vehicle ride. This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better leveled riding position as well as better handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the I (On/Off): Press to turn the system begins to limit wheel spin, system on or off. The indicator light cruise control will automatically is on when cruise control is on and { ® WARNING disengage. See StabiliTrak System turns off when cruise control is off. on page 9‑52. When road conditions Cruise control can be dangerous allow the cruise control to be safely +RES (Resume/Accelerate): where you cannot drive safely at used again, it can be turned Press briefly to make the vehicle a steady speed. So, do not use back on. resume to a previously set speed, the cruise control on winding or press and hold to accelerate. roads or in heavy traffic. SET− (Set/Coast): Press to set the Cruise control can be dangerous speed and activate cruise control or on slippery roads. On such roads, make the vehicle decelerate. fast changes in tire traction can [ (Cancel): Press to disengage cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control without erasing the you could lose control. Do not use set speed from memory. cruise control on slippery roads. Setting Cruise Control If the cruise button is on when not in With cruise control, a speed of use, it could get bumped and go into about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can cruise when not desired. Keep the be maintained without keeping your cruise control switch off when cruise foot on the accelerator. Cruise is not being used. control does not work at speeds The cruise control buttons are below about 40 km/h (25 mph). located on left side of the steering wheel. When the brakes are applied, cruise control is turned off. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

The cruise control light on the Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small amounts, instrument panel cluster comes on Cruise Control press the SET– button on the steering wheel briefly. Each time after the cruise control has been set If the cruise control system is to the desired speed. this is done, the vehicle goes already activated, about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. 1. Press the I button. . Press and hold the +RES button Passing Another Vehicle While on the steering wheel until the 2. Get up to the desired speed. Using Cruise Control desired speed is reached, then 3. Press the SET− button located release it. Use the accelerator pedal to on the steering wheel and increase the vehicle speed. When . To increase vehicle speed in release it. you take your foot off the pedal, the small amounts, press the +RES vehicle will slow down to the 4. Take your foot off the button. Each time this is done, previous set cruise speed. accelerator. the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h Resuming a Set Speed (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control on Hills If the cruise control is set at a Reducing Speed While Using How well the cruise control will work desired speed and then the brakes Cruise Control on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of are applied, the cruise control is If the cruise control system is the hills. When going up steep hills, disengaged without erasing the set already activated, speed from memory. you might have to step on the . Press and hold the SET– button accelerator pedal to maintain the Once the vehicle speed reaches on the steering wheel until the vehicle speed. When going about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, desired lower speed is reached, downhill, you might have to brake or press the +RES button on the then release it. shift to a lower gear to keep the steering wheel. The vehicle returns vehicle speed down. When the to the previous set speed and stays brakes are applied the cruise control there. is disengaged. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

Ending Cruise Control Object Detection { WARNING There are three ways to end cruise Systems control: The Ultrasonic Rear Parking . To disengage cruise control, Ultrasonic Parking Assist Assist (URPA) system does not step lightly on the brake pedal. replace driver vision. It cannot For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect: . Press the [ on the steering Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, . Objects that are below the wheel. it operates at speeds less than bumper, underneath the 8 km/h (5 mph), and assists the . To turn off the cruise control, vehicle, or too close or far driver with parking and avoiding press on the steering wheel. from the vehicle. I objects while in R (Reverse). The Erasing Speed Memory sensors on the rear bumper are . Children, pedestrians, used to detect the distance to an bicyclists, or pets. The cruise control set speed is object up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the erased from memory by pressing If you do not use proper care vehicle, and at least 25.4 cm (10 in) before and while backing, vehicle the I button or if the ignition is off the ground. turned off. damage, injury, or death could occur. Even with URPA, always check behind the vehicle before backing up. While backing, be sure to look for objects and check the vehicle's mirrors. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

How the System Works When the System Does Not URPA comes on automatically Seem to Work Properly when the shift lever is moved into The following messages may be R (Reverse). A single tone sounds displayed on the DIC: to indicate the system is working. SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this URPA operates only at speeds less The system can be disabled by message occurs, take the vehicle to than 8 km/h (5 mph). pressing the rear park aid disable your dealer to repair the system. An obstacle is indicated by audible button located next to the radio. PARK ASSIST OFF: This message beeps. The interval between the The indicator light comes on and occurs if the driver disables the beeps becomes shorter as the PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the system. vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. Driver Information Center (DIC) to PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE When the distance is less than indicate that URPA is off; see Object OWNERS MANUAL: This 30 cm (12 in) the beeps are Detection System Messages on message can occur under the continuous. page 5‑39. following conditions: To be detected, objects must be at Notice: If you use URPA while the . The ultrasonic sensors are not least 25.4 cm (10 in) off the ground tailgate is lowered, it may not clean. Keep the vehicle's rear and below tailgate level. Objects detect an object behind your bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from vehicle, and you might back into ice, and slush. For cleaning the rear bumper. This distance may the object and damage your instructions, see Washing the be less during warmer or humid “ vehicle. Always verify the tailgate Vehicle under Exterior Care on weather. ” is closed when using URPA or page 10‑96. turn off URPA when driving with the tailgate lowered. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

. The park assist sensors are Rear Vision covered by frost or ice. Frost or WARNING (Continued) ice can form around and behind Camera (RVC) the sensors and may not always This vehicle may have a Rear Your judged distances using the be seen; this can occur after Vision Camera system. Read this screen will differ from actual washing the vehicle in cold entire section before using it. distances. weather. The message may not If you do not use proper care clear until the frost or ice has before backing up, you could hit a melted. { WARNING vehicle, child, pedestrian, . A trailer was attached to the The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) bicyclist, or pet, resulting in vehicle, or a bicycle or an object system does not replace driver vehicle damage, injury, or death. was hanging out of the tailgate vision. RVC does not: Even though the vehicle has the during the last drive cycle. Once . Detect objects that are RVC system, always check the attached object is removed outside the camera's field of carefully before backing up by and the tailgate is raised, URPA view, below the bumper, checking behind and around the will return to normal operation. or underneath the vehicle. vehicle. . A tow bar is attached to the . Detect children, pedestrians, vehicle. bicyclists, or pets. . The vehicle's bumper is Do not back the vehicle by only damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. looking at the RVC screen, or use the screen during longer, higher . Other conditions are affecting speed backing maneuvers or system performance. Examples where there could be cross-traffic. of this are vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression (Continued) of air brakes on a very large truck. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

Vehicles Without Navigation To turn the rear vision camera Turning the Rear Vision Camera System system on again, press and System On or Off The rear vision camera system is hold z until the left indicator light To turn the rear vision camera designed to help the driver when illuminates. The rear vision camera system on or off: system display is now enabled and backing up by displaying a view of 1. Shift into P (Park). the area behind the vehicle. When the display will appear in the mirror the key is in the ON/RUN position normally. 2. Press the MENU button to enter and the driver shifts the vehicle into the configure menu options, then Vehicles With Navigation press the MENU hard key to R (Reverse), the video image System automatically appears on the inside select Display or touch the rearview mirror. Once the driver The rear vision camera system is Display screen button. shifts out of R (Reverse), the video designed to help the driver when image automatically disappears backing up by displaying a view of from the inside rearview mirror. the area behind the vehicle. When the driver shifts the vehicle into Turning the Rear Vision Camera R (Reverse), the video image System Off or On automatically appears on the To turn off the rear vision camera navigation screen. Once the driver system, press and hold z, located shifts out of R (Reverse), the on the inside rearview mirror, until navigation screen will go back to the the left indicator light turns off. The last screen that had been displayed, rear camera vision display is now after a delay. disabled. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

3. Select the Rear Camera Options The delay that is received after ] (Brightness): Touch the + (plus) screen button. The Rear Camera shifting out of R (Reverse) is or – (minus) screen buttons to Options screen will display. approximately 10 seconds. The increase or decrease the brightness delay can be cancelled by of the screen. performing one of the following: _ (Contrast): Touch the + (plus) . Pressing a hard key on the or – (minus) screen buttons to navigation system. increase or decrease the contrast of . Shifting in to P (Park). the screen. . Reach a vehicle speed of Symbols 8 km/h (5 mph). The navigation system may have a There is a message on the rear feature that lets the driver view vision camera screen that states symbols on the navigation screen “Check Surroundings for Safety.” while using the rear vision camera. The Ultrasonic Rear Park Assist Adjusting the Brightness and (URPA) system must not be 4. Select the Video screen button. Contrast of the Screen disabled to use the caution symbols. When the Video screen button is To adjust the brightness and If URPA has been disabled and the highlighted the RVC contrast of the screen, press the symbols have been turned on, the system is on. MENU button while the rear vision Rear Parking Assist Symbols camera image is on the display. Any Unavailable error message may adjustments made will only affect display. See Ultrasonic Parking the rear vision camera screen. Assist on page 9‑58. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating 9-63

The symbols appear when an object Rear Vision Camera Error The camera uses a special lens. has been detected by the URPA Messages The distance of the image that system. The symbol may cover the appears on the screen differs from object when viewing the navigation Service Rear Vision Camera the actual distance. The area screen. System: This message can display displayed by the camera is limited. when the system is not receiving To turn the symbols on or off: The camera does not display information it requires from other objects which are close to either 1. Make sure that URPA has not vehicle systems. corner of the bumper or under the been disabled. If any other problem occurs or if a bumper. The area displayed on the 2. Shift into P (Park). problem persists, see your dealer. screen can vary according to vehicle orientation or road 3. Press the MENU hard key to Rear Vision Camera Location conditions. enter the configure menu options, then press the MENU hard key repeatedly until Display is selected or touch the Display screen button. 4. Select the Rear Camera Options screen button. The Rear Camera Options screen will display. 5. Touch the Symbols screen button. The screen button will be highlighted when on.

The image is provided by the camera located under the tailgate handle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

9-64 Driving and Operating

The following illustration shows the When the System Does Not The rear vision camera system field of view that the camera Seem To Work Properly display in the rearview mirror may provides. turn off or not appear as expected The rear vision camera system due to one of the following might not work properly or display a conditions. If this occurs the left clear image if: indicator light on the mirror will . The RVC is turned off. See flash. “Turning the Rear Camera . A slow flash may indicate a loss System On or Off” earlier in this of video signal, or no video section. signal present during the reverse . It is dark. cycle. . The sun or the beam of . A fast flash may indicate that the headlights is shining directly into display has been on for the the camera lens. maximum allowable time during a reverse cycle, or the display . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else has reached an Over A. View displayed by the camera. builds up on the camera lens. Temperature limit. B. Corner of the rear bumper. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft The fast flash conditions are cloth. used to protect the video device from high temperature . The back of the vehicle is in an conditions. Once conditions accident, the position and return to normal the device will mounting angle of the camera reset and the green indicator will can change or the camera can stop flashing. be affected. Be sure to have the camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your dealer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Driving and Operating 9-65

During any of these fault conditions, Fuel the display will be blank and the indicator will continue to flash as Use of the recommended fuel is an long as the vehicle is in R (Reverse) important part of the proper or until the conditions return to maintenance of this vehicle. To help normal. keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance, we Pressing and holding z when the recommend the use of gasoline left indicator light is flashing will turn advertised as TOP TIER Detergent off the video display along with the Gasoline. left indicator light. Look for the TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets enhanced detergency standards Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge developed by auto companies. A list and a yellow fuel cap can use either of marketers providing TOP TIER unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). www.toptiergas.com. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑67. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑66. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

9-66 Driving and Operating

Recommended Fuel containing MMT. See Fuel Additives Fuels in Foreign on page 9‑66 for additional Use regular unleaded gasoline with information. Countries a posted octane rating of 87 or Never use leaded gasoline or any higher. If the octane rating is less California Fuel other fuel not recommended in the than 87, an audible knocking noise, Requirements previous text on fuel. Costly repairs commonly referred to as spark caused by use of improper fuel knock, might be heard when driving. If the vehicle is certified to meet would not be covered by the vehicle If this occurs, use a gasoline rated California Emissions Standards, it is warranty. at 87 octane or higher as soon as designed to operate on fuels that To check the fuel availability, ask an possible. If heavy knocking is heard meet California specifications. See auto club, or contact a major oil when using gasoline rated at the underhood emission control company that does business in the 87 octane or higher, the engine label. If this fuel is not available in country where you will be driving. needs service. states adopting California Emissions Standards, the vehicle will operate Gasoline Specifications satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives (U.S. and Canada Only) federal specifications, but emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines control system performance might in the United States are now At a minimum, gasoline should be affected. The malfunction required to contain additives that meet ASTM specification D 4814 in indicator lamp could turn on and the help prevent engine and fuel system the United States or CAN/ vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. deposits from forming, allowing the CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on emission control system to work Some gasolines contain an page 5‑19. If this occurs, return to properly. In most cases, nothing octane-enhancing additive called your authorized dealer for diagnosis. should have to be added to the fuel. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If it is determined that the condition However, some gasolines contain tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend is caused by the type of fuel used, only the minimum amount of against the use of gasolines repairs might not be covered by the additive required to meet U.S. vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Driving and Operating 9-67

Environmental Protection Agency Gasolines containing oxygenates, Some gasolines that are regulations. To help keep fuel such as ethers and ethanol, and not reformulated for low injectors and intake valves clean reformulated gasolines might be emissions can contain an and avoid problems due to dirty available in your area. We octane-enhancing additive called injectors or valves, look for gasoline recommend that you use these methylcyclopentadienyl manganese that is advertised as TOP TIER gasolines, if they comply with the tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant Detergent Gasoline. Look for the specifications described earlier. where you buy gasoline whether the TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to However, E85 (85% ethanol) and fuel contains MMT. We recommend ensure gasoline meets enhanced other fuels containing more than against the use of such gasolines. detergency standards developed by 10% ethanol must not be used in Fuels containing MMT can reduce the auto companies. A list of vehicles that were not designed for spark plug life and affect emission marketers providing TOP TIER those fuels. control system performance. The Detergent Gasoline can be found at Notice: This vehicle was not malfunction indicator lamp might www.toptiergas.com. designed for fuel that contains turn on. If this occurs, return to your For customers who do not use TOP methanol. Do not use fuel dealer for service. TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, containing methanol. It can one bottle of GM Fuel System corrode metal parts in the fuel Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel system and also damage plastic Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge tank at every engine oil change, can and rubber parts. That damage and a yellow fuel cap can use either help clean deposits from fuel would not be covered under the unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel vehicle warranty. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). System Treatment PLUS is the only For all other vehicles, use only the gasoline additive recommended by unleaded gasoline described under General Motors. It is available at Recommended Fuel on page 9‑66. your dealer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

9-68 Driving and Operating

We encourage the use of E85 in To ensure quick starts in the E85 has less energy per liter vehicles that are designed to use it. wintertime, the E85 fuel must be (gallon) than gasoline, so you will The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” formulated properly for your climate need to refill the fuel tank more fuel, meaning it is made from according to ASTM specification often when using E85 than when renewable sources such as corn D 5798. If you have trouble starting you are using gasoline. See Filling and other crops. on E85, it could be because the E85 the Tank on page 9‑69. Many service stations will not have fuel is not properly formulated for Notice: Some additives are not an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump your climate. If this happens, compatible with E85 fuel and can available. The U.S. Department of switching to gasoline or adding harm the vehicle's fuel system. Energy has an alternative fuels gasoline to the fuel tank can Do not add anything to E85. website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ improve starting. For good starting Damage caused by additives locator/stations/) that can help you and heater efficiency below 0°C would not be covered by the find E85 fuel. Those stations that do (32°F), the fuel mix in the fuel tank vehicle warranty. should contain no more than 70% have E85 should have a label Notice: This vehicle was not indicating ethanol content. Do not ethanol. It is best not to alternate repeatedly between gasoline and designed for fuel that contains use the fuel if the ethanol content is methanol. Do not use fuel greater than 85%. E85. If you do switch fuels, it is recommended that you add as containing methanol. It can At a minimum, E85 should meet much fuel as possible — do not add corrode metal parts in the fuel ASTM Specification D 5798. By less than 11 L (3 gal) when system and also damage plastic definition, this means that fuel refueling. You should drive the and rubber parts. That damage labeled E85 will have an ethanol vehicle immediately after refueling would not be covered under the content between 70% and 85%. for at least 11 km (7 mi) to allow the vehicle warranty. Filling the fuel tank with fuel vehicle to adapt to the change in mixtures that do not meet ASTM ethanol concentration. specifications can affect driveability and could cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come on. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Driving and Operating 9-69

Filling the Tank { WARNING

{ WARNING Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly. Fuel vapor burns violently and a If you spill fuel and then fuel fire can cause bad injuries. something ignites it, you could be To help avoid injuries to you and badly burned. This spray can others, read and follow all the happen if the tank is nearly full, instructions on the fuel pump and is more likely in hot weather. island. Turn off the engine when Open the fuel cap slowly and wait refueling. Do not smoke near fuel for any hiss noise to stop. Then or when refueling the vehicle. Do unscrew the cap all the way. not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is located sparks, flames, and smoking behind a hinged fuel door on the materials away from fuel. Do not driver side of the vehicle. If the Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the top off or overfill the tank and wait a when refueling the vehicle. This is fuel cap will be yellow and state that few seconds after you have finished E85 or gasoline can be used. See pumping before removing the against the law in some places. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on nozzle. Clean fuel from painted Do not re-enter the vehicle while page 9‑67. surfaces as soon as possible. See pumping fuel. Keep children away Exterior Care on page 10‑96. from the fuel pump; never let To remove the fuel cap, turn it children pump fuel. slowly counterclockwise. It will require more effort to turn the fuel cap on the last turn as you loosen it. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

9-70 Driving and Operating

When replacing the fuel cap, insert Filling a Portable Fuel the tether in its hole before { WARNING tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap Container clockwise until it clicks. It will require If a fire starts while you are more effort to turn the fuel cap on refueling, do not remove the { WARNING the last turn as you tighten it. Make nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by sure the cap is fully installed. The shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container diagnostic system can determine if notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static the fuel cap has been left off or Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the improperly installed. This would container can ignite the fuel allow fuel to evaporate into the Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned atmosphere. See Malfunction needed, be sure to get the right and the vehicle damaged if this Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. type of cap from your dealer. The occurs. To help avoid injury to you The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message wrong type of fuel cap might not and others: displays on the Driver Information fit properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into Center (DIC) if the fuel cap is not malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers. properly installed. See Fuel System light, and could damage the fuel . Do not fill a container while it Messages on page 5 39 for more tank and emissions system. See ‑ is inside a vehicle, in a information. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5 19. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, ‑ or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Driving and Operating 9-71

Towing vehicle such as a motor home, see WARNING (Continued) Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑91. . Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing with the inside of the fill Information Driving Characteristics opening before operating the nozzle. Contact should be Only use towing equipment that has and Towing Tips been designed for the vehicle. maintained until the filling is Pulling a Trailer complete. Contact your dealer or trailering dealer for assistance with preparing Here are some important points: . Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer. pumping fuel. . There are many different laws, See the following trailer towing including speed limit restrictions, . Do not use a cellular phone information in this section: having to do with trailering. while pumping fuel. . For information on driving while Make sure the rig will be legal, towing a trailer, see “Driving not only where you live but also Characteristics and where you will be driving. Towing Tips.” A good source for this information can be state or . For maximum vehicle and trailer provincial police. weights, see “Trailer Towing.” . Consider using a sway control. . For information on equipment to See “Hitches” in Towing tow a trailer, see “Towing Equipment on page 9‑79. Equipment.” . Do not tow a trailer at all during For information on towing a disabled the first 800 km (500 miles) the vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on new vehicle is driven. The page 10‑91. For information on engine, axle or other parts could towing the vehicle behind another be damaged. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

9-72 Driving and Operating

. Then, during the first 800 km Driving with a Trailer (500 miles) that a trailer is WARNING (Continued) towed, do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument at full throttle. This helps the When towing a trailer, exhaust engine and other parts of the panel. gases may collect at the rear of vehicle wear in at the heavier the vehicle and enter if the . Adjust the Climate Control loads. liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most system to a setting that . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). window is open. brings in only outside air and Shift the transmission to a lower set the fan speed to the gear if the transmission shifts Engine exhaust contains Carbon highest setting. See Climate too often under heavy loads and/ Monoxide (CO) which cannot be Control System in the Index. seen or smelled. It can cause or hilly conditions. For more information about unconsciousness and even death. Important considerations that have Carbon Monoxide, see Engine to do with weight: To maximize safety when towing Exhaust on page 9‑37. a trailer: . The weight of the trailer . Have the exhaust system Towing a trailer requires a certain . The weight of the trailer tongue inspected for leaks and make amount of experience. The . The weight on the vehicle's tires necessary repairs before combination you are driving is . And the weight of the trailering starting a trip. longer and not as responsive as the combination . Never drive with the liftgate, vehicle itself. Get acquainted with trunk/hatch, or rear-most the handling and braking of the rig window open. before setting out for the open road. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Driving and Operating 9-73

Before starting, check all trailer Backing Up If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn hitch parts and attachments, safety out, the arrows on the instrument Hold the bottom of the steering chains, electrical connectors, panel will still flash for turns. It is wheel with one hand. Then, to move lamps, tires and mirrors. If the trailer important to check occasionally to the trailer to the left, move that hand has electric brakes, start the be sure the trailer bulbs are still to the left. To move the trailer to the combination moving and then apply working. right, move your hand to the right. the trailer brake controller by hand Always back up slowly and, to be sure the brakes work. Driving on Grades if possible, have someone During the trip, check occasionally guide you. Reduce speed and shift to a to be sure that the load is secure lower gear before starting down a and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns long or steep downgrade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes still work. Notice: Making very sharp turns brakes might get hot and no longer while trailering could cause the Following Distance work well. trailer to come in contact with the Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle. The vehicle could be Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift vehicle ahead as you would when damaged. Avoid making very the transmission to a lower gear if driving the vehicle without a trailer. sharp turns while trailering. the transmission shifts too often This can help to avoid heavy under heavy loads and/or hilly When turning with a trailer, make braking and sudden turns. conditions. wider turns than normal. Do this so Passing the trailer will not strike soft The tow/haul mode may be used if shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees the transmission shifts too often. More passing distance is needed or other objects. Avoid jerky or See Tow/Haul Mode Light on when towing a trailer. The sudden maneuvers. Signal well in page 5‑23. combination will not accelerate as advance. quickly and is longer so it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

9-74 Driving and Operating

When towing at high altitude on 6. Release the brake pedal. steep uphill grades, consider the WARNING (Continued) following: Engine coolant will boil at { WARNING a lower temperature than at normal the vehicle and the trailer can be altitudes. If the engine is turned off damaged. When possible, always It can be dangerous to get out of immediately after towing at high park the rig on a flat surface. the vehicle if the shift lever is not altitude on steep uphill grades, the fully in P (Park) with the parking vehicle may show signs similar to If parking the rig on a hill: brake firmly set. The vehicle engine overheating. To avoid this, can roll. let the engine run while parked, 1. Press the brake pedal, but do preferably on level ground, with the not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn If the engine has been left automatic transmission in P (Park) the wheels into the curb if facing running, the vehicle can move for a few minutes before turning the downhill or into traffic if facing suddenly. You or others could be engine off. If the overheat warning uphill. injured. To be sure the vehicle will comes on, see Engine Overheating 2. Have someone place chocks not move, even when on fairly on page 10‑22. under the trailer wheels. level ground, use the steps that follow. Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the regular brakes Always put the shift lever fully in { WARNING until the chocks absorb the load. P (Park) with the parking brake 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then firmly set. Parking the vehicle on a hill with apply the parking brake and shift If the transfer case on a the trailer attached can be into P (Park). four-wheel-drive vehicle is in dangerous. If something goes 5. If the vehicle is four-wheel-drive N (Neutral), the vehicle will be wrong, the rig could start to move. and has a two-speed transfer free to roll, even if the shift lever People can be injured, and both case, be sure the transfer case is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer (Continued) is in a drive gear and not in case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). N (Neutral). Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Driving and Operating 9-75

Leaving After Parking on a Hill Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. WARNING (Continued) 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the 3. Shift into a gear. Do not tow a trailer during break‐in. vehicle. 4. Release the parking brake. See New Vehicle Break-In on page 9‑29 for more information. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. Notice: Pulling a trailer improperly can damage the 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is { WARNING vehicle and result in costly clear of the chocks. repairs not covered by the vehicle The driver can lose control when 7. Stop and have someone pick up warranty. To pull a trailer and store the chocks. pulling a trailer if the correct correctly, follow the advice in this equipment is not used or the section and see your dealer for Maintenance When Trailer vehicle is not driven properly. For important information about Towing example, if the trailer is too towing a trailer with the vehicle. heavy, the brakes may not work The vehicle needs service more To identify the trailering capacity of well — or even at all. The driver often when pulling a trailer. See this the vehicle, read the information in and passengers could be manual's Maintenance Schedule or Weight of the Trailer that appears seriously injured. The vehicle may “ ” Index for more information. Things later in this section. that are especially important in also be damaged; the resulting trailer operation are automatic repairs would not be covered by transmission fluid, engine oil, axle the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer lubricant, belts, cooling system and only if all the steps in this section brake system. It is a good idea to have been followed. Ask your inspect these before and during (Continued) the trip. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

9-76 Driving and Operating

Trailering is different than just Weight of the Trailer Use the following chart to determine driving the vehicle by itself. how much the vehicle can weigh, How heavy can a trailer safely be? Trailering means changes in based upon the vehicle model and handling, acceleration, braking, It depends on how the rig is used. options. Speed, altitude, road grades, durability and fuel economy. Notice: Using a fifth-wheel or outside temperature and how much Successful, safe trailering takes goose-neck hitch device on the the vehicle is used to pull a trailer correct equipment, and it has to be vehicle could damage the vehicle. are all important. It can depend on used properly. The repairs would not be covered any special equipment on the The following information has many by the vehicle warranty. Do not vehicle, and the amount of tongue time-tested, important trailering tips use a fifth-wheel or goose-neck weight the vehicle can carry. See and safety rules. Many of these are hitch device on the vehicle. Weight of the Trailer Tongue later important for your safety and that of “ ” in this section for more information. your passengers. So please read this section carefully before pulling a Trailer weight rating (TWR) is trailer. calculated assuming the tow vehicle has only the driver but all required trailering equipment. Weight of additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the trailer weight rating. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Driving and Operating 9-77

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR * 1500 Series 2WD 5.3LV8 3.08 2 313 kg (5,100 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 540 kg (5,600 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 4WD 5.3LV8 3.08 2 223 kg (4,900 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 449 kg (5,400 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 583 kg (7,900 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight. Vehicle options, equipment, information or advice, or write us at passengers and cargo in the vehicle The tongue load (A) of any trailer is our Customer Assistance Offices. reduce the amount of tongue weight very important because it is also See Customer Assistance Offices the vehicle can carry, which will also part of the vehicle weight. The (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 5 or reduce the trailer weight the vehicle ‑ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) Customer Assistance Offices can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits on includes the curb weight of the (Mexico) on page 13 6 for more ‑ vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and information. the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

9-78 Driving and Operating

page 9‑23 for more information Maximum Tongue about the vehicle's maximum load Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight capacity. 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lbs) 1500 Weight Distributing 499 kg (1,100 lbs)

Do not exceed the maximum After loading the trailer, weigh the allowable tongue weight for the trailer and then the tongue, vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch separately, to see if the weights are extension that will position the hitch proper. If they are not, adjustments ball closest to the vehicle. This will might be made by moving some help reduce the effect of trailer items around in the trailer. tongue weight on the rear axle. Total Weight on the Vehicle's Trailering may be limited by the Tires vehicle's ability to carry tongue Trailer tongue weight (A) should be weight. Tongue or kingpin weight Be sure the vehicle's tires are 10 percent to 15 percent and fifth cannot cause the vehicle to exceed inflated to the inflation pressures wheel or gooseneck kingpin weight the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight found on the Certification label on should be 15 to 25 percent of the Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross the drivers door or see Vehicle Load loaded trailer weight (B) up to the Axle Weight Rating). See “Total Limits on page 9‑23 for more maximums for vehicle series and Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later information. Make sure not to hitch type. in this section for more information. exceed the GVWR limit for the vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Driving and Operating 9-79

vehicle and trailer fully loaded for Towing Equipment Consider using sway controls the trip including the weight of the with any trailer. Ask a trailering trailer tongue. If using a weight Hitches professional about sway controls or distributing hitch, make sure not to The correct hitch equipment helps refer to the trailer manufacturer's exceed the RGAWR before applying maintain combination control. Most recommendations and instructions. the weight distribution spring bars. small-to-medium trailers can be Weight‐Distributing Hitch Weight of the Trailering towed with a weight carrying hitch Adjustment Combination which simply features a coupler latched to the hitch ball. Larger It is important that the combination trailers may require a weight of the tow vehicle and trailer does distributing hitch that uses spring not exceed any of its weight bars to distribute the trailer tongue ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, weight among the two vehicle and Trailer Weight Rating or Tongue trailer axles. See “Weight of the Weight. The only way to be sure it is Trailer Tongue” in Trailer Towing on not exceeding any of these ratings page 9‑75 for rating limits with is to weigh the tow vehicle and various hitch types. trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual weights If a step-bumper hitch will be used, for each of these items. the bumper could be damaged in sharp turns. Make sure there is ample room when turning to avoid A. Body to Ground Distance contact between the trailer and the bumper. B. Front of Vehicle When using a weight-distributing hitch, the spring bars should be adjusted so the distance (A) is the same after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

9-80 Driving and Operating

Safety Chains Trailer Brakes Trailer Wiring Harness Always attach chains between the A loaded trailer that weighs more Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness vehicle and the trailer. Cross the than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to Package safety chains under the tongue of have its own brake system that is the trailer to help prevent the tongue adequate for the weight of the from contacting the road if it trailer. Be sure to read and follow becomes separated from the hitch. the instructions for the trailer brakes Instructions about safety chains so they are installed, adjusted and may be provided by the hitch maintained properly. manufacturer or by the trailer Since the vehicle is equipped with manufacturer. If the trailer being StabiliTrak®, the trailer brakes towed weighs up to 2 271 kg cannot tap into the vehicle's (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed hydraulic system. step bumper, safety chains may be attached to the attaching points on the bumper, otherwise, safety chains should be attached to holes The vehicle has a seven-pin on the trailer hitch platform. Always universal heavy-duty trailer leave just enough slack so the connector attached to the rear combination can turn. Never allow bumper beam next to the integrated safety chains to drag on the ground. trailer hitch. The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits: . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn Signal Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Driving and Operating 9-81

. Brown: Taillamps Electric Brake Control Wiring If the vehicle is equipped with an . White: Ground Provisions ITBC, the blunt cuts exist, but are not connected further in the . Light Green: Back-up Lamps These wiring provisions are harness. If an aftermarket trailer included with the vehicle as part of . Red: Battery Feed* brake controller is installed, the the trailer wiring package. These ITBC must be disconnected. Do not . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* provisions are for an electric brake power both ITBC and aftermarket *The fuses for these two circuits are controller. The instrument panel controllers to control the trailer installed in the underhood electrical contains blunt cut wires near the brakes at the same time. center, but the wires are not data link connector for the trailer connected. They should be brake controller. The harness Tow/Haul Mode connected by your dealer or a contains the following wires: qualified service center. . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to If charging a remote (non-vehicle) Trailer Connector battery, press the tow/haul mode . Red/Black: Battery button located at the end of the shift . lever. This will boost the vehicle Light Blue/White: Brake Switch system voltage and properly charge . White: Ground the battery. If the trailer is too light It should be installed by your dealer Pressing this button at the end of for tow/haul mode, turn on the or a qualified service center. the shift lever turns on and off the headlamps as a second way to tow/haul mode. boost the vehicle system and charge the battery. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

9-82 Driving and Operating

. When pulling a heavy trailer or a Integrated Trailer Brake large or heavy load in stop and Control System go traffic. . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in busy parking lots where improved low This indicator light on the instrument speed control of the vehicle is panel cluster comes on when the desired. tow/haul mode is on. Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Tow/Haul is a feature that assists when lightly loaded or with no trailer The vehicle may have an Integrated when pulling a heavy trailer or a at all will not cause damage. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul However, there is no benefit to the for electric trailer brakes. Mode on page 9‑42 for more selection of Tow/Haul when the This symbol is located on the Trailer information. vehicle is unloaded. Such a Brake Control Panel on vehicles selection when unloaded may Tow/Haul is designed to be most with an Integrated Trailer Brake result in unpleasant engine and Control System. The power output effective when the vehicle and transmission driving characteristics trailer combined weight is at least to the trailer brakes is based on the and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ amount of brake pressure being 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross Haul is recommended only when Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). applied by the vehicle’s brake pulling a heavy trailer or a large or system. This available power output See “Weight of the Trailer” in Trailer heavy load. Towing on page 9‑75. Tow/Haul is to the trailer brakes can be adjusted most useful under the following to a wide range of trailering driving conditions: situations. . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load through rolling terrain. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Driving and Operating 9-83

The ITBC system is integrated The ITBC system can only be used When trailering, make sure of the with the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock with trailers with electric brakes. following: brake and StabiliTrak systems. In . The ITBC system is used only trailering conditions that cause the { WARNING with trailers that are equipped vehicle’s anti‐lock brake or with electric brakes. StabiliTrak systems to activate, Connecting a trailer that is not power sent to the trailer's brakes compatible with the ITBC system . All applicable local and federal will be automatically adjusted to may result in reduced or complete laws and regulations are minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This loss of trailer braking. There may followed. does not imply that the trailer has be an increase in stopping . All electrical and mechanical the StabiliTrak system. distance or trailer instability which connections to the trailer are If the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock could result in personal injury or made correctly. brake or StabiliTrak systems are not damage to the vehicle, trailer, . The trailer’s brakes are in proper functioning properly, the ITBC or other property. An aftermarket working condition. system may not be fully functional controller may be available for . The trailer and vehicle are or may not function at all. Make sure use with trailers with surge, air, properly loaded for the towing all of these systems are fully or electric over hydraulic trailer ‐ ‐ condition. operational to ensure full brake systems. To determine the functionality of the ITBC system. type of brakes on the trailer and The ITBC system is a factory The ITBC system is powered the availability of controllers, installed item. Out‐of‐factory through the vehicle's electrical check with your trailer installation of this system should not system. Turning the ignition off will manufacturer or dealer. be attempted. GM is not responsible also turn off the ITBC system. The for warranty or performance of the ITBC system is fully functional only system resulting from out‐of‐factory when the ignition is in ON or installation. in RUN. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

9-84 Driving and Operating

Trailer Brake Control Panel Brake Display Page on the DIC to . Pressing a Trailer Gain adjust and display power output to button – If the Trailer Brake the trailer brakes. Display Page is not currently displayed, pressing a Trailer Trailer Brake DIC Display Page Gain button will first recall the The ITBC system displays current Trailer Gain setting. After messages into the vehicle’s Driver the Trailer Brake Display Page is Information Center (DIC). See Driver displayed, each press and Information Center (DIC) on release of the gain buttons will page 5‑26 for more information. then cause the Trailer Gain setting to change. The display page indicates Trailer Gain setting, power output to the . Activating the Manual Trailer electric trailer brakes, trailer Brake Apply lever connection and system operational . Connecting a trailer equipped A. Manual Trailer Brake Apply status. with electric trailer brakes Lever The Trailer Brake Display Page can All DIC warning and service B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons be displayed by performing any of messages must first be The ITBC system has a control the following actions: acknowledged by the driver by panel located on the instrument . Scrolling through the DIC menu pressing the odometer trip stem or panel to the left of the steering pages using the odometer the DIC Vehicle Information button column. The control panel allows trip stem or the DIC Vehicle (if equipped) before the Trailer adjustment to the amount of output, Information button (if equipped). Brake Display Page can be referred to as trailer gain, available displayed and Trailer Gain can be to the electric trailer brakes and adjusted. allows manual application the trailer brakes. The Trailer Brake Control Panel is used along with the Trailer Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)

Driving and Operating 9-85

TRAILER GAIN – This setting is The Trailer Output will indicate Manual Trailer Brake Apply displayed anytime the Trailer Brake “------“ on the Trailer Brake The Manual Trailer Brake Apply Display Page is active. This setting Display Page whenever the Lever is located on the Trailer Brake can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 following occur: Control Panel and is used to apply with either a trailer connected or . No trailer is connected. the trailer’s electric brakes disconnected. To adjust the Trailer independent of the vehicle s brakes. . A trailer without electric brakes ’ Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain This lever is used in the Trailer Gain adjustment buttons located on the is connected (no DIC message is displayed). Adjustment Procedure to properly Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press adjust the power output to the trailer and hold a gain button to cause the . A trailer with electric brakes brakes. Sliding the lever to the left Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. has become disconnected will apply only the trailer brakes. To turn the output to the trailer off, (a CHECK TRAILER WIRING The power output to the trailer is adjust the Trailer Gain setting to message will also be displayed indicated in the Trailer Brake 0.0 (zero). on the DIC). Display Page in the DIC. If the 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default . There is a fault present in the vehicle’s service brakes are applied setting. To properly adjust trailer wiring to the electric trailer while using the Manual Trailer Brake gain, see the Trailer Gain brakes (a CHECK TRAILER Apply Lever, the trailer output power Adjustment Procedure later in this WIRING message will also be will be the greater of the two. section. displayed on the DIC). The trailer and the vehicle's brake TRAILER OUTPUT – This is . There is a fault in the ITBC lamps will come on when either displayed any time a trailer with system (a SERVICE TRAILER vehicle braking or manual trailer electric brakes is connected. Output BRAKE SYSTEM message will brakes are applied. to the electric brakes is based on also be displayed in the DIC). the amount of vehicle braking present and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is displayed from 0 to 10 bars for each gain setting. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)

9-86 Driving and Operating

Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure electrical connections. See 5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer Trailer Gain should be set for a Vehicle Load Limits on attached on a level road surface specific trailering condition and must page 9‑23 for more information. representative of the towing be adjusted any time vehicle 3. After the electrical connection is condition and free of traffic at loading, trailer loading or road made to a trailer equipped with about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to surface conditions change. electric brakes: 25 mph) and fully apply the Manual Trailer Brake Apply Setting the Trailer Gain properly is . A TRAILER CONNECTED lever. needed for the best trailer stopping message will be briefly performance. A trailer that is displayed on the DIC Adjusting trailer gain at speeds over-gained may result in locked display. lower than 32 to 40 km/h trailer brakes. A trailer that is (20 to 25 mph) may result in an . The Trailer Brake Display incorrect gain setting. under-gained may result in not Page will appear on the enough trailer braking. Both of these DIC showing TRAILER 6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just conditions may result in poorer GAIN and TRAILER below the point of trailer wheel stopping and stability of the vehicle OUTPUT. lock-up, indicated by trailer and trailer. wheel squeal or tire smoke when . In the Trailer Output display Use the following procedure to a trailer wheel locks. on the DIC, “------“ will correctly adjust Trailer Gain for each disappear if there is no Trailer wheel lock-up may not towing condition: error present. Connecting a occur if towing a heavily loaded 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are trailer without electric trailer. In this case, adjust the in proper working condition. brakes will not clear the six Trailer Gain to the highest dashed lines. allowable setting for the towing 2. Connect a properly loaded trailer condition. to the vehicle and make all 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using necessary mechanical and the gain adjustment (+ / -) buttons on the Trailer Brake Control Panel. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)

Driving and Operating 9-87

7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time If the disconnect occurs while To determine if the electrical fault is vehicle loading, trailer loading or the vehicle is stationary, this on the vehicle side or trailer side of road surface conditions change message will automatically turn the trailer wiring harness or if trailer wheel lock-up is off in about 30 seconds. This connection, do the following: noticed at any time while towing message will also turn off if the 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring driver acknowledges this harness from the vehicle. Other ITBC Related DIC Messages message off or if the trailer In addition to displaying TRAILER harness is re-connected. 2. Turn the ignition OFF. GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the through the DIC, trailer connection the vehicle is moving, this ignition back to RUN. and ITBC system status is displayed message will continue until the in the DIC. 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING ignition is turned off. This message re-appears, the TRAILER CONNECTED – This message will also turn off if the electrical fault is on the message will be briefly displayed driver acknowledges this vehicle side. when a trailer with electric brakes is message off or if the trailer first connected to the vehicle. This harness is re-connected. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only re-appears when message will automatically turn off 2. There is an electrical fault in the in about 10 seconds. The driver can connecting the trailer wiring wiring to the electric trailer harness to the vehicle, the also acknowledge this message brakes. This message will before it automatically turns off. electrical fault is on the continue as long as there is an trailer side. CHECK TRAILER WIRING – This electrical fault in the trailer message will be displayed if: wiring. This message will also 1. The ITBC system first turn off if the driver determines connection to a acknowledges this message off. trailer with electric brakes and then the trailer harness becomes disconnected from the vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)

9-88 Driving and Operating

SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE An authorized GM dealer may be Conversions and SYSTEM – This message will be able to diagnose and repair displayed when there is a problem problems with the trailer. However, Add-Ons with the ITBC system. If this any diagnosis and repair of the message persists over multiple trailer is not covered under the Add-On Electrical ignition cycles there is problem with vehicle warranty. Please contact the ITBC system. Take the vehicle your trailer dealer for assistance Equipment to an authorized GM dealer to have with trailer repairs and trailer Notice: Do not add anything the ITBC system diagnosed and warranty information. electrical to the vehicle unless repaired. you check with your dealer first. If either the CHECK TRAILER Some electrical equipment can WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER damage the vehicle and the BRAKE SYSTEM message is damage would not be covered by displayed while driving the vehicle, the vehicle's warranty. Some power is no longer available to the add-on electrical equipment can trailer brakes. When traffic keep other components from conditions allow, carefully pull the working as they should. vehicle over to the side of the road Add-on equipment can drain the and turn the ignition off. Check the vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the wiring connection to the trailer and vehicle is not operating. turn the ignition back on. If either of The vehicle has an airbag system. these messages continues, either Before attempting to add anything the vehicle or trailer needs service. electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑40 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑40. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Fan ...... 10-25 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-25 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Washer Fluid ...... 10-26 and Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-38 Brakes ...... 10-27 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-39 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-28 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-39 General Information ...... 10-2 Battery ...... 10-30 California Proposition Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-30 Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Front Axle ...... 10-31 Electrical System California Perchlorate Rear Axle ...... 10-31 Overload ...... 10-40 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-33 Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Automatic Transmission Shift Breakers ...... 10-41 Modifications ...... 10-3 Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Checks Check ...... 10-33 Block ...... 10-41 Ignition Transmission Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Block ...... 10-46 Service Work ...... 10-4 Check ...... 10-34 Hood ...... 10-5 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Engine Compartment Mechanism Check ...... 10-34 Tires ...... 10-49 Overview ...... 10-6 Wiper Blade Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Replacement ...... 10-35 Tire Designations ...... 10-52 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11 Glass Replacement ...... 10-35 Tire Terminology and Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming Definitions ...... 10-53 Fluid ...... 10-13 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-35 Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-16 Tire Pressure Monitor Cooling System ...... 10-18 Bulb Replacement System ...... 10-58 Engine Coolant ...... 10-18 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Overheating ...... 10-22 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Operation ...... 10-59 Overheated Engine Tire Inspection ...... 10-62 Protection Tire Rotation ...... 10-62 Operating Mode ...... 10-24 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New General Information California Proposition Tires ...... 10-63 Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Different Size Tires and your dealer. You will receive Most motor vehicles, including this Wheels ...... 10-66 genuine GM parts and GM-trained one, contain and/or emit chemicals Uniform Tire Quality and supported service people. known to the State of California to Grading ...... 10-66 Genuine GM parts have one of cause cancer and birth defects or Wheel Alignment and Tire these marks: other reproductive harm. Engine Balance ...... 10-68 exhaust, many parts and systems, Wheel Replacement ...... 10-68 many fluids, and some component Tire Chains ...... 10-69 wear by-products contain and/or If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-70 emit these chemicals. Tire Changing ...... 10-72 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-83 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-86 Jump Starting Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Towing Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-91 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 10-91 Appearance Care Exterior Care ...... 10-96 Interior Care ...... 10-100 Floor Mats ...... 10-103 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Perchlorate Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other Materials Requirements Modifications systems on the vehicle. Your GM Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories or dealer can accessorize the vehicle applications, such as airbag making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories. initiators, seat belt pretensioners, can affect vehicle performance and When you go to your GM dealer and and lithium batteries contained in safety, including such things as ask for GM Accessories, you will Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, airbags, braking, stability, ride and know that GM-trained and may contain perchlorate materials. handling, emissions systems, supported service technicians will Special handling may be necessary. aerodynamics, durability, and perform the work using genuine GM For additional information, see electronic systems like antilock Accessories. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ brakes, traction control, and stability Also, see Adding Equipment to the perchlorate. control. These accessories or Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on modifications could even cause page 3‑40. malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. WARNING (Continued) Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Doing Your Own . Be sure to use the proper Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Service Work nuts, bolts, and other page 3‑40. fasteners. Metric and English fasteners can be easily Keep a record with all parts receipts { WARNING confused. If the wrong and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See fasteners are used, parts can You can be injured and the Maintenance Records on later break or fall off. You vehicle could be damaged if you page 11‑10. try to do service work on a vehicle could be hurt. without knowing enough about it. . Be sure you have sufficient If doing some of your own service knowledge, experience, the work, use the proper service proper replacement parts, manual. It tells you much more and tools before attempting about how to service the vehicle any vehicle than this manual can. To order the maintenance task. proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information (Continued) on page 13‑15. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood 3. Push the secondary hood release to the right. To open the hood: 4. Lift the hood. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 152 mm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, then push the front center of the 1. Pull the handle with this symbol hood with a swift, firm motion to on it. It is located inside the fully close the hood. vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel. 2. Then go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary hood release, near the center of the grille. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview 5.3 L V8 Engine Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Automatic Transmission J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. page 10‑16. Dipstick (Out of View). See See Power Steering Fluid on B. Coolant Surge Tank and “Checking the Fluid Level” page 10‑25. Pressure Cap. See Cooling under Automatic Transmission K. Brake Master Cylinder Fluid on page 10 13. System on page 10‑18. ‑ Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When under Brake Fluid on See Jump Starting on to Add Engine Oil” under page 10‑28. Engine Oil on page 10 8. page 10‑86. ‑ L. Engine Compartment Fuse H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Block on page 10 41. D. Battery on page 10‑30. ‑ View). See “Checking Engine M. Windshield Washer Fluid E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal Oil” under Engine Oil on (Out of View). See Jump Reservoir. See “Adding Washer page 10‑8. Fluid under Washer Fluid on Starting on page 10‑86. ” I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of page 10‑26. View). See Cooling System on page 10‑18. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil . Change the engine oil at the Obtaining an accurate oil level appropriate time. See Engine Oil reading is essential: To ensure proper engine Life System on page 10‑11. performance and long life, careful 1. If the engine has been running . Always dispose of engine oil attention must be paid to engine oil. recently, turn off the engine and properly. See What to Do with Following these simple, but “ allow several minutes for the oil Used Oil in this section. important steps will help protect ” to drain back into the oil pan. your investment: Checking Engine Oil Checking the oil level too soon after engine shutoff will not . Always use engine oil approved It is a good idea to check the engine provide an accurate oil level to the proper specification and of oil level at each fuel fill. In order to reading. the proper viscosity grade. See get an accurate reading, the vehicle “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” must be on level ground. The 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it in this section. engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow with a paper towel or cloth, then loop. See Engine Compartment push it back in all the way. . Check the engine oil level Remove it again, keeping the tip Overview on page 10‑6 for the regularly and maintain the down, and check the level. proper oil level. See “Checking location of the engine oil dipstick. Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil Oil levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade: to the engine. If you find that you have an oil level above the Specification operating range, i.e., the engine Use and ask for engine oils with the has so much oil that the oil level dexos certification mark. Oils gets above the cross-hatched ™ meeting the requirements of the If the oil is below the cross-hatched area that shows the proper vehicle should have the dexos area at the tip of the dipstick, add operating range, the engine could certification mark on the container. 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil be damaged. You should drain This certification mark indicates that and then recheck the level. See out the excess oil or limit driving the oil has been approved to the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in of the vehicle and seek a service dexos specification. this section for an explanation of professional to remove the what kind of oil to use. For engine excess amount of oil. oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications on See Engine Compartment Overview page 12‑2. on page 10‑6 for the location of the engine oil fill cap. Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Use of Substitute Engine Oils if dexos is unavailable: In the event that dexos‐approved engine oil is not available at an oil change or for maintaining proper oil level, you may use substitute engine oil displaying the API Starburst symbol This vehicle was filled at the factory and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. with dexos‐approved engine oil. Use of oils that do not meet the Notice: Use only engine oil that is dexos specification, however, may approved to the dexos result in reduced performance under specification or an equivalent certain circumstances. engine oil of the appropriate Viscosity Grade viscosity grade. Engine oils approved to the dexos SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity specification will show the dexos grade for the vehicle. Do not use symbol on the container. Failure other viscosity oils such as to use the recommended engine SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50. oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. If you are unsure whether the oil is approved to the dexos specification, ask your service provider. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below −29°C Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System be used. An oil of this viscosity Used engine oil contains certain grade will provide easier cold When to Change Engine Oil elements that can be unhealthy for starting for the engine at extremely your skin and could even cause This vehicle has a computer system low temperatures. When selecting cancer. Do not let used oil stay on that indicates when to change the an oil of the appropriate viscosity your skin for very long. Clean your engine oil and filter. This is based grade, be sure to always select an skin and nails with soap and water, on engine revolutions and engine oil that meets the required or a good hand cleaner. Wash or temperature, and not on mileage. specification, dexos. See properly dispose of clothing or rags Based on driving conditions, the Specification earlier in this “ ” containing used engine oil. See the mileage at which an oil change is section for more information. manufacturer's warnings about the indicated can vary considerably. For Engine Oil Additives/Engine use and disposal of oil products. the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time Oil Flushes Used oil can be a threat to the the oil is changed. Do not add anything to the oil. The environment. If you change your recommended oils with the dexos own oil, be sure to drain all the oil On some vehicles, when the system specification and displaying the from the filter before disposal. Never has calculated that oil life has been dexos certification mark are all that dispose of oil by putting it in the diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE is needed for good performance and trash or pouring it on the ground, OIL SOON message comes on to engine protection. into sewers, or into streams or indicate that an oil change is bodies of water. Recycle it by taking necessary. See Engine Oil Engine oil system flushes are not it to a place that collects used oil. Messages on page 5‑38. Change recommended and could cause the oil as soon as possible within engine damage not covered by the the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is vehicle warranty. possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

changed at least once a year and, How to Reset the Engine Oil On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life at this time, the system must be Life System System can be reset as follows: reset. For vehicles without the Reset the system whenever the 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the engine off. message, an oil change is engine oil is changed so that the needed when the OIL LIFE system can calculate the next 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal REMAINING percentage is near engine oil change. Always reset the slowly three times within 0%. Your dealer has trained service engine oil life to 100% after every oil five seconds. people who will perform this work change. It will not reset itself. To reset the system on most vehicles: 3. Display the OIL LIFE and reset the system. It is also REMAINING on the DIC. If the important to check the oil regularly 1. Display the OIL LIFE display shows 100%, the system over the course of an oil drain REMAINING on the DIC. If the is reset. See Driver Information interval and keep it at the proper vehicle does not have DIC Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. level. buttons, the vehicle must be in P (Park) to access this display. If the vehicle has a CHANGE If the system is ever reset ENGINE OIL SOON message and it accidentally, the oil must be See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. comes back on when the vehicle is changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) started and/or the OIL LIFE since the last oil change. 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET REMAINING is near 0%, the engine Remember to reset the oil life button on the DIC, or the trip oil life system has not been reset. system whenever the oil is changed. odometer reset stem if the Repeat the procedure. vehicle does not have DIC buttons, for more than five seconds. The oil life will change to 100%. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the Before checking the fluid level, Fluid intervals listed in the Maintenance prepare the vehicle as follows: Schedule. See Scheduled 1. Start the engine and park the When to Check and Change Maintenance on page 11‑3. Be sure vehicle on a level surface. Keep Automatic Transmission Fluid to use the transmission fluid listed in the engine running. Recommended Fluids and It is usually not necessary to Lubricants on page 11‑7. 2. Apply the parking brake and check the transmission fluid level. place the shift lever in P (Park). The only reason for fluid loss is a How to Check Automatic 3. With your foot on the brake transmission leak or overheating the Transmission Fluid pedal, move the shift lever transmission. If a small leak is Notice: Too much or too through each gear range, suspected, then use the following little fluid can damage the pausing for about three seconds checking procedures to check the transmission. Too much can in each range. Then, move the fluid level. However, if there is a mean that some of the fluid could shift lever back to P (Park). large leak, then it may be necessary come out and fall on hot engine 4. Allow the engine to idle to have the vehicle towed to a parts or exhaust system parts, (500 800 rpm) for at least dealer service department and have starting a fire. Too little fluid – one minute. Slowly release the it repaired before driving the vehicle could cause the transmission to brake pedal. further. overheat. Be sure to get an Notice: Use of the incorrect accurate reading if checking the 5. Keep the engine running and automatic transmission fluid may transmission fluid. press the Trip/Fuel button or trip damage the vehicle, and the odometer reset stem until damages may not be covered by TRANS TEMP (Transmission the vehicle warranty. Always use Temperature) displays on the the automatic transmission fluid Driver Information Center (DIC). listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑7. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

6. Using the TRANS TEMP reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the TRANS TEMP reading is not within the required temperature ranges, allow the vehicle to cool, or operate the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick vehicle until the appropriate at the rear of the engine 5. If the fluid level is below the transmission fluid temperature is compartment, on the passenger COLD check band, add only reached. side of the vehicle. enough fluid as necessary to bring the level into the COLD Cold Check Procedure See Engine Compartment band. It does not take much Overview on page 10 6 for more Use this procedure only as a ‑ fluid, generally less than 0.5 L information. reference to determine if the (1 pt). Do not overfill. transmission has enough fluid to be 2. Flip the handle up and then pull 6. Perform a hot check at the operated safely until a hot check out the dipstick and wipe it with first opportunity after the procedure can be made. The hot a clean rag or paper towel. transmission reaches a normal check procedure is the most 3. Install the dipstick by pushing operating temperature between accurate method to check the fluid it back in all the way, wait 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). level. Perform the hot check three seconds, and then pull it 7. If the fluid level is in the procedure at the first opportunity. back out again. acceptable range, push the Use this cold check procedure to dipstick back in all the way, then check fluid level when the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick flip the handle down to lock the transmission temperature is and read the lower level. Repeat dipstick in place. between 27°C and 32°C the check procedure to verify the (80°F and 90°F). reading. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Hot Check Procedure Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 71°C and 93°C (160°F and 200°F). 1. Locate the transmission dipstick The hot check is the most accurate at the rear of the engine 5. Safe operating level is within the method to check the fluid level. The compartment, on the passenger HOT cross hatch band on the hot check should be performed at side of the vehicle. dipstick. If the fluid level is not the first opportunity in order to verify within the HOT band, and the the cold check. The fluid level rises See Engine Compartment transmission temperature is as fluid temperature increases, Overview on page 10‑6 for more between 71°C and 93°C (160°F so it is important to ensure the information. and 200°F), add or drain fluid as transmission temperature is within 2. Flip the handle up and then pull necessary to bring the level into range. out the dipstick and wipe it with the HOT band. If the fluid level is a clean rag or paper towel. low, add only enough fluid to bring the level into the HOT 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it band. It does not take much back in all the way, wait fluid, generally less than 0.5 L three seconds, and then pull it (1 pt ). Do not overfill. back out again. 6. If the fluid level is in the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick acceptable range, push the and read the lower level. Repeat dipstick back in all the way, then the check procedure to verify the flip the handle down to lock the reading. dipstick in place. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

Consistency of Readings Engine Air Cleaner/Filter How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Always check the fluid level at See Engine Compartment Overview least twice using the procedures on page 10‑6 for the location of the To inspect the air cleaner/filter, described previously. Consistency engine air cleaner/filter. remove the engine air cleaner/filter (repeatable readings) is important to from the vehicle by following Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the maintaining proper fluid level. Steps 1 through 6. When the engine scheduled maintenance intervals If readings are still inconsistent, air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly and replace it at the first oil change contact your dealer. shake it to release loose dust and after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter interval. See Scheduled remains covered with dirt, a new Maintenance on page 11 3 for more ‑ filter is required. Never use information. If driving on dusty/dirty compressed air to clean the filter. conditions, inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter { WARNING 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter Operating the engine with the air assembly . See Engine cleaner/filter off can cause you or Compartment Overview on others to be burned. The air page 10‑6. cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ filter from the housing. Care should be taken to dislodge as little dirt as possible. 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ filter sealing surfaces and the housing. 2. Loosen the four screws on the 5. Inspect or replace the engine air cover of the housing and lift up cleaner/filter. the cover. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

Cooling System Notice: Using coolant other than { WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature The cooling system allows the engine, heater core, or radiator engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine working temperature. under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing when the engine is not running sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. { WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL engine you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to 5.3 L V8 Engine Do not run the engine if there is a remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever A. Coolant Surge Tank leak. If you run the engine, it occurs first. B. Coolant Surge Tank could lose all coolant. That could Pressure Cap cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add C. Engine Cooling Fan(s) fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a (Out of View) problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑22. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Notice: If extra inhibitors and/or drinkable water and DEX-COOL additives are used in the vehicle { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, cooling system, the vehicle could nothing else needs to be added. be damaged. Use only the proper Adding only plain water or some This mixture: mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside cooling system. See and other liquids, can boil before temperature. Recommended Fluids and the proper coolant mixture will. Lubricants on page 11‑7 for more . Gives boiling protection up to information. The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. Never dispose of engine coolant by With plain water or the wrong putting it in the trash, pouring it on mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and the ground, or into sewers, streams, hot but you would not get the corrosion. or bodies of water. Have the coolant overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. changed by an authorized service could catch fire and you or others center, familiar with legal . Helps keep the proper engine requirements regarding used could be burned. Use a 50/ temperature. 50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant mixture is used, the engine could health. overheat and be badly damaged. The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core, and other parts. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the The vehicle must be on a level Surge Tank surface when checking the coolant level. { WARNING Check to see if coolant is visible in You can be burned if you spill the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. inside the coolant surge tank is Coolant contains ethylene glycol boiling, do not do anything else until and it will burn if the engine parts it cools down. If coolant is visible are hot enough. Do not spill but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark, add a coolant on a hot engine. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable The coolant surge tank is located in water and DEX-COOL coolant at the Notice: This vehicle has a coolant surge tank, but be sure the the engine compartment on the specific coolant fill procedure. passenger side of the vehicle. See cooling system is cool before this Failure to follow this procedure Engine Compartment Overview on is done. could cause the engine to page 10 6 for more information on ‑ overheat and be severely location. damaged. The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark. If it is { WARNING not, the vehicle may have a leak in the cooling system. An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

If no coolant is visible in the surge 2. Keep turning the pressure cap { WARNING tank, add coolant as follows: slowly and remove it. Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly. They are under pressure, and if you turn the surge tank pressure cap — even a little — they can come out at high speed. Never 1. Remove the coolant surge tank turn the cap when the cooling pressure cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank system, including the coolant pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the surge tank pressure cap and cooling system and surge tank upper radiator hose, is no pressure cap to cool if you ever longer hot. have to turn the pressure cap. Turn the pressure cap slowly 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with counterclockwise about one full the proper mixture to the FULL turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for COLD mark. that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

5. Replace the pressure cap. Be In addition, ENGINE OVERHEATED sure the pressure cap is STOP ENGINE, ENGINE hand-tight and fully seated. OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and 6. Verify coolant level after engine a ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED is shut off and the coolant is message comes on in the Driver cold. If necessary, repeat coolant Information Center (DIC) on the fill procedure Steps 1 through 6. instrument panel. See Engine Cooling System Messages on Notice: If the pressure cap is not page 5‑37 and Engine Power tightly installed, coolant loss and Messages on page 5‑38. possible engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly If the decision is made not to lift the and tightly secured. hood when this warning appears, 4. With the coolant surge tank but instead get service help right pressure cap off, start the Engine Overheating away. See Roadside Assistance engine and let it run until the Program (U.S. and Canada) on upper radiator hose can be felt The vehicle has several indicators page 13‑8 or Roadside Assistance getting hot. Watch out for the to warn of engine overheating. Program (Mexico) on page 13‑10. engine cooling fan. There is a coolant temperature If the decision is made to lift the By this time, the coolant level gauge on your vehicle's instrument hood, make sure the vehicle is inside the coolant surge tank panel. See Engine Coolant parked on a level surface. may be lower. If the level is Temperature Gauge on page 5‑14. Then check to see if the engine lower, add more of the proper cooling fans are running. If the mixture to the coolant surge tank engine is overheating, both fans until the level reaches the FULL should be running. If they are not, COLD mark. do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Notice: Engine damage from If Steam Is Coming from the running the engine without Engine Compartment WARNING (Continued) coolant is not covered by the If you keep driving when the vehicle warranty. See Overheated { WARNING Engine Protection Operating vehicles engine is overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You Mode on page 10‑24 for Steam from an overheated engine or others could be badly burned. information on driving to a safe can burn you badly, even if you Stop the engine if it overheats, place in an emergency. just open the hood. Stay away and get out of the vehicle until the Notice: If the engine catches fire from the engine if you see or hear engine is cool. while driving with no coolant, the steam coming from it. Turn it off vehicle can be badly damaged. and get everyone away from the See Overheated Engine The costly repairs would not be vehicle until it cools down. Wait Protection Operating Mode on covered by the vehicle warranty. until there is no sign of steam or page 10‑24 for information on See Overheated Engine coolant before you open driving to a safe place in an Protection Operating Mode on the hood. emergency. page 10‑24 for information on driving to a safe place in an (Continued) emergency. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

If No Steam Is Coming from If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the the Engine Compartment with no sign of steam: engine for three minutes while 1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still The ENGINE OVERHEATED displayed, turn off the engine until it STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE 2. Turn the heater on to the highest cools down. Also, see “Overheated OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE temperature and to the highest Engine Protection Operating Mode” message, along with a low coolant fan speed. Open the windows as later in this section. condition, can indicate a serious necessary. problem. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Overheated Engine If an engine overheat warning is idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. Protection displayed but no steam can be seen If it is safe to do so, pull off the or heard, the problem may not be road, shift to P (Park) or Operating Mode too serious. Sometimes the engine N (Neutral) and let the If an overheated engine condition can get a little too hot when the engine idle. exists and the ENGINE POWER IS vehicle: If the temperature overheat gauge REDUCED message is displayed, . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders . Stops after high-speed driving. an overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. helps prevent engine damage. In . Idles for long periods in traffic. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly this mode, a loss in power and engine performance will be noticed. . Tows a trailer. See Trailer for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe This operating mode allows the Towing on page 9‑75. vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come vehicle to be driven to a safe place back on, continue to drive normally. in an emergency. Driving extended distances and/or towing a trailer in If the warning continues, pull over, the overheat protection mode stop, and park the vehicle should be avoided. right away. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Notice: After driving in the Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering overheated engine protection Fluid operating mode, to avoid engine damage, allow the engine to cool To check the power steering fluid: before attempting any repair. 1. Turn the key off and let the The engine oil will be severely engine compartment cool down. degraded. Repair the cause of 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the coolant loss, change the oil and reservoir clean. reset the oil life system. See See Engine Compartment Overview Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. dipstick with a clean rag. Engine Fan When to Check Power Steering 4. Replace the cap and completely The vehicle has electric cooling Fluid tighten it. fans. The fans spinning at low It is not necessary to regularly 5. Remove the cap again and look speed during most everyday driving check power steering fluid unless at the fluid level on the dipstick. might be heard. The fans can turn there is a leak suspected in the The level should be at the FULL off if no cooling is required. Under system or an unusual noise is COLD mark. If necessary, add only heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, heard. A fluid loss in this system enough fluid to bring the level up to and/or high outside temperatures, could indicate a problem. Have the the mark. or if operating the air conditioning system inspected and repaired. system, the fans can change to high speed and an increase in fan noise might be heard. This is normal and indicates that the cooling system is functioning properly. The fans change to low speed when additional cooling is no longer required. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

What to Use Adding Washer Fluid Notice To determine what kind of fluid to The vehicle has a low washer fluid . When using concentrated use, see Recommended Fluids and message on the DIC that comes on washer fluid, follow the Lubricants on page 11‑7. Always when the washer fluid is low. The manufacturer's instructions use the proper fluid. message is displayed for for adding water. Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid 15 seconds at the start of each . Do not mix water with may damage the vehicle and the ignition cycle. When the WASHER ready-to-use washer fluid. damages may not be covered by FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message Water can cause the solution the vehicle's warranty. Always displays, washer fluid will need to to freeze and damage the use the correct fluid listed in be added to the windshield washer washer fluid tank and other Recommended Fluids and fluid reservoir. parts of the washer system. Lubricants on page 11‑7. Also, water does not clean as well as washer fluid. Washer Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is What to Use very cold. This allows for When windshield washer fluid needs fluid expansion if freezing to be added, be sure to read the occurs, which could damage manufacturer's instructions before Open the cap with the washer the tank if it is use. Use a fluid that has sufficient symbol on it. Add washer fluid until completely full. protection against freezing in an the tank is full. See Engine . Do not use engine coolant area where the temperature may fall Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. (antifreeze) in the windshield below freezing. washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Replacing Brake System Parts are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed specifications in Capacities and { WARNING and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. not work well. That could lead to If this is not done, the brakes might Brake Pedal Travel a crash. When the brake wear not work properly. For example, warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be braking performance expected can worn-out brake pads could result required. change in many other ways if the in costly brake repair. wrong replacement brake parts are installed. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause { WARNING a low fluid level. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed, since a If too much brake fluid is added, it leak means that sooner or later can spill on the engine and burn, the brakes will not work well. if the engine is hot enough. You Do not top off the brake fluid. or others could be burned, and Adding fluid does not correct a leak. the vehicle could be damaged. If fluid is added when the linings are Add brake fluid only when work is The brake master cylinder reservoir worn, there will be too much fluid done on the brake hydraulic is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See when new brake linings are system. See “Checking Brake Engine Compartment Overview on installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Fluid” in this section. page 10 6 for the location of the ‑ as necessary, only when work is reservoir. done on the brake hydraulic system. When the brake fluid falls to a low There are only two reasons why the level, the brake warning light comes brake fluid level in the reservoir on. See Brake System Warning might go down: Light on page 5‑21. . The brake fluid level goes down Refer to the Maintenance Schedule because of normal brake lining to determine when to check the wear. When new linings are brake fluid. See Scheduled installed, the fluid level goes Maintenance on page 11‑3. back up. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Checking Brake Fluid What to Add Notice Check brake fluid by looking at the Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid . Using the wrong fluid can brake fluid reservoir. See Engine from a sealed container. See badly damage brake Compartment Overview on Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. For page 10‑6. Lubricants on page 11‑7. example, just a few drops of Always clean the brake fluid mineral-based oil, such as reservoir cap and the area around engine oil, in the brake the cap before removing it. This hydraulic system can helps keep dirt from entering the damage brake hydraulic reservoir. system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced. Do not let someone put in { WARNING the wrong kind of fluid. With the wrong kind of fluid in the . If brake fluid is spilled on the brake hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces, brakes might not work well. This the paint finish can be could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Be careful not to the proper brake fluid. spill brake fluid on the The fluid level should be above vehicle. If you do, wash it off MIN. If it is not, have the brake immediately. hydraulic system checked to see if there is a leak. After work is done on the brake hydraulic system, make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

Battery How to Check Lubricant WARNING (Continued) Refer to the replacement number shown on the original battery label page 10‑86 for tips on working when a new battery is needed. See around a battery without Engine Compartment Overview on getting hurt. page 10‑6 for battery location. Infrequent Usage: Remove the { DANGER black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from Battery posts, terminals, and running down. related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals Extended Storage: Remove the known to the State of California to black, negative (−) cable from the cause cancer and reproductive battery or use a battery trickle Active Transfer Case charger. harm. Wash hands after handling. A. Fill Plug Four-Wheel Drive B. Drain Plug Vehicle Storage Transfer Case To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level { WARNING When to Check Lubricant surface. Batteries have acid that can burn Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on If the level is below the bottom of you and gas that can explode. page 11‑3 to determine when to the fill plug hole, some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough You can be badly hurt if you are check the lubricant. lubricant to raise the level to the not careful. See Jump Starting on bottom of the fill plug hole. Use care (Continued) not to overtighten the plug. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

When to Change Lubricant What to Use Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on Refer to Recommended Fluids and page 11‑3 to determine how often to Lubricants on page 11‑7 to change the lubricant. determine what kind of lubricant to use. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Rear Axle Lubricants on page 11‑7 to determine what kind of lubricant When to Check Lubricant to use. It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you Front Axle suspect there is a leak or you hear A. Fill Plug When to Check and Change an unusual noise. A fluid loss could Lubricant B. Drain Plug indicate a problem. Have it . inspected and repaired. It is not necessary to regularly When the differential is cold, add check front axle fluid unless there is enough lubricant to raise the All axle assemblies are filled by a leak suspected or an unusual level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm volume of fluid during production. noise is heard. A fluid loss could (1/8 in) below the fill plug hole. They are not filled to reach a certain level. When checking the fluid level indicate a problem. Have it . When the differential is at inspected and repaired. operating temperature (warm), on any axle, variations in the add enough lubricant to raise the readings can be caused by factory How to Check Lubricant level to the bottom of the fill fill differences between the minimum To get an accurate reading, the plug hole. and the maximum fluid volume. vehicle should be on a level surface. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Also, if a vehicle has just been How to Check Lubricant The proper level is from 1.0 mm to driven before checking the fluid 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.75 in) below level, it may appear lower than the bottom of the filler plug hole, normal because fluid has traveled located on the rear axle. Add only out along the axle tubes and has enough fluid to reach the proper not drained back to the sump area. level. Therefore, a reading taken five minutes after the vehicle has What to Use been driven will appear to have a Refer to Recommended Fluids and lower fluid level than a vehicle that Lubricants on page 11‑7 to has been stationary for an hour or determine what kind of lubricant two. Remember that the rear axle to use. assembly must be supported to get a true reading. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level surface. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Starter Switch Check 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. gear. The vehicle should start See Parking Brake on only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9 51. { WARNING ‑ If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular When you are doing this position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. inspection, the vehicle could begins to move. move suddenly. If the vehicle Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the moves, you or others could be ignition on, but do not start the injured. Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the Function Check regular brake, try to move the 1. Before starting this check, be shift lever out of P (Park) with sure there is enough room { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever around the vehicle. moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this your dealer for service. 2. Firmly apply both the parking inspection, the vehicle could brake and the regular brake. move suddenly. If the vehicle See Parking Brake on moves, you or others could be page 9‑51. injured. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it 1. Before starting this check, be starts. sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Ignition Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Lock Check Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, set While parked, and with the parking the parking brake. { WARNING brake set, try to turn the ignition to . To check the parking brake's LOCK/OFF in each shift lever holding ability: With the engine position. When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. running and the transmission in . The ignition should turn to You or others could be injured N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake LOCK/OFF only when the shift and property could be damaged. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is lever is in P (Park). Make sure there is room in front held by the parking brake only. . The ignition key should come of the vehicle in case it begins to out only in LOCK/OFF. roll. Be ready to apply the regular . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Contact your dealer if service is brake at once should the vehicle With the engine running, shift to required. begin to move. P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

Wiper Blade Replacement Headlamp Aiming Windshield wiper blades should be The vehicle has a visual optical inspected for wear or cracking. See headlamp aiming system. The aim Scheduled Maintenance on of the headlamps has been preset page 11‑3. at the factory and should need no Replacement blades come in further adjustment. 3. Install the new blade onto the different types and are removed in arm connector and make sure However, if the vehicle is damaged different ways. the grooved areas are fully set in in a crash, the aim of the headlamps To replace the wiper blade the locked position. may be affected and adjustment assembly: may be necessary. For the proper type and size, see 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm Maintenance Replacement Parts on If oncoming vehicles flash their high connector away from the page 11‑9. beams at you, this may mean the windshield. vertical aim of the headlamps needs Glass Replacement to be adjusted. It is recommended that the vehicle If the windshield or front side glass be taken to your dealer for service if must be replaced, see your dealer the headlamps need to be adjusted. to determine the correct It is possible, however, to re-aim the replacement glass. headlamps as described.

2. Squeeze the grooved areas on each side of the blade, and rotate the blade assembly away from the arm connector. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

The vehicle should: Headlamp aiming is done with the 3. Record the distance from the vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The ground to the aim dot on the . Be placed so the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) from a high-beam headlamps will be low‐beam headlamp. correctly aimed if the low-beam light‐colored wall. headlamps are aimed properly. . Have all four tires on a level surface which is level all the way To adjust the vertical aim: to the wall. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10 5 . Be placed so it is perpendicular ‑ to the wall. . Not have any snow, ice, or mud on it. . Be fully assembled and all other 4. At a wall, measure from the work stopped while headlamp ground upward (A) to the aiming is being performed. recorded distance from . Be loaded with a full tank of fuel Step 3 and mark it. and one person or 75 kg 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) (160 lbs) sitting on the on the wall the width of the driver seat. vehicle at the height of the mark . Have the tires properly inflated. in Step 4. . Have the spare tire in its proper 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of location in the vehicle. the low‐beam headlamp. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Notice: Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut-off when aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up which may cause damage to the headlamp. 6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being 9. Make sure that the light from the adjusted. This allows only the headlamp is positioned at the beam of light from the headlamp bottom edge of the horizontal being adjusted to be seen on the 7. Locate the vertical headlamp tape line. The lamp on the flat surface. aiming screws, which are under left (A) shows the correct the hood near each headlamp headlamp aim. The lamp on the assembly. right (B) shows the incorrect headlamp aim. The adjustment screw can be turned with an E8 Torx® socket. 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp. 8. Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these bulbs, do the following: For the proper type of replacement Sidemarker, Stoplamps, 1. Open the tailgate. See Tailgate bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on and Back-Up Lamps on page 2 16 for more page 10 39. ‑ ‑ information. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions A. Stoplamp/Turn Signal/Taillamp on the bulb package. B. Back-up Lamp 2. Remove the two screws from the C. Stoplamp/Turn Signal/Taillamp taillamp assembly. D. Sidemarker Lamp 3. Pull the taillamp assembly rearward until you disengage the outer pins on the taillamp assembly from the vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

4. Turn the bulb socket License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs counterclockwise to remove it Bulb from the taillamp assembly. To replace one of these bulbs: Exterior Lamp Number 5. Pull the old bulb straight out from the bulb socket. Back-up Lamp 7441 License 6. Press a new bulb into the bulb 168 socket and insert the bulb socket Plate Lamp into the taillamp assembly. Turn Rear Turn Signal the bulb socket clockwise into Lamp, Taillamp, 3057K the taillamp assembly until it 1. Reach under the rear bumper for and Stoplamp clicks. the bulb socket. Turn the bulb Sidemarker Lamp 194LL 7. Reinstall the taillamp assembly socket counterclockwise and pull making sure to line up the pins the bulb socket out of the lamp For replacement bulbs not listed with the vehicle. assembly. here, contact your dealer. 2. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket. 3. Install the new bulb into the socket. 4. Reinstall the bulb socket by turning it clockwise into the lamp assembly. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Electrical System Replace a bad fuse with a new one Windshield Wipers of the identical size and rating. If the wiper motor overheats due to Electrical System If there is a problem on the road and heavy snow or ice, the windshield Overload a fuse needs to be replaced, the wipers will stop until the motor cools same amperage fuse can be and will then restart. The vehicle has fuses and circuit borrowed. Choose some feature of Although the circuit is protected breakers to protect against an the vehicle that is not needed to use from electrical overload, overload electrical system overload. and replace it as soon as possible. due to heavy snow or ice may When the current electrical load is Headlamp Wiring cause wiper linkage damage. too heavy, the circuit breaker opens Always clear ice and heavy snow and closes, protecting the circuit An electrical overload may cause from the windshield before using the until the current load returns to the lamps to go on and off, or in windshield wipers. normal or the problem is fixed. This some cases to remain off. Have the If the overload is caused by an greatly reduces the chance of circuit headlamp wiring checked right away electrical problem and not snow or overload and fire caused by if the lamps go on and off or ice, be sure to get it fixed. electrical problems. remain off. Fuses and circuit breakers protect the following in the vehicle: . Headlamp Wiring . Windshield Wiper Motor . Power Windows and Other Power Accessories Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the Breakers Fuse Block vehicle may damage it. Always The wiring circuits in the vehicle are keep the covers on any electrical protected from short circuits by a component. combination of fuses, circuit To remove fuses, hold the end of breakers, and fusible thermal links. the fuse between your thumb and This greatly reduces the chance of index finger and pull straight out. fires caused by electrical problems. Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken The Engine Compartment Fuse or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure Block is located in the engine you replace a bad fuse with a new compartment, on the driver side of one of the identical size and rating. the vehicle. Lift the cover for access to the fuse/relay block. Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as you can. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Antilock Brakes Air Conditioning features shown. 9 17 Fuses Usage System 2 Compressor Trailer Back-up 18 Oxygen Sensors Right Trailer Stop/ 10 1 Lamps Turn Lamp Transmission 19 Electronic Stability Driver Side Controls (Ignition) 11 Low-Beam Suspension 20 Fuel Pump 2 Control, Automatic Headlamp Fuel System Level Control Engine Control 21 12 Control Module Exhaust Module (Battery) 22 Headlamp Washer Left Trailer Stop/ Fuel Injectors, 3 Turn Lamp 13 Ignition Coils Rear Windshield 23 Washer 4 Engine Controls (Right Side) Fuel Injectors, Engine Control Transmission 24 Ignition Coils 5 Module, Throttle 14 Control Module (Left Side) Control (Battery) Vehicle Back-up 25 Trailer Park Lamps Trailer Brake 15 6 Lamps Controller Driver Side Park 26 Lamps 7 Front Washer Passenger Side 16 Low-Beam Passenger Side 8 Oxygen Sensors Headlamp 27 Park Lamps Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 28 Fog Lamps 36 Windshield Wiper Instrument Panel 46 Cluster 29 Horn SEO B2 Upfitter 37 Usage (Battery) 47 Not Used Passenger Side 30 High-Beam Electric Adjustable Auxiliary Climate 38 48 Headlamp Pedals Control (Ignition) Daytime Running Climate Controls Center 39 31 Lamps (DRL) (Battery) 49 High-Mounted (If Equipped) Stoplamp (CHMSL) Airbag System 40 Driver Side (Ignition) 50 Rear Defogger 32 High-Beam 41 Amplifier 51 Heated Mirrors Headlamp 42 Audio System SEO B1 Upfitter Daytime Running 52 Usage (Battery) 33 Lamps 2 Miscellaneous (If Equipped) 43 (Ignition), Cruise Cigarette Lighter, Control 53 Auxiliary Power 34 Sunroof Outlet 44 Liftgate Release Key Ignition Automatic Level 35 System, Theft Airbag System 45 54 Control Deterrent System (Battery) Compressor Relay Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

Fuses Usage J-Case Usage Relays Usage Fuses Climate Controls Cooling Fan High 55 FAN HI (Ignition) Stud 2 (Trailer Speed 63 Brakes) Engine Control Cooling Fan Low FAN LO Module, Secondary Left Bussed Speed 56 64 Fuel Pump Electrical Center 1 Cooling Fan (Ignition) FAN CNTRL Electric Running Control 65 Boards J-Case Usage HDLP Low-Beam Heated Windshield LO/HID Headlamp Fuses 66 Washer System 57 Cooling Fan 1 FOG LAMP Front Fog Lamps 67 Transfer Case Automatic Level A/C Air Conditioning 58 Control Stud 1 (Trailer CMPRSR Compressor 68 Connector Battery Compressor STRTR Starter Power) Heavy Duty PWR/TRN Powertrain Mid-Bussed 59 Antilock Brake 69 FUEL PMP Fuel Pump System Electrical Center 1 Climate Control PRK LAMP Parking Lamps 60 Cooling Fan 2 70 Blower REAR Antilock Brake Rear Defogger 61 Power Liftgate DEFOG System 1 71 Module RUN/CRNK Switched Power 62 Starter Left Bussed 72 Electrical Center 2 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The instrument panel fuse block access door is located on the driver side edge of the instrument panel. The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Pull off the cover to access the fuse with all of the fuses, relays, and Steering Wheel block. features shown. 3 Controls Backlight Fuses Usage 4 Driver Door Module 1 Rear Seats Dome Lamps, Driver Rear Accessory 5 2 Side Turn Signal Power Outlet Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Driver Side Turn Body Control Driver Seat Module, 6 15 Signal, Stoplamp Module (BCM) 25 Remote Keyless Entry System Instrument Panel Accessory Power 7 16 Back Lighting Outlets Driver Power Door 26 Lock (Unlock Feature) Passenger Side Turn 17 Interior Lamps 8 Signal, Stoplamp Power Door Lock 1 18 Circuit Passenger Door (Unlock Feature) Usage 9 Breaker Module, Driver Unlock Rear Seat 19 Driver Side Power Power Door Lock 2 Entertainment 10 LT DR Window Circuit (Unlock Feature) Ultrasonic Rear Breaker Power Door Lock 2 20 Parking Assist, Power 11 (Lock Feature) Liftgate Harness Stoplamps, Center Power Door Lock 1 Connector Usage 21 12 High‐ Mounted (Lock Feature) Driver Door Stoplamp Driver Information LT DR Harness 22 13 Rear Climate Controls Center (DIC) Connection 14 Power Mirror 23 Rear Wiper BODY Harness Connector 24 Cooled Seats BODY Harness Connector Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Center Instrument Panel Fuse Harness Circuit Block Connector Usage Breaker Usage The center instrument panel fuse Body Harness Passenger Side BODY 2 block is located underneath the Connector 2 CB1 Power Window Circuit instrument panel, to the left of the Breaker Body Harness steering column. BODY 1 Connector 1 Passenger Seat CB2 Top View Circuit Breaker Body Harness BODY 3 Connector 3 Driver Seat Circuit CB3 Breaker HEADLINER Headliner Harness 3 Connector 3 CB4 Rear Sliding Window HEADLINER Headliner Harness 2 Connector 2 HEADLINER Headliner Harness 1 Connector 1 Special Equipment SEO/ Option Upfitter UPFITTER Harness Connector Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair, leading tire manufacturer. See Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure information regarding the tire . Do not spin the tires in warranty and where to get should be checked when the excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) service. For additional tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such as information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at 20 Inch Tires . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. ‐ improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a If the vehicle has 20‐inch P275/ dangerous. crash. If the tread is badly 55R20 size tires, they are . Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. classified as touring tires and are designed for on road use. cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts The low‐profile, wide tread could be a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc. design is not recommended for serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) off‐road driving. See Off-Road Load Limits on page 9‑23. Driving on page 9‑7, for (Continued) additional information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the vehicle has Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the low‐profile tires, they are more “Tire Size” illustration later in this susceptible to damage from Useful information about a tire is section for more detail. road hazards or curb impact molded into the sidewall. The examples show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire than standard profile tires. Performance Criteria Tire and/or wheel assembly passenger and light truck tire sidewall. Specification): Original damage can occur when equipment tires designed to coming into contact with road GM's specific tire performance hazards like, potholes, criteria have a TPC specification or sharp edged objects, code molded onto the sidewall. or when sliding into a curb. GM's TPC specifications meet or The warranty does not cover exceed all federal safety this type of damage. Keep guidelines. tires set to the correct inflation pressure and, when (C) DOT (Department of possible, avoid contact with Transportation): The curbs, potholes, and other Department of Transportation road hazards. (DOT) code indicates that the Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of (A) Tire Size: The tire size Transportation Motor Vehicle code is a combination of letters Safety Standards. and numbers used to define a particular tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

(D) Tire Identification Number (G) Maximum Cold Inflation aspect ratio, construction type, (TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load and service description. See the following the DOT code are that can be carried and the “Tire Size” illustration later in this the Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed section for more detail. (TIN). The TIN shows the to support that load. For (B) TPC Spec (Tire manufacturer and plant code, information on recommended Performance Criteria tire size, and date the tire was tire pressure see Tire Pressure Specification): Original manufactured. The TIN is on page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load equipment tires designed to molded onto both sides of the Limits on page 9‑23. GM's specific tire performance tire, although only one side may criteria have a TPC specification have the date of manufacture. code molded onto the sidewall. (E) Tire Ply Material: The type GM's TPC specifications meet or of cord and number of plies in exceed all federal safety the sidewall and under the tread. guidelines. (F) Uniform Tire Quality (C) Dual Tire Maximum Load: Grading (UTQG): Tire Maximum load that can be manufacturers are required to carried and the maximum grade tires based on three pressure needed to support that performance factors: treadwear, load when used in a dual traction, and temperature configuration. For information on resistance. For more Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire recommended tire pressure see information, see Uniform Tire (A) Tire Size: The tire size Tire Pressure on page 10‑56 Quality Grading on page 10‑66. code is a combination of letters andVehicle Load Limits on and numbers used to define a page 9‑23. particular tire's width, height, Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

(D) DOT (Department of pressure needed to support that vehicle tire engineered to Transportation): The load when used as a single. For standards set by the U.S. Tire Department of Transportation information on recommended and Rim Association. (DOT) code indicates that tire pressure see Tire Pressure (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit the tire is in compliance with on page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load number indicates the tire section the U.S. Department of Limits on page 9‑23. width in millimeters from Transportation Motor Vehicle sidewall to sidewall. Safety Standards. Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit (E) Tire Identification Number Tire Size number that indicates the tire (TIN): The letters and numbers The examples show a typical height‐to‐width measurements. following the DOT code are passenger vehicle and light For example, if the tire size the Tire Identification Number truck tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in (TIN). The TIN shows the item C of the tire illustration, it manufacturer and plant code, would mean that the tire's tire size, and date the tire was sidewall is 75 percent as high as manufactured. The TIN is it is wide. molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may (D) Construction Code: A have the date of manufacture. letter code is used to indicate Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in (F) Tire Ply Material: The type (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: the tire. The letter R means of cord and number of plies in radial ply construction; the the sidewall and under the tread. The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter D means diagonal or bias (G) Single Tire Maximum letter P as the first character in ply construction; and the letter B Load: Maximum load that can the tire size means a passenger means belted‐bias ply be carried and the maximum construction. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the wheel in inches. number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches. (F) Service Description: These width in millimeters from (F) Load Range : Load Range. sidewall to sidewall. characters represent the load (G) Service Description: The index and speed rating of the (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit service description indicates the tire. The load index represents number that indicates the tire load index and speed rating of a the load carrying capacity a tire height‐to‐width measurements. tire. If two numbers are given as is certified to carry. The speed For example, if the tire size in the example, 120/116, then rating is the maximum speed a aspect ratio is 75, as shown in this represents the load index for tire is certified to carry a load. item C of the light truck single versus dual wheel usage (LT‐Metric) tire illustration, it (single/dual). The speed rating is would mean that the tire's the maximum speed a tire is sidewall is 75 percent as high as certified to carry a load. it is wide. (D) Construction Code: A Tire Terminology and letter code is used to indicate Definitions Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in (A) Light Truck (LT Metric) the tire. The letter R means Air Pressure: The amount of ‐ air inside the tire pressing Tire: The United States version radial ply construction; the of a metric tire sizing system. letter D means diagonal or bias outward on each square inch The letters LT as the first two ply construction; and the letter B of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) characters in the tire size means means belted‐bias ply a light truck tire engineered to construction. or psi (pounds per square inch). standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

Accessory Weight: The Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, combined weight of optional amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and accessories. Some examples of measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. optional accessories are or psi (pounds per square inch) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits steering, power brakes, power from driving. See Tire Pressure on page 9‑23. windows, power seats, and air on page 10‑56. conditioning. GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Curb Weight: The weight of a Rating for the front axle. See Aspect Ratio: The relationship motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits on of a tire's height to its width. optional equipment including the page 9‑23. maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Belt: A rubber coated layer of GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight cords that is located between and coolant, but without passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See the plies and the tread. Cords Vehicle Load Limits on may be made from steel or other DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑23. reinforcing materials. into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in Intended Outboard Sidewall: Bead: The tire bead contains The side of an asymmetrical tire, steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation that must always face outward cords that hold the tire onto when mounted on a vehicle. the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code Kilopascal (kPa): The metric Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire includes the Tire Identification unit for air pressure. in which the plies are laid at Number (TIN), an alphanumeric alternate angles less than designator which can also Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A 90 degrees to the centerline of tire used on light duty trucks and the tread. some multipurpose passenger vehicles. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Load Index: An assigned Occupant Distribution: Pressure on page 9‑23 number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. andVehicle Load Limits on that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The page 9‑23. carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces tire in which the ply cords that The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a extend to the beads are laid at which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears the tread. molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears Rim: A metal support for a tire Maximum Load Rating: The manufacturer, brand, and/or and upon which the tire beads load rating for a tire at the model name molding that is are seated. higher or deeper than the same maximum permissible inflation Sidewall: The portion of a tire pressure for that tire. moldings on the other sidewall of the tire. between the tread and the bead. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Speed Rating: An Weight: The sum of curb Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used on passenger cars and alphanumeric code assigned to weight, accessory weight, a tire indicating the maximum vehicle capacity weight, and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. speed at which a tire can production options weight. operate. Recommended Inflation Normal Occupant Weight: The Traction: The friction between number of occupants a vehicle Pressure: Vehicle manufacturer's recommended the tire and the road surface. is designed to seat multiplied by The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Load Limits on page 9‑23. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Tread: The portion of a tire that Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Tire Pressure comes into contact with number of designated seating the road. positions multiplied by Tires need the correct amount of 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated air pressure to operate Treadwear Indicators: Narrow effectively. bands, sometimes called wear cargo load. See Vehicle Load bars, that show across the tread Limits on page 9‑23. Notice: Neither tire of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the underinflation nor overinflation is good. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, on page 10‑63. weight, occupant weight, and can result in: UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality cargo weight. . Tire overloading and Grading Standards): Vehicle Placard: A label A tire information system that permanently attached to a over-heating which could provides consumers with vehicle showing the vehicle lead to a blowout. ratings for a tire's traction, capacity weight and the original . Premature or temperature, and treadwear. equipment tire size and irregular wear. Ratings are determined by recommended inflation pressure. . Poor handling. tire manufacturers using See “Tire and Loading government testing procedures. Information Label” under Vehicle . Reduced fuel economy. The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 9‑23. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 10‑66. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

Overinflated tires, or tires that vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the have too much air, can comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire result in: with more weight than it was gauge firmly onto the valve to designed to carry. get a pressure measurement. . Unusual wear. If the cold tire inflation pressure When to Check . Poor handling. matches the recommended . Rough ride. Check the tires once a month pressure on the Tire and or more. Loading Information label, no . Needless damage from further adjustment is necessary. road hazards. Do not forget the spare tire, if the vehicle has one. If the inflation pressure is low, The Tire and Loading SeeFull-Size Spare Tire on add air until the recommended Information label on the vehicle page 10‑86 for additional pressure is reached. If the indicates the original equipment information. inflation pressure is high, press tires and the correct cold tire on the metal stem in the center inflation pressures. The How to Check of the tire valve to release air. recommended pressure is the Use a good quality pocket-type Re-check the tire pressure with minimum air pressure needed to gauge to check tire pressure. the tire gauge. support the vehicle's maximum Proper tire inflation cannot be load carrying capacity. determined by looking at the tire. Return the valve caps on the Check the tire inflation pressure valve stems to prevent leaks For additional information and keep out dirt and moisture. regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold, meaning vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no Information label, see Vehicle more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Load Limits on page 9‑23. How the vehicle is loaded affects Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is System more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start‐ups as transmit tire pressure readings to a long as the malfunction exists. significantly under‐inflated tire receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Each tire, including the spare lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be (if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of reasons, including the installation vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction tire inflation pressure label, you telltale after replacing one or more pressure, even if under‐inflation has should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. TPMS to continue to function vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been properly. tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑59 for additional information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Federal Communications displays, see Driver Information Commission (FCC) and Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 and Tire Industry Canada Messages on page 5‑41. See Radio Frequency Statement on The low tire pressure warning light page 13‑19 for information may come on in cool weather when regarding Part 15 of the Federal the vehicle is first started, and then Communications Commission (FCC) When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This rules and Industry Canada is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the Standards RSS-210/220/310. the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. Tire Pressure Monitor as soon as possible and inflate the A Tire and Loading Information label Operation tires to the recommended pressure shows the size of the original shown on the Tire and Loading This vehicle may have a Tire equipment tires and the correct Information label. See Vehicle Load Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). inflation pressure for the tires when Limits on page 9 23. The TPMS is designed to warn the ‑ they are cold. See Vehicle Load driver when a low tire pressure A message to check the pressure in Limits on page 9‑23, for an example condition exists. TPMS sensors are a specific tire displays in the Driver of the Tire and Loading Information mounted onto each tire and wheel Information Center (DIC). The low label and its location. Also see Tire assembly, excluding the spare tire tire pressure warning light and the Pressure on page 10‑56. and wheel assembly. The TPMS DIC warning message come on at sensors monitor the air pressure in each ignition cycle until the tires are the tires and transmit the tire inflated to the correct inflation pressure readings to a receiver pressure. Using the DIC, tire located in the vehicle. pressure levels can be viewed. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

The TPMS can warn about a TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching low tire pressure condition but it Message process was not done or not does not replace normal tire completed successfully after maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The if one or more of the TPMS sensors on page 10‑62, Tire Rotation on malfunction light and the DIC are missing or inoperable. When the page 10‑62, and Tires on message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the page 10‑49. successfully completing the low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See Notice: Tire sealant materials are flashes for about one minute and “TPMS Sensor Matching not all the same. A non-approved then stays on for the remainder of Process” later in this section. tire sealant could damage the the ignition cycle. A DIC warning . TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor message also displays. The One or more TPMS sensors are damage caused by using an malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The incorrect tire sealant is not message come on at each ignition malfunction light and the DIC covered by the vehicle warranty. cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Always use only the Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and GM-approved tire sealant cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is available through your dealer or performed successfully. See included in the vehicle. . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. replaced with the spare tire. The . spare tire does not have a Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels should go off after the road tire other than those recommended is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying New Tires on page 10 64. successfully. See “TPMS Sensor ‑ Matching Process” later in this section. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

. Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 4. Start with the driver side being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, front tire. wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger 5. Place the relearn tool against TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. sensors to malfunction. the tire sidewall, near the valve See your dealer for service or to stem. Then press the button to If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. activate the TPMS sensor. properly, it cannot detect or signal a There are two minutes to match A horn chirp confirms that the low tire condition. See your dealer the first tire/wheel position, and sensor identification code has for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all four been matched to this tire and light and DIC message come on tire/wheel positions. If it takes wheel position. and stay on. longer, the matching process stops 6. Proceed to the passenger side TPMS Sensor Matching and must be restarted. front tire, and repeat the Process The TPMS sensor matching procedure in Step 5. process is: Each TPMS sensor has a unique 7. Proceed to the passenger side identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. rear tire, and repeat the code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with procedure in Step 5. tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off. 8. Proceed to the driver side rear vehicle’s tires or replacing one or 3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry tire, and repeat the procedure in more of the TPMS sensors. Also, Step 5. The horn sounds the TPMS sensor matching process (RKE) transmitter's Q and " buttons at the same time for two times to indicate the sensor should be performed after replacing identification code has been a spare tire with a road tire approximately five seconds. The horn sounds twice to signal the matched to the driver side rear containing the TPMS sensor. The tire, and the TPMS sensor malfunction light and the DIC receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE matching process is no longer message should go off at the next active. The TIRE LEARNING ignition cycle. The sensors are message displays on the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC matched to the tire/wheel positions, display screen goes off. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, When It Is Time for New Tires 10. Set all four tires to the or split. on page 10‑68 and Wheel recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, Replacement on page 10‑68. level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of the size or location of the Tire Inspection damage. GM recommends that the tires, including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 miles). See least once a month. Scheduled Maintenance on Replace the tire if: page 11‑3. . The indicators at three or The purpose of a regular tire more places around the tire rotation is to achieve a uniform When rotating the vehicle's tires, can be seen. wear for all tires on the vehicle. always use the correct rotation This will ensure that the vehicle . There is cord or fabric pattern shown here. continues to perform most like it showing through the tire's did when the tires were new. Do not include the spare tire in rubber. the tire rotation. Any time you notice unusual . The tread or sidewall is wear, rotate the tires as soon as cracked, cut, or snagged possible and check wheel deep enough to show cord or alignment. Also check for fabric. damaged tires or wheels. See Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

After the tires have been When It Is Time for New { WARNING rotated, adjust the front and rear Tires inflation pressures as shown on Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the the Tire and Loading Information Factors, such as maintenance, parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds, label. See Tire Pressure on make wheel nuts become loose page 10 56 and Vehicle Load vehicle loading, and road conditions ‑ after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. Limits on page 9‑23. off and cause an accident. When Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor changing a wheel, remove any System. See Tire Pressure rust or dirt from places where the Monitor Operation on wheel attaches to the vehicle. In page 10 59. an emergency, use a cloth or a ‑ paper towel to do this; but be sure Make certain that all wheel nuts to use a scraper or wire brush are properly tightened. See later, if needed, to get all the rust “Wheel Nut Torque” under or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat Capacities and Specifications on on page 10‑70. page 12‑2. Lightly coat the center of the wheel hub with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or Treadwear indicators are one way to tire rotation to prevent corrosion tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when or rust build-up. Do not get the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) grease on the flat wheel or less of tread remaining. Some mounting surface or on the commercial truck tires may not have wheel nuts or bolts. treadwear indicators. See Tire Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

Inspection on page 10‑62 and Tire Parking for an extended period can GM's exclusive TPC Spec system Rotation on page 10‑62 for cause flat spots on the tires that considers over a dozen critical additional information. may result in vibrations while specifications that impact the The rubber in tires ages over time. driving. When storing a vehicle for overall performance of the This also applies to the spare tire, at least a month, remove the tires or vehicle, including brake system if the vehicle has one, even if it is raise the vehicle to reduce the performance, ride and handling, never used. Multiple conditions weight from the tires. traction control, and tire pressure including temperatures, loading monitoring performance. GM's TPC conditions, and inflation pressure Buying New Tires Spec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire size. maintenance affect how fast aging GM has developed and matched takes place. Tires will typically need If the tires have an all‐season tread specific tires for the vehicle. The design, the TPC spec number will to be replaced due to wear before original equipment tires installed on they may need to be replaced be followed by an MS for mud and the vehicle, when it was new, were snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on due to age. Consult the tire designed to meet General Motors manufacturer for more information page 10‑50 for additional Tire Performance Criteria information. on when tires should be replaced. Specification (TPC Spec) system GM recommends replacing tires in Vehicle Storage rating. If you need replacement tires, GM strongly recommends that sets of four. This is because uniform Tires age when stored normally you get tires with the same TPC tread depth on all tires will help mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Spec rating. This way, the vehicle keep the vehicle performing most a vehicle that will be stored for at will continue to have tires that are like it did when the tires were new. least a month in a cool, dry, clean designed to give the same Replacing less than a full set of tires area away from direct sunlight to performance and vehicle safety, can affect the braking and handling slow aging. This area should be free during normal use, as the original performance of the vehicle. See Tire of grease, gasoline or other tires. Inspection on page 10‑62 and Tire substances that can deteriorate Rotation on page 10‑62 for rubber. information on proper tire rotation. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires could explode during This vehicle may have a different suddenly and cause a crash. improper service. Attempting to size spare than the road tires Use only radial-ply tires with mount or dismount a tire could (those originally installed on the the wheels on the vehicle. cause injury or death. Only your vehicle). When new, the vehicle dealer or authorized tire service included a spare tire and wheel If you must replace the vehicle's center should mount or dismount assembly with a similar overall tires with those that do not have a the tires. diameter as the vehicle's road TPC Spec number, make sure they tires and wheels, so it is all right are the same size, load range, to drive on it. Because this spare speed rating, and construction type was developed for use on the { WARNING (radial and bias‐belted tires) as the vehicle, it will not affect vehicle vehicle's original tires. handling. Mixing tires could cause you to Vehicles that have a tire pressure lose control while driving. If you monitoring system may give an mix tires of different sizes, inaccurate low‐pressure warning if brands, or types (radial and { WARNING non‐TPC Spec-rated tires are bias-belted tires), the vehicle installed on the vehicle. Non‐TPC might not handle properly, and Using bias-ply tires on the Spec-rated tires may give a you could have a crash. Using vehicle may cause the wheel low‐pressure warning that is higher tires of different sizes, brands, rim flanges to develop cracks or lower than the proper warning or types could also cause after many miles of driving. level you would get with TPC damage to the vehicle. Be sure to A tire and/or wheel could fail Spec-rated tires. See Tire Pressure use the same size, brand, and Monitor System on page 10‑58. (Continued) type of tires on all wheels. (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

The vehicle's original equipment Uniform Tire Quality tires are listed on the Tire and { WARNING Loading Information label. See Grading If different sized wheels are used, Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑23 Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable for more information about the Tire where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety if and Loading Information label and sidewall between tread shoulder its location on the vehicle. tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For Different Size Tires and increases the chance of a crash example: Wheels and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A If wheels or tires are installed that developed for the vehicle, and are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a The following information relates equipment wheels and tires, vehicle GM certified technician. to the system developed by the performance, including its braking, United States National Highway ride and handling characteristics, Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on stability, and resistance to rollover (NHTSA), which grades tires by may be affected. If the vehicle has page 10‑64 and Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for treadwear, traction, and electronic systems such as antilock temperature performance. This brakes, rollover airbags, traction additional information. control, and electronic stability applies only to vehicles sold in control, the performance of these the United States. The grades systems can also be affected. are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver, or temporary Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

use spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), a half (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include or to some limited-production government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics. upon the actual conditions of General Motors passenger cars Temperature – A, B, C and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance safety requirements and habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its additional General Motors Tire differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. tested under controlled standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. meet under the Federal Motor specified government test Warning: The traction grade Safety Standard No. 109. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

Grades B and A represent vibrates when driving on a smooth higher levels of performance on road, the tires and wheels might { WARNING the laboratory test wheel than need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis. Using the wrong replacement the minimum required by law. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Warning: The temperature grade Wheel Replacement nuts can be dangerous. It could for this tire is established for a affect the braking and handling of tire that is properly inflated and Replace any wheel that is bent, the vehicle. Tires can lose air, not overloaded. Excessive cracked, or badly rusted or and cause loss of control, causing speed, underinflation, corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct or excessive loading, either loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel separately or in combination, wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. can cause heat buildup and Some aluminum wheels can be possible tire failure. repaired. See your dealer if any of Notice: The wrong wheel can these conditions exist. also cause problems with bearing Wheel Alignment and Tire life, brake cooling, speedometer Balance Your dealer will know the kind of or odometer calibration, wheel that is needed. headlamp aim, bumper height, The tires and wheels were aligned Each new wheel should have the vehicle ground clearance, and tire and balanced at the factory to same load-carrying capacity, or tire chain clearance to the provide the longest tire life and best diameter, width, offset, and be body and chassis. overall performance. Adjustments to mounted the same way as the See If a Tire Goes Flat on wheel alignment and tire balancing one it replaces. will not be necessary on a regular page 10‑70 for more information. basis. However, check the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel alignment if there is unusual tire nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor wear or if the vehicle is pulling to System (TPMS) sensors with new one side or the other. If the vehicle GM original equipment parts. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

Used Replacement Wheels Notice: If the vehicle has P265/ WARNING (Continued) 70R17 size tires, use tire chains { WARNING only where legal and only when or other vehicle parts. The area necessary. Use chains that are damaged by the tire chains could Replacing a wheel with a used the proper size for the tires. cause loss of control and a crash. one is dangerous. How it has Install them on the rear tires only. been used or how far it has been Use another type of traction Do not use chains on the front driven may be unknown. It could device only if its manufacturer tires. fail suddenly and cause a crash. recommends it for the vehicle's Tighten them as tightly as tire size combination and road When replacing wheels, use a possible with the ends securely conditions. Follow that new GM original equipment fastened. Drive slowly and follow wheel. manufacturer's instructions. To the chain manufacturer's avoid vehicle damage, drive slow instructions. If the chains contact and readjust or remove the Tire Chains the vehicle, stop and retighten traction device if it is contacting them. If the contact continues, the vehicle. Do not spin the slow down until it stops. Driving { WARNING wheels. too fast or spinning the wheels If traction devices are used, install with chains on will damage the If the vehicle has P265/65R18 or vehicle. P275/55R20 size tires, do not use them on the rear tires. tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat be very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently brake to a { WARNING It is unusual for a tire to blowout stop, well off the road, if possible. while you are driving, especially if Lifting a vehicle and getting you maintain your vehicle's tires { under it to do maintenance or properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is WARNING repairs is dangerous without the much more likely to leak out slowly. Driving on a flat tire will cause appropriate safety equipment and But if you should ever have a permanent damage to the tire. training. If a jack is provided with blowout, here are a few tips about Re-inflating a tire after it has been the vehicle, it is designed only for what to expect and what to do: driven on while severely changing a flat tire. If it is used for If a front tire fails, the flat tire underinflated or flat may cause a anything else, you or others could creates a drag that pulls the vehicle blowout and a serious crash. be badly injured or killed if the toward that side. Take your foot off Never attempt to re-inflate a tire vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack the accelerator pedal and grip the that has been driven on while is provided with the vehicle, only steering wheel firmly. Steer to severely underinflated or flat. use it for changing a flat tire. maintain lane position, and then Have your dealer or an authorized gently brake to a stop, well off the tire service center repair or If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire road, if possible. replace the flat tire as soon as and wheel damage by driving slowly A rear blowout, particularly on a possible. to a level place, well off the road, curve, acts much like a skid and if possible. Turn on the hazard may require the same correction warning flashers. See Hazard you would use in a skid. In any rear Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Changing a tire can be 4. Turn off the engine and do dangerous. The vehicle can slip not restart while the vehicle off the jack and roll over or fall on is raised. you or other people. You and they 5. Do not allow passengers to could be badly injured or even remain in the vehicle. killed. Find a level place to change your tire. To help prevent 6. Put the wheel blocks at the A. Wheel Block the vehicle from moving: front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one B. Flat Tire 1. Set the parking brake firmly. being changed. That would The following information explains 2. Put the shift lever in be the tire on the other side, how to use the jack and change P (Park). at the opposite end of the a tire. vehicle. 3. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle with a N (Neutral) transfer case When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), position, be sure the use the following example as a transfer case is in a drive guide to assist you in the placement gear — not in N (Neutral). of wheel blocks (A). (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing 3. Remove the wheel blocks (A) attached to the jack (E) by Removing the Spare Tire and turning the wing nut (C) Tools counterclockwise. Place the wheel blocks where needed as The jack and the wheel blocks are indicated in previously in this located under a cover near the section. passenger side rear seat. The tools for changing a flat tire are located in the passenger side top-box storage unit.

A. Wheel Blocks B. Jack Knob C. Wing Nut D. Retaining Hook E. Jack F. Mounting Bracket Rear Seat (Passenger Side) Jack Cover 2. Release the jack (E) from the mounting bracket (F) by turning 1. Remove the jack cover the jack knob (B) on the jack by turning the two wing counterclockwise to release the nuts one-quarter turn jack from the mounting bracket. counterclockwise and pulling the jack cover off. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

To remove the tools, do the To access the spare tire: I. Jack Handle Extension(s) following: J. Spare Tire Lock 1. Open the top door on the 1. Open the hoist shaft access passenger side top-box storage cover on the bumper to access unit. Use the ignition/door key to the spare tire lock (J). unlock it if it is locked. See Top-Box Storage on page 4‑2 for 2. To remove the spare tire lock, more information. insert the ignition key, turn it clockwise and pull it straight out. 2. Remove the black pouch from the storage box. You now have all of the tools you will need to lower the spare tire and change a flat. A. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) B. Hoist Assembly C. Hoist Cable D. Tire/Wheel Retainer E. Hoist Shaft F. Hoist End of Extension Tool G. Hoist Shaft Access Hole H. Wheel Wrench Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. If the spare tire does not lower to the ground, the secondary latch is engaged causing the tire not to lower. See Secondary Latch System on page 10‑83 for more 3. Assemble the two jack handle 4. Insert the open end of the information. extensions (I) and wheel extension (F) through the hole in wrench (H) as shown. the rear bumper (G) (hoist shaft access hole). Be sure the hoist end (F) of the extension connects to the hoist shaft (E). The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

Separate the retainer from the guide pin by sliding the retainer up the pin while pressing down on the latch. When the retainer is separated from the guide pin, tilt the retainer and pull it through the center of the wheel along with the cable and guide pin. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.

6. Use the wheel wrench hook that allows you to pull the hoist cable towards you, to assist in reaching the spare tire.

7. Tilt the tire with slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer (D). Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire

2. To remove the center cap, place 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen the chiseled end of the wheel all the wheel nuts. Turn the wrench in the slot on the wheel wheel wrench counterclockwise A. Jack and gently pry the cap out. to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not B. Wheel Blocks remove the wheel nuts yet. C. Jack Handle D. Jack Handle Extensions E. Wheel Wrench 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑70 for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

{ WARNING { WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is Raising the vehicle with the jack jacked up is dangerous. If the improperly positioned can vehicle slips off the jack, you damage the vehicle and even could be badly injured or killed. make the vehicle fall. To help Never get under a vehicle when it avoid personal injury and vehicle is supported only by a jack. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

Jacking Locations (Overall View) 4. Position the jack under the A. Front Position vehicle as shown. B. Rear Position Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

enough off the ground so there vehicle far enough off the is enough room for the spare tire ground so there is enough room to clear the ground. for the spare tire to clear the ground.

Front Position Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle, you will need to use the jack handle Rear Position and only one jack handle Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is 5. Remove all the wheel nuts. extension. Attach the wheel on a rear tire of the vehicle, use wrench to the jack handle the jack handle (B) and both jack 6. Take off the flat tire. extension. Attach the jack handle extensions (C). Attach handle to the jack (A). Position the wheel wrench (D) to the jack the jack on the frame behind the handle extensions (C). Attach flat tire near the front body the jack handle (B) to the mount, as shown. Turn the jack (A). Use the jacking pad (E) wheel wrench clockwise to raise provided on the rear axle. Turn the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far the wheel wrench (D) clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

{ WARNING { WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Never use oil or grease on bolts parts to which it is fastened, can or nuts because the nuts might make wheel nuts become loose come loose. The vehicle's wheel after time. The wheel could come could fall off, causing a crash. off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any 9. Put the wheel nuts back on with rust or dirt from places where the the rounded end of the nuts wheel attaches to the vehicle. In toward the wheel after mounting an emergency, use a cloth or a the spare tire. paper towel to do this; but be sure 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the to use a scraper or wire brush 10. Tighten each wheel nut by wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, hand. Then use the wheel later, if needed, to get all the rust and spare wheel. wrench to tighten the wheel or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat 8. Install the spare tire. nuts until the wheel is held on page 10‑70. against the hub. 11. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire { WARNING and Tools Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause { WARNING the wheels to become loose or Storing a jack, a tire, or other come off. The wheel nuts should equipment in the passenger be tightened with a torque wrench compartment of the vehicle could to the proper torque specification cause injury. In a sudden stop or after replacing. Follow the torque collision, loose equipment could specification supplied by the strike someone. Store all these in aftermarket manufacturer when the proper place. using accessory locking wheel 12. Tighten the nuts firmly in a nuts. See Capacities and crisscross sequence as shown Notice: Storing an aluminum Specifications on page 12‑2 for by turning the wheel wrench wheel with a flat tire under your original equipment wheel nut clockwise. torque specifications. vehicle for an extended period of When you reinstall the regular time or with the valve stem wheel and tire, you must also pointing up can damage the Notice: Improperly tightened reinstall the center cap. Line the tab wheel. Always stow the wheel wheel nuts can lead to brake on the back of the tab with the slot with the valve stem pointing pulsation and rotor damage. To in the wheel. Place the cap on the down and have the wheel/tire avoid expensive brake repairs, wheel and press until it snaps into repaired as soon as possible. evenly tighten the wheel nuts in place. the proper sequence and to the Store the tire under the rear of the proper torque specification. See vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut torque specification. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

I. Jack Handle Extension(s) J. Spare Tire Lock 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear.

A. Spare Tire/Flat Tire (Valve Stem 2. Tilt the tire. Separate the tire/ Pointed Down) wheel retainer from the guide B. Hoist Assembly pin. Pull the pin through the center of the wheel. Tilt the C. Hoist Cable retainer down through the center D. Tire/Wheel Retainer wheel opening. E. Hoist Shaft F. Hoist End of Extension Tool G. Hoist Shaft Access Hole H. Wheel Wrench Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

3. Assemble the two jack handle 4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored extensions (I) and wheel extension (F) through the hole in securely. Push, pull (A), and then wrench (H) as shown. the rear bumper (G) (hoist shaft try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire access hole). moves, use the wheel wrench to 5. Raise the tire part way upward. tighten the cable. Make sure the retainer is fully 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. seated across the underside of 9. Close the hoist shaft access the wheel and is centered in the cover. wheel opening. 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

To store the tools, follow these Secondary Latch System To release the spare tire from the steps: secondary latch: This vehicle has an 1. Return the tools to the tool bag underbody-mounted tire hoist and place it back in the top‐box assembly equipped with a storage unit. secondary latch system. It is 2. Assemble the wheel blocks and designed to stop the spare tire from jack together with the wing nut suddenly falling off your vehicle. For by reversing Step 2 under the secondary latch to work, the “Removing the Spare Tire and spare must be installed with the Tools.” valve stem pointing down. See “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and 3. Replace the jack cover and Tools under Tire Changing on tighten the jack-cover wing nuts. ” page 10‑72.

{ WARNING 1. Check under the vehicle to see if Before beginning this procedure the cable end is visible. If the read all the instructions. Failure to cable is not visible proceed to read and follow the instructions Step 6. could damage the hoist assembly 2. If it is visible, first try to tighten and you and others could get the cable by turning the wheel hurt. Read and follow the wrench clockwise until you hear instructions listed next. two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

3. Loosen the cable by turning the wrench counterclockwise three or four turns. 4. Repeat this procedure at least two times. If the spare tire lowers to the ground, continue with Step 5 under “Removing the Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire Changing on page 10‑72. 5. If the spare does not lower, turn the wrench counterclockwise until approximately 15 cm (6 in) of cable is exposed. 7. Place the bottom edge of the 8. Attach the jack handle, jack (A) on the wheel blocks (B), extension, and wheel wrench to 6. Stand the wheel blocks on their separating them so that the jack the jack and place it (with the shortest ends, with the backs is balanced securely. wheel blocks) under the vehicle facing each other. toward the front of the rear bumper. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

12. Lower the jack by turning If the spare tire is hanging from the wheel wrench the cable, insert the hoist end counterclockwise. Keep of extension, and wheel lowering the jack until the wrench into the hoist shaft hole spare tire slides off the jack or in the bumper and turn the is hanging by the cable. wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare the rest of { WARNING the way. 14. Turn the wheel wrench in the Someone standing too close hoist shaft hole in the bumper during the procedure could be clockwise to raise the cable injured by the jack. If the spare back up if the cable is hanging 9. Position the center lift point of tire does not slide off the jack under the vehicle. completely, make sure no one is the jack under the center of the Have the hoist assembly inspected behind you or on either side of spare tire. as soon as you can. You will not be you as you pull the jack out from able to store a spare or flat tire 10. Turn the wrench clockwise to under the spare. raise the jack until it lifts the using the hoist assembly until it has end fitting. been inspected and/or replaced. 13. Disconnect the jack handle 11. Continue raising the jack until To continue changing the flat tire, from the jack and carefully the spare tire stops moving see “Removing the Flat Tire and remove the jack. Use one hand upward and is held firmly in Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire to push against the spare while place. The secondary latch has Changing on page 10‑72. firmly pulling the jack out from released and the spare tire is under the spare tire with the balancing on the jack. other hand. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

Full-Size Spare Tire Your vehicle may have a different Jump Starting size spare tire than the road tires Your vehicle, when new, had a originally installed on your vehicle. For more information about the fully-inflated spare tire. A spare tire This spare tire was developed for vehicle battery, see Battery on may lose air over time, so check its use on your vehicle, so it is all right page 10‑30. inflation pressure regularly. See Tire to drive on it. If your vehicle has If the vehicle's battery has run Pressure on page 10‑56 and four-wheel drive and the different down, you may want to use another Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑23 size spare tire is installed, keep the vehicle and some jumper cables to for information regarding proper tire vehicle in two-wheel drive. inflation and loading your vehicle. start your vehicle. Be sure to use For instruction on how to remove, After installing the spare tire on your the following steps to do it safely. install or store a spare tire, see vehicle, you should stop as soon as “Removing the Flat Tire and possible and make sure the spare { WARNING Installing the Spare” and “Storing a tire is correctly inflated. Have the Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under damaged or flat road tire repaired or Batteries can hurt you. They can Tire Changing on page 10‑72. replaced as soon as you can and be dangerous because: installed back onto your vehicle. . They contain acid that can Notice: If the vehicle has This way, the spare tire will be burn you. four-wheel drive and the different available in case you need it again. size spare tire is installed on the . They contain gas that can Do not mix tires and wheels of vehicle, do not drive in four-wheel explode or ignite. drive until you can have your flat different sizes, because they will not tire repaired and/or replaced. You fit. Keep your spare tire and its . They contain enough could damage the vehicle, and wheel together. If your vehicle has a electricity to burn you. the repair costs would not be spare tire that does not match your If you do not follow these steps vehicle's original road tires and covered by your warranty. Never exactly, some or all of these wheels in size and type, do not use four-wheel drive when the things can hurt you. different size spare tire is include the spare in the tire rotation. installed on the vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

Notice: Ignoring these steps vehicle, and the bad grounding power outlets. Turn off the radio could result in costly damage to could damage the electrical and all the lamps that are not the vehicle that would not be systems. needed. This avoids sparks and covered by the warranty. To avoid the possibility of the helps save both batteries. And it Trying to start the vehicle by vehicles rolling, set the parking could save the radio! pushing or pulling it will not brake firmly on both vehicles 4. Open the hood on the other work, and it could damage the involved in the jump start vehicle and locate the vehicle. procedure. Put the automatic positive (+) and negative (−) 1. Check the other vehicle. It must transmission in P (Park) or a terminal locations on that have a 12-volt battery with a manual transmission in Neutral vehicle. negative ground system. before setting the parking brake. Your vehicle has a remote If the vehicle has a transfer case positive (+) jump starting Notice: Only use a vehicle that with a N (Neutral) position, be has a 12-volt system with a terminal and a remote sure the transfer case is in a negative (−) jump starting negative ground for jump drive gear, not in N (Neutral). starting. If the other vehicle does terminal. You should always use not have a 12-volt system with a Notice: If the radio or other these remote terminals instead negative ground, both vehicles accessories are left on during the of the terminals on the battery. can be damaged. jump starting procedure, they If the vehicle has a remote could be damaged. The repairs 2. Get the vehicles close enough positive (+) terminal, it is located would not be covered by the under a red plastic cover at the so the jumper cables can reach, warranty. Always turn off the but be sure the vehicles are not positive battery post. To uncover radio and other accessories when the remote positive (+) terminal, touching each other. If they are, jump starting the vehicle. it could cause a ground open the red plastic cover. connection you do not want. You 3. Turn off the ignition on both would not be able to start your vehicles. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that when the engine is not running first. If you do not, explosive gas and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present. clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that underhood electric fan. can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush { WARNING the place with water and get medical help immediately. The remote negative (-) terminal Using an open flame near a is a stud located on the right battery can cause battery gas to front of the engine, where the explode. People have been hurt negative battery cable attaches. doing this, and some have been { WARNING See Engine Compartment blinded. Use a flashlight if you Fans or other moving engine need more light. Overview on page 10‑6 for more parts can injure you badly. Keep information on the location of the Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving remote positive (+) and remote water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running. negative (−) terminals. water to the battery installed in your new vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, (Continued) Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

5. Check that the jumper cables do 8. Now connect the black not have loose or missing negative (−) cable to the insulation. If they do, you could negative (−) terminal of the good get a shock. The vehicles could battery. Use a remote be damaged too. negative (−) terminal if the Before you connect the cables, vehicle has one. here are some basic things you Do not let the other end touch should know. Positive (+) will go anything until the next step. The to positive (+) or to a remote other end of the negative (−) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle cable does not go to the dead has one. Negative (−) will go to a battery. It goes to a heavy, heavy, unpainted metal engine unpainted metal engine part or part or to a remote negative (−) 6. Connect the red positive (+) to the remote negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. cable to the positive (+) terminal terminal on the vehicle with the Do not connect positive (+) to of the vehicle with the dead dead battery. negative (−) or you will get a battery. Use a remote 9. Connect the other end of the short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the vehicle negative (−) cable to the remote battery and maybe other parts has one. negative (−) terminal, on the too. And do not connect the 7. Do not let the other end touch vehicle with the dead battery. negative (−) cable to the metal. Connect it to the 10. Now start the vehicle with the negative (−) terminal on the dead positive (+) terminal of the good battery and run the battery because this can cause good battery. Use a remote engine for a while. sparks. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

11. Try to start the vehicle that had To disconnect the jumper cables the dead battery. If it will not from both vehicles do the following: start after a few tries, it 1. Disconnect the black probably needs service. negative (−) cable from the Notice: If the jumper cables are vehicle that had the bad battery. connected or removed in the 2. Disconnect the black wrong order, electrical shorting negative (−) cable from the may occur and damage the vehicle with the good battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) Always connect and remove the cable from the vehicle with the jumper cables in the correct good battery. order, making sure that the Jumper Cable Removal 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) cables do not touch each other or A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine cable from the other vehicle. other metal. Part or Remote Negative (−) 5. Return the remote positive (+) Terminal terminal cover, if the vehicle has B. Good Battery or Remote one, to its original position. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be Towing travelled? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another . Is the proper towing equipment disabled vehicle should be towed vehicle – such as behind a going to be used? See your with all four wheels off the motorhome. The two most common dealer or trailering professional ground. Care must be taken with types of recreational vehicle towing for additional advice and vehicles that have low ground are known as dinghy towing and equipment recommendations. clearance and/or special dolly towing. Dinghy towing is . Is the vehicle ready to be equipment. Always flatbed on a towing the vehicle with all four towed? Just as preparing the car carrier. wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two vehicle for a long trip, make sure Consult your dealer or a wheels on the ground and two the vehicle is prepared to be professional towing service if the wheels up on a device known as a towed. See Before Leaving on disabled vehicle must be towed. dolly. a Long Trip. See Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8 or Here are some important things to Roadside Assistance Program consider before recreational vehicle (Mexico) on page 13‑10. towing: To tow the vehicle behind another . What is the towing capacity of vehicle for recreational purposes, the towing vehicle? Be sure to such as behind a motor home, see read the tow vehicle “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this manufacturer's section. recommendations. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a four-wheel drive vehicles with a Two Speed Automatic Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and single speed automatic transfer Transfer Case Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a case should not be towed with all Single Speed Automatic four wheels on the ground. Transfer Case Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no neutral position and will spin the transmission when the rear wheels turn.

Use the following procedure to dinghy tow a four-wheel drive vehicle with a two speed automatic Notice: If the vehicle is towed transfer case: with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain 1. Position the vehicle being towed components could be damaged. behind the tow vehicle and shift The repairs would not be covered the transmission to P (Park). by the vehicle warranty. Do not 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set tow the vehicle with all four the parking brake. wheels on the ground. 3. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

After towing, see “Shifting Out of with the rear wheels on the { WARNING Neutral” under “Four-Wheel Drive” ground, the transmission could for the proper procedure to take the be damaged. The repairs would Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle out of the Neutral position. not be covered by the vehicle vehicle's transfer case into warranty. Never tow the vehicle N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Dolly Towing with the rear wheels on the to roll even if the transmission is Front Towing (Front Wheels Off ground. in P (Park). The driver or others the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive could be injured. Make sure the Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive four-wheel drive vehicles with a parking brake is firmly set before Vehicles with a Single Speed single speed automatic transfer the transfer case is shifted to Automatic Transfer Case case should not be towed with the N (Neutral). rear wheels on the ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have 4. Shift the transfer case to no provisions for internal lubrication N (Neutral). See “Shifting into while being towed. Four-wheel drive Neutral” under “Four-Wheel vehicles with a single speed Drive” for the proper procedure automatic transfer case have no to select the Neutral position for neutral position and will spin the the vehicle. transmission when the rear wheels turn. 5. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is To dolly tow a two‐wheel‐drive firmly attached to the towing vehicle or a four-wheel drive vehicle vehicle. with a single speed automatic transfer case, the vehicle must be 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF Notice: If a two-wheel drive towed with the rear wheels on the and remove the key the — vehicle or a four-wheel drive dolly. See Rear Towing (Rear steering wheel will still turn. “ vehicle with a single speed Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this automatic transfer case is towed section for more information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a 3. Shift the transmission to 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Two Speed Automatic P (Park). following the manufacturer's Transfer Case 4. Firmly set the parking brake. instructions. 7. Release the parking brake only { WARNING after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle. vehicle's transfer case into 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is After towing, see “Shifting Out of in P (Park). The driver or others N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel Drive . could be injured. Make sure the ” parking brake is firmly set before the transfer case is shifted to N (Neutral). Use the following procedure to dolly tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from 5. Shift the transfer case to the front: N (Neutral). See “Shifting into 1. Attach the dolly to the tow N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel vehicle following the dolly Drive”. manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 3. Firmly set the parking brake. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a the Ground) See Parking Brake on Two Speed Automatic page 9‑51. Transfer Case 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Use the following procedure to dolly 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from following the manufacturer's the rear: instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow 6. Use an adequate clamping vehicle following the dolly device designed for towing to manufacturer's instructions. ensure that the front wheels are 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the locked into the straight position. dolly. 7. For four-wheel drive vehicles 3. Firmly set the parking brake. with a single speed automatic See Parking Brake on transfer case, turn the transfer page 9‑51. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and case knob to the Two-Wheel 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a High position. Single Speed Automatic 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Transfer Case following the manufacturer's instructions. Use the following procedure to dolly tow the vehicle from the rear: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

6. Use an adequate clamping Appearance Care Do not wash the vehicle in direct device designed for towing to sunlight. Use a car washing soap. ensure that the front wheels are Do not use cleaning agents that are locked into the straight position. Exterior Care petroleum based or that contain Silicone grease on weatherstrips will acid or abrasives, as they can { WARNING make them last longer, seal better, damage the paint, metal or plastic and not stick or squeak. Apply on the vehicle. Approved cleaning Shifting a four-wheel-drive silicone grease with a clean cloth. products can be obtained from your vehicle's transfer case into During very cold, damp weather dealer. Follow all manufacturers' N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle frequent application may be directions regarding correct product to roll even if the transmission is required. See Recommended Fluids usage, necessary safety in P (Park). The driver or others and Lubricants on page 11‑7. precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care could be injured. Make sure the Washing the Vehicle parking brake is firmly set before product. the transfer case is shifted to The best way to preserve the Rinse the vehicle well, before N (Neutral). vehicle's finish is to keep it clean by washing and after to remove all washing it often. cleaning agents completely. If they Notice: Certain cleaners contain are allowed to dry on the surface, 7. Shift the transfer case to they could stain. N (Neutral). See “Shifting into chemicals that can damage the N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel emblems or nameplates on the Dry the finish with a soft, clean Drive”. vehicle. Check the cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to product label. If it states that it avoid surface scratches and water 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. should not be used on plastic spotting. After towing, see “Shifting Out of parts, do not use it on the vehicle N (Neutral)” under “Four-Wheel or damage may occur and it Drive”. would not be covered by the warranty. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (97,1)

Vehicle Care 10-97

High pressure car washes may If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are cause water to enter the vehicle. clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather and Avoid using high pressure washes gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To help surface of the vehicle. Use of power waxes and polishes that are keep the paint finish looking new, washers exceeding 8 274 kPa non-abrasive and made for a keep the vehicle garaged or (1,200 psi) can result in damage or basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. covered whenever possible. removal of paint and decals. Notice: Machine compounding or Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ aggressive polishing on a Parts basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Lenses Bright metal parts should be may damage it. Use only cleaned regularly to keep their Use only lukewarm or cold water, a non-abrasive waxes and polishes luster. Washing with water is all that soft cloth and a car washing soap to that are made for a basecoat/ is usually needed. However, chrome clean exterior lamps and lenses. clearcoat paint finish on the polish may be used on chrome or Follow instructions under “Washing vehicle. the Vehicle”. stainless steel trim, if necessary. Foreign materials such as calcium Use special care with aluminum Finish Care chloride and other salts, ice melting trim. To avoid damaging protective agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, Occasional waxing or mild polishing trim, never use auto or chrome bird droppings, chemicals from of the vehicle by hand may be polish, steam or caustic soap to industrial chimneys, etc., can necessary to remove residue from clean aluminum. A coating damage the vehicle's finish if they the paint finish. Approved cleaning of wax, rubbed to high polish, is remain on painted surfaces. Wash products can be obtained from your recommended for all bright metal the vehicle as soon as possible. dealer. parts. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (98,1)

10-98 Vehicle Care

Windshield and Wiper Blades Aluminum or Chrome-Plated wheel(s). The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle Clean the outside of the windshield Wheels and Trim warranty. Use only approved with glass cleaner. The vehicle may have either cleaners on aluminum or Clean the rubber blades using a lint aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. chrome-plated wheels. free cloth or paper towel soaked Keep the wheels clean using a soft The surface of these wheels is with windshield washer fluid or a clean cloth with mild soap and similar to the painted surface of the mild detergent. Wash the windshield water. Rinse with clean water. After vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, thoroughly when cleaning the rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft chemicals, abrasive polishes, blades. Bugs, road grime, sap and a clean towel. A wax may then be abrasive cleaners, cleaners with buildup of vehicle wash/wax applied. acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes treatments may cause wiper Notice: Chrome wheels and other on them because they could streaking. Replace the wiper blades chrome trim may be damaged if damage the surface. Do not use if they are worn or damaged. the vehicle is not washed after chrome polish on aluminum wheels. Wipers can be damaged by: driving on roads that have been Notice: Using chrome polish on . Extreme dusty conditions sprayed with magnesium, calcium aluminum wheels could damage or sodium chloride. These . Sand and salt the wheels. The repairs would not chlorides are used on roads for be covered by the vehicle . Heat and sun conditions such as ice and dust. warranty. Use chrome polish on Always wash the vehicle's . chrome wheels only. Snow and ice, without proper chrome with soap and water after removal exposure. Use chrome polish only on chrome-plated wheels, but avoid Notice: Using strong soaps, any painted surface of the wheel, chemicals, abrasive polishes, and buff off immediately after cleaners, brushes, or cleaners application. that contain acid on aluminum or chrome-plated wheels, could damage the surface of the Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (99,1)

Vehicle Care 10-99

Notice: Driving the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage Chemicals used for ice and snow through an automatic car wash removal and dust control can collect If the vehicle is damaged and that has silicone carbide tire on the underbody. If these are not requires sheet metal repair or cleaning brushes, could damage removed, corrosion and rust can replacement, make sure the body the aluminum or chrome-plated develop on the underbody parts repair shop applies anti-corrosion wheels. The repairs would not be such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, material to parts repaired or covered by the vehicle warranty. and exhaust system even though replaced to restore corrosion Never drive a vehicle that has they have corrosion protection. protection. aluminum or chrome-plated At least every spring, flush these Original manufacturer replacement wheels through an automatic car materials from the underbody with parts will provide the corrosion wash that uses silicone carbide plain water. Clean any areas where protection while maintaining the tire cleaning brushes. mud and debris can collect. Dirt vehicle warranty. Tires packed in close areas of the frame Finish Damage should be loosened before being To clean the tires, use a stiff brush flushed. Your dealer or an with tire cleaner. Any stone chips, fractures or deep underbody car washing system can scratches in the finish should be Notice: Using petroleum-based do this. repaired right away. Bare metal will tire dressing products on the corrode quickly and may develop vehicle may damage the paint into major repair expense. finish and/or tires. When applying a tire dressing, always wipe off Minor chips and scratches can be any overspray from all painted repaired with touch-up materials surfaces on the vehicle. available from your dealer. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer's body and paint shop. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (100,1)

10-100 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance discolorations, and small, irregular Remove dust from small buttons dark spots etched into the paint and knobs with a small brush with Chemicals used for ice and snow surface. soft bristles. removal and dust control can collect on the underbody. If these are not Although no defect in the paint job Your dealer has products for removed, corrosion and rust can causes this, we will repair, at no cleaning the interior. When cleaning develop on the underbody parts charge to the owner, the surfaces of the interior, only use cleaners such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, new vehicles damaged by this specifically designed for the and exhaust system even though fallout condition within 12 months or surfaces that are being cleaned. they have corrosion protection. 20 000 km (12,000 mi) of purchase, Permanent damage can result from whichever occurs first. using cleaners on surfaces for At least every spring, flush these which they were not intended. Apply materials from the underbody with the cleaner directly to the cleaning plain water. Clean any areas where Interior Care cloth to prevent over-spray. Remove mud and debris can collect. Dirt The interior will continue to look its any accidental over-spray from packed in close areas of the frame best if it is cleaned often. Dust and other surfaces immediately. should be loosened before being dirt can accumulate on the flushed. Your dealer or an upholstery and cause damage to Notice: Using abrasive cleaners underbody car washing system can the carpet, fabric, leather, and when cleaning glass surfaces on do this. plastic surfaces. Stains should be the vehicle, could scratch the removed quickly as extreme heat glass and/or cause damage to the Chemical Paint Spotting could cause them to set rapidly. rear window defogger. When cleaning the glass on the vehicle, Some weather and atmospheric Lighter colored interiors may conditions can create a chemical use only a soft cloth and glass require more frequent cleaning. cleaner. fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall Newspapers and garments that can upon and attack painted surfaces on transfer color to home furnishings the vehicle. This damage can take can also transfer color to the two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped interior. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (101,1)

Vehicle Care 10-101

Cleaners can contain solvents that . Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps. cleaning, gently remove as much of can become concentrated in the Avoid laundry detergents or the soil as possible using one of the interior. Before using cleaners, read dishwashing soaps with following techniques: and adhere to all safety instructions degreasers. Using too much soap will leave a residue that . For liquids: gently blot the on the label. While cleaning the remaining soil with a paper interior, maintain adequate leaves streaks and attracts dirt. For liquid cleaners, about towel. Allow the soil to absorb ventilation by opening the doors into the paper towel until no and windows. 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water is a good guide. more can be removed. Do not clean the interior using the . For solid dry soils: remove as following cleaners or techniques: . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery while cleaning. much as possible and then . Never use a knife or any other vacuum. . Cleaners that contain solvents sharp object to remove a soil To clean: from any interior surface. can damage the interior. 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white . Never use a stiff brush. It can Fabric/Carpet cloth with water or club soda. cause damage to the interior Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft 2. Remove excess moisture. surfaces. brush attachment to remove dust . Never apply heavy pressure or and loose dirt. A canister vacuum 3. Start on the outside edge of the rub aggressively with a cleaning with a beater bar in the nozzle may soil and gently rub toward the cloth. Use of heavy pressure can only be used on floor carpet and center. Continue cleaning, using damage the interior and does carpeted floor mats. For soils, a clean area of the cloth each not improve the effectiveness of always try to remove them first with time it becomes soiled. soil removal. plain water or club soda. Before 4. Continue to gently rub the soiled area. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (102,1)

10-102 Vehicle Care

5. If the soil is not completely To remove dust, a soft cloth Instrument Panel, Vinyl and removed, use a mild soap dampened with water can be used. other Plastic Surfaces solution and repeat the cleaning If a more thorough cleaning is process that was used with plain necessary, a soft cloth dampened To remove dust, a soft cloth water. with a mild soap solution can be dampened with water can be used. If a more thorough cleaning is If any of the soil remains, a used. Your dealer has a GM approved leather cleaner available necessary, a clean soft cloth commercial fabric cleaner or spot dampened with a mild soap solution lifter may be necessary. Test a small that provides superior cleaning performance when used regularly can be used to gently remove dust hidden area for colorfastness before and dirt. Never use spot lifters or using a commercial upholstery on finished automotive leathers. Allow the leather to dry naturally. Do removers on plastic surfaces. Many cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally commercial cleaners and coatings cleaned area gives any impression not use heat, steam, spot lifters or spot removers, or shoe polish on that are sold to preserve and that a ring formation may result, protect soft plastic surfaces may clean the entire surface. leather. Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold permanently change the A paper towel can be used to blot to preserve and protect leather appearance and feel of the interior excess moisture from the fabric or may permanently change the and are not recommended. Do not carpet after the cleaning process. appearance and feel of the leather use silicone or wax-based products, or those containing organic solvents Leather/Leatherette and are not recommended. Do not use silicone or wax-based products, to clean the interior because they Leather, and lighter colored leather or those containing organic solvents can alter the appearance by in particular, will need more frequent to clean the interior because they increasing the gloss in a cleaning to prevent the buildup of can alter the appearance by non-uniform manner. dust, dirt, and colors transferred increasing the gloss in a from other items so that these do non-uniform manner. not become permanent stains. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (103,1)

Vehicle Care 10-103

Some commercial products may Use the following guidelines for increase gloss on the instrument { WARNING proper floor mat usage. panel. The increase in gloss may Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor cause annoying reflections in the mats were designed for the windshield and even make it difficult It may severely weaken them. In a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need to see through the windshield under replacing, it is recommended certain conditions. provide adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild that GM certified floor mats be Notice: Air fresheners contain soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-GM floor mats solvents that may cause damage may not fit properly and may to plastics and painted surfaces. interfere with the accelerator or Follow the manufacturer’s Floor Mats brake pedal. Always check that instructions when using air the floor mats do not interfere fresheners in the vehicle. If air with the pedals. { WARNING freshener comes in contact with . Use the floor mat with the paint or a plastic surface, blot If a floor mat is the wrong size or correct side up. Do not turn immediately with a soft cloth. is not properly installed, it can it over. Damage caused by using air interfere with the accelerator fresheners would not be covered . Do not place anything on top of pedal and/or brake pedal. by the vehicle warranty. the driver side floor mat. Interference with the pedals can Care of Safety Belts cause unintended acceleration . Use only a single floor mat on and/or increased stopping the driver side. Keep belts clean and dry. distance which can cause a crash . Do not place one floor mat on and injury. Make sure the floor top of another. mat does not interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (104,1)

10-104 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Because of all the different ways Service and people use vehicles, maintenance Maintenance Notice: Maintenance intervals, needs vary. The vehicle might need checks, inspections, more frequent checks and services. recommended fluids, and Please read the information under General Information lubricants are necessary to keep Scheduled Maintenance. To keep General Information ...... 11-1 this vehicle in good working the vehicle in good condition, see condition. Damage caused by your dealer. Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled The maintenance schedule is for Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-3 maintenance might not be vehicles that: covered by the vehicle warranty. Recommended Fluids, . Carry passengers and cargo As the vehicle owner, you are Lubricants, and Parts within recommended limits on responsible for the scheduled Recommended Fluids and the Tire and Loading Information maintenance in this section. We Lubricants ...... 11-7 label. See Vehicle Load Limits recommend having your dealer Maintenance Replacement on page 9‑23. Parts ...... 11-9 perform these services. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep . Are driven on reasonable road Maintenance Records the vehicle in good working surfaces within legal driving Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 condition, improves fuel economy, limits. and reduces vehicle emissions for . Are driven off-road in the better air quality. recommended manner. See Off-Road Driving on page 9‑7. . Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑66. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

At your dealer, you can be certain Rotation of New Tires { WARNING that you will receive the highest To maintain ride, handling, and level of service available. Your performance of the vehicle, it is Performing maintenance work can dealer has specially trained service be dangerous. Some jobs can important that the first rotation technicians, uses genuine service for new tires be performed. cause serious injury. Perform replacement parts, as well as, maintenance work only if you Tires should be rotated every up‐to‐date tools and equipment to 12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire have the required know-how and ensure fast and accurate Rotation on page 10‑62. the proper tools and equipment. diagnostics. If in doubt, see your dealer to The proper replacement parts, have a qualified technician do the fluids, and lubricants to use are work. See Doing Your Own listed in Recommended Fluids and Service Work on page 10 4. ‑ Lubricants on page 11‑7 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑9. We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Scheduled system whenever the oil is changed. . Windshield wiper blade See Engine Oil Life System on inspection for wear, cracking, Maintenance page 10‑11. or contamination and windshield and wiper blade cleaning, When the Change Engine Oil Every Engine Oil Change if contaminated. See Exterior Soon Message Displays . Change engine oil and filter. Care on page 10‑96. Worn or damaged wiper blade Change engine oil and filter. See Reset oil life system. See replacement. See Wiper Blade Engine Oil on page 10 8. An Engine Oil on page 10‑8 and ‑ Replacement on page 10 35. Emission Control Service. Engine Oil Life System on ‑ page 10‑11. An Emission Control . Tire inflation pressures check. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Service. See Tire Pressure on SOON message displays, service is page 10 56. required for the vehicle as soon as . Engine coolant level check. See ‑ possible, within the next 1 000 km/ Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. . Tire wear inspection. See Tire 600 miles. If driving under the best . Engine cooling system Inspection on page 10‑62. conditions, the engine oil life system inspection. Visual inspection of . Rotate tires if necessary. See might not indicate the need for hoses, pipes, fittings, and Tire Rotation on page 10‑62. vehicle service for more than a year. clamps and replacement, . Fluids visual leak check The engine oil and filter must be if needed. changed at least once a year and (or every 12 months, whichever the oil life system must be reset. . Windshield washer fluid level occurs first). A leak in any Your dealer has trained service check. See Washer Fluid on system must be repaired and the technicians who will perform this page 10‑26. fluid level checked. work and reset the system. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since the last service. Reset the oil life Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Engine air cleaner filter See Recommended Fluids and Additional Required Services inspection. See Engine Air Lubricants on page 11‑7. More Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑16. frequent lubrication may be Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles . Brake system inspection required when the vehicle is . Rotate tires. Tires should be (or every 12 months, whichever exposed to a corrosive rotated every 12 000 km/ occurs first). environment. Applying silicone 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation grease on weatherstrips with a on page 10 62. . ‑ Steering and suspension clean cloth makes them last inspection. Visual inspection for longer, seal better, and not stick At Each Fuel Stop damaged, loose, or missing or squeak. . Engine oil level check. See parts or signs of wear. . Restraint system components Engine Oil on page 10‑8. . Lubricate the front suspension, check. See Safety System . Engine coolant level check. See steering linkage, and parking Check on page 3‑26. Engine Coolant on page 10 18. brake cable guides. Control arm ‑ ball joints are maintenance‐free. . Fuel system inspection for . Windshield washer fluid level damage or leaks. check. See Washer Fluid on . Body hinges and latches, key page 10 26. lock cylinders, folding seat . Exhaust system and nearby heat ‑ hardware, midgate hinges, and shields inspection for loose or tailgate hinges, linkage, and damaged components. handle pivot points lubrication. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

Once a Month . Accelerator pedal check for . Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer damage, high effort, or binding. case fluid change (severe . Tire inflation pressures check. Replace if needed. service) for vehicles mainly See Tire Pressure on driven when frequently towing a . Underbody flushing service. page 10‑56. trailer, or used for taxi, police, . Tire wear inspection. See Tire . Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass or delivery service. Check vent Inspection on page 10‑62. Support Gas Strut Service: hose at transfer case for kinks Visually inspect gas strut, and proper installation. Check . Sunroof track and seal if equipped, for signs of wear, to be sure vent hose is inspection, if equipped. See cracks, or other damage. Check unobstructed, clear, and free of Sunroof on page 2 25. ‑ the hold open ability of the gas debris. During any maintenance, Once a Year strut. Contact your dealer if if a power washer is used to service is required. clean mud and dirt from the . See Starter Switch Check on underbody, care should be taken page 10‑33. First Engine Oil Change After Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles to not directly spray the transfer . See Automatic Transmission case output seals. High pressure Shift Lock Control Function . Engine air cleaner filter water can overcome the seals Check on page 10‑33. replacement. See Engine Air and contaminate the transfer Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑16. . See Ignition Transmission Lock case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the Check on page 10‑34. . Automatic transmission fluid change (severe service) for transfer case and should be . See Park Brake and P (Park) vehicle mainly driven in heavy replaced. Mechanism Check on city traffic in hot weather, in hilly page 10 34. ‑ or mountainous terrain, when frequently towing a trailer, or used for taxi, police, or delivery service. See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑13. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

. Evaporative control system First Engine Oil Change After . Spark plug replacement and inspection. Check all fuel and Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles spark plug wires inspection. An vapor lines and hoses for proper Emission Control Service. . hook‐up, routing, and condition. Automatic transmission fluid Check that the purge valve, change (normal service). See First Engine Oil Change After Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles if the vehicle has one, works Automatic Transmission Fluid on properly. Replace as needed. An page 10‑13. . Engine cooling system drain, Emission Control Service. The . Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer flush, and refill (or every U.S. Environmental Protection case fluid change (normal five years, whichever occurs Agency or the California Air service). Check vent hose at first). See Engine Coolant on Resources Board has transfer case for kinks and page 10‑18. An Emission determined that the failure to proper installation. Check to be Control Service. perform this maintenance item sure vent hose is unobstructed, . Engine drive belts inspection for will not nullify the emission clear, and free of debris. During fraying, excessive cracks, warranty or limit recall liability any maintenance, if a power or obvious damage (or every prior to the completion of the washer is used to clean mud 10 years, whichever occurs vehicle's useful life. We, and dirt from the underbody, first). Replace, if needed. however, urge that all care should be taken to not recommended maintenance directly spray the transfer case services be performed at the output seals. High pressure indicated intervals and the water can overcome the seals maintenance be recorded. and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, in Hydraulic Brake System Canada 89021320). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021671, in Front Axle Canada 89021672). SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Rear Axle Canada 89021678). Transfer Case DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345879, in One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 10953511). (Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.) Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood Hinges Canada 10953474). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Weatherstrip Squeaks Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades Front – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Maintenance Record Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑7 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 15.9 L 16.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L† 6.0 qt† Fuel Tank 119.2 L 31.5 gal Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 5.7 L 6.0 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft †Oil filter should be changed at every oil change. After refill, the level must be rechecked. Add enough engine coolant so that the fluid is within the proper operating range. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™ 0 Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) (Iron) (LMG) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™ 3 Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) (Aluminum) (LC9)

Engine Drive Belt Routing Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-11 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-13 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-15 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 with the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-16 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-5 resolved by the dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-17 (Mexico) ...... 13-6 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-17 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. can occur. If your concern has not and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-7 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-17 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-8 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-18 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® ...... 13-19 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-8 Navigation System ...... 13-19 If the matter has already been Roadside Assistance Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service, Program (Mexico) ...... 13-10 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-19 or parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Radio Frequency of the dealership or the general Appointments (U.S. and Statement ...... 13-19 manager. Canada) ...... 13-11 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Communication sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Procedure (Mexico) addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, Limited wants you to be aware 1-800-263-3777 (English), of its participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited The Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving Centre Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 may include an informal hearing See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is Your inquiry should be accompanied designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Customer Assistance If you have a problem that has not STEP THREE Procedure been satisfactorily handled through If your case is not resolved in a the normal means, we suggest the reasonable amount of time by your Owner satisfaction and goodwill are following steps: very important to your dealer and dealer, please call the General General Motors. STEP ONE Motors Customer Assistance Center (CAC) and provide the Normally, any problem with the Explain your case to the dealer following information: transaction, sale, or usage of the service agent, service manager, vehicle must be handled by your dealer sales agent, or sales . Name dealer sales or service departments. manager, depending on your case. . Address However, we recognize that despite Make sure that they have all . Phone number the good intentions of all parties necessary information. They are involved, sometimes a interested in your continual . Model year misunderstanding may occur. satisfaction. . Brand STEP TWO . Vehicle Identification If you are not satisfied, please Number (VIN) contact the general manager or the . Mileage dealership owner to ask for their . Delivery date help. If they are not able to resolve your case, ask them to contact the . Description of the problem right people at General Motors for . Dealership name support, if needed. . Dealership address Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

See Customer Assistance Offices From Puerto Rico: Overseas (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 5 or ‑ 1-800-496-9992 (English) Please contact the local General Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) Motors Business Unit. (Mexico) on page 13‑6 for more information. From U.S. Virgin Islands: Mexico, Central America, and 1-800-496-9994 Caribbean Islands/Countries Customer Assistance (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Canada Offices (U.S. and Canada) Virgin Islands) General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet encourages customers Customer Communication Centre, General Motors de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. to call the toll-free number for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Customer Assistance Center assistance. However, if a customer 1908 Colonel Sam Drive wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 the letter should be addressed to: www.gm.ca Col. Granada C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. United States 1-800-263-3777 (English) 01-800-466-0800 1-800-263-7854 (French) Chevrolet Motor Division Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 Chevrolet Customer Assistance 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Center Telephone devices (TTYs)) P.O. Box 33170 Roadside Assistance: Detroit, MI 48232-5170 1-800-268-6800 www.Chevrolet.com 1-800-222-1020 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Customer Assistance United States and Canada Customer Assistance for Offices (Mexico) 1-866-466-8190 Text Telephone (TTY) To contact the Customer Assistance Costa Rica Users (U.S. and Canada) Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-1005 To assist customers who are deaf, numbers listed in this section. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Customer assistance is available Guatemala and who use Text Telephones Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-800-999-5252 (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from equipment available at its Customer 08:00 to 15:00 hours. Panama Assistance Center. Any TTY All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 00-800-052-0001 user in the U.S. can communicate Assistance Center (CAC) should be with Chevrolet by dialing: sent to: [email protected]. Dominican Republic 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Mexico 1-888-751-5301 From Mexico City El Salvador 5329-0811 800-6273 From Other Mexico Locations Honduras 01-800-466-0811 800-0122-6101 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

Online Owner Center Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) access to: Chevrolet Merchandise www.chevyownercenter.com — . www.chevymall.com My Showroom: Find and save Information and services information on vehicles and customized for your specific Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area. pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do vehicle — all in one convenient . My Dealers: Save details such place. . FAQ as address and phone number . Digital owner manual, warranty . Contact Us for each of your preferred GM information, and more. dealers. My GM Canada www.gm.ca . Storage for online service and . My Driveway: Access quick links maintenance records. My GM Canada is a to parts and service estimates, password-protected section of check trade-in values, . Chevrolet dealer locator for www.gm.ca where you can save or schedule a service service nationwide. information on GM vehicles, get appointment by adding the . Exclusive privileges and offers. personalized offers, and use handy vehicles you own to your . Recall notices for your specific tools and forms with greater ease. driveway profile. vehicle. . My Preferences: Manage your . OnStar and GM Cardmember profile and use tools and forms Services Earnings summaries. with greater ease. To sign up, visit the My GM.ca section within www.gm.ca. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also Calling for Assistance has a Mobility Program. Call When calling Roadside Assistance, Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for have the following information (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call ready: 1-800-263-3830. . Your name, home address, and Roadside Assistance home telephone number. Program (U.S. and . Telephone number of your Canada) location. . Location of the vehicle. For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, This program is available to call 1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text . Model, year, color, and license qualified applicants for cost Telephone (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). plate number of the vehicle. reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, . Odometer reading, Vehicle aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. Identification Number (VIN), and required for the vehicle, such as delivery date of the vehicle. Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ 365 days a year. . Description of the problem. scooter lift for the vehicle. For more information on the limited offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Coverage Services Provided . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare Services are provided up to 5 years/ . Emergency Fuel Delivery: tire. The spare tire, if equipped, 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Delivery of enough fuel for the must be in good condition and comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest properly inflated. It is the owner's In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. responsibility for the repair or vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock‐Out Service: Service to replacement of the tire if it is not person driving the vehicle without unlock the vehicle if you are covered by the warranty. permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may . Battery Jump Start: Service to covered. be available if you have OnStar. jump start a dead battery. For security reasons, the driver Roadside Assistance is not a part of Services Not Included in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification Chevrolet and General Motors of before this service is given. Roadside Assistance Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow From a Public . Impound towing caused by make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to the violation of any laws. the Roadside Assistance program at nearest Chevrolet dealer for . Legal fines. any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle . Mounting, dismounting, Chevrolet and General Motors of was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is also given or changing of snow tires, Canada Limited reserve the right to chains, or other traction devices. limit services or payment to an when the vehicle is stuck in the owner or driver if they decide the sand, mud, or snow. . Towing or services for vehicles claims are made too often, or the driven on a non-public road or same type of claim is made many highway. times. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Services Specific to Canadian . Trip Interruption Benefits and Roadside Assistance Purchased Vehicles Assistance: Must be over 250 kilometers from where Program (Mexico) . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement your trip was started to Roadside Assistance is available is approximately $5 Canadian. qualify. General Motors of 24 hours a day, 365 days of Diesel fuel delivery may be Canada Limited requires the year. restricted. Propane and other pre-authorization, original fuels are not provided through detailed receipts, and a copy For detailed information about this service. of the repair orders. Once Roadside Assistance, please see the brochure provided with your new . authorization has been received, Lock-Out Service: Vehicle vehicle or visit our website at: registration is required. the Roadside Assistance advisor will help to make arrangements www.chevrolet.com.mx. . Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive Navigate the site and click on maps of North America are payment. “Asistencia en el Camino.” E-mail provided when requested either correspondence should be sent to: with the most direct route or the . Alternative Service: If [email protected]. most scenic route. There is a assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside To contact Roadside Assistance by limit of six requests per year. phone, use the following numbers: Additional travel information is Assistance advisor may give also available. Allow three permission to get local Mexico weeks for delivery. emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, 01-800-466-0800 after sending the original receipt United States to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be 1-866-466-8901 covered, however any cost for Canada parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the 1-800-268-6800 owner responsibility. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments (U.S. and Program (U.S. and Warranty service can generally be Canada) Canada) completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to wait, GM helps When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by service, contact the dealer and experience, we and our participating providing several transportation request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support circumstances, the dealer can offer and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the one of the following: of your transportation needs, the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid‐specific warranties in both means of offering Courtesy into the service department the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in destination with minimal interruption unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when of your daily schedule. This includes safety related. If it is, please call the warranty repairs are required. one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service dealership, let them know this, and within reasonable time and distance Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of the dealer's area. ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited If the dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Warranty and Owner urged to do so as early in the work Assistance Information” furnished day as possible to allow for the with each new vehicle provides same day-repair. detailed warranty coverage information. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Reimbursement The dealer may arrange to provide Information If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at transportation is used instead of the that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact the dealer's shuttle service, the expense for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information must be supported by original Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy receipts and can only be up to the and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be maximum amount allowed by GM receipts. This requires that you sign administered by appropriate dealer for shuttle service. In addition, for and complete a rental agreement personnel. U.S. customers, should you arrange and meet state/provincial, local, and transportation through a friend or rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the relative, limited reimbursement for Requirements vary and may include right to unilaterally modify, change, reasonable fuel expenses may be minimum age requirements, or discontinue Courtesy available. Claim amounts should insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Transportation at any time and to reflect actual costs and be You are responsible for fuel usage resolve all questions of claim supported by original receipts. See charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and the dealer for information regarding responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its the allowance amounts for fees, excessive mileage, or rental sole discretion. reimbursement of fuel or other usage beyond the completion of the transportation costs. repair. It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts perform properly in subsequent may also be used for repair. These collisions. Aftermarket parts are not (U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from covered by the GM New Vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a vehicles that were total losses in Limited Warranty, and any vehicle collision and it is damaged, have the prior crashes. In most cases, the failure related to such parts is not damage repaired by a qualified parts being recycled are from covered by that warranty. technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle. equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM Repair Facility parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice to GM also recommends that you repairs diminish the vehicle resale maintain the vehicle's originally choose a collision repair facility that value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety meets your needs before you ever be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of need collision repairs. The dealer collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts may have a collision repair center are not covered by the GM New with GM-trained technicians and Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be Genuine GM Collision parts are new related failures are not covered by able to recommend a collision repair parts made with the same materials that warranty. center that has GM-trained and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also technicians and comparable parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by equipment. originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Insuring The Vehicle If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: company may require you to have Protect your investment in the GM . Driver name, address, and insurance that ensures repairs with vehicle with comprehensive and telephone number. Genuine GM Original Equipment collision insurance coverage. There Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. are significant differences in the Genuine Manufacturer replacement quality of coverage afforded by . Owner name, address, and parts. Read the lease carefully, as various insurance policy terms. telephone number. you may be charged at the end of Many insurance policies provide . the lease for poor quality repairs. Vehicle license plate number. reduced protection to the GM . vehicle by limiting compensation If a Crash Occurs Vehicle make, model, and for damage repairs by using model year. If there has been an injury, call aftermarket collision parts. Some . Vehicle Identification emergency services for help. Do not insurance companies will not Number (VIN). specify aftermarket collision parts. leave the scene of a crash until all . Insurance company and policy When purchasing insurance, we matters have been taken care of. number. recommend that you ensure that the Move the vehicle only if its position vehicle will be repaired with GM puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the original equipment collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle. officer. If such insurance coverage is not Choose a reputable repair facility available from your current Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. insurance carrier, consider switching to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this to another insurance carrier. in the crash. section. For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. Will You See After an Airbag and Canada) on page 13‑8 or Inflates? on page 3‑34. Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑10. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all be original equipment parts, either models. new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty the GM vehicle warranty. Booklet. Service Manuals Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE: but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees. your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner initially value the repair using Manual only. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE: Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees. obligated to have the vehicle technical service information repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks. does not pay the full cost. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Current and Past Models Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Technical Service Bulletins and Defects become involved in individual Manuals are available for current problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. and past model GM vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States To contact NHTSA, you may call 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday the Vehicle Safety Hotline 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or write to: Or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. P.O. Box 07130 Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Detroit, MI 48207 You can also obtain other General Motors. Prices are subject to change without information about motor notice and without incurring If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from obligation. Allow ample time for complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. delivery. investigation, and if it finds that All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a safety defect exists in a group funds. Make checks payable in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. and remedy campaign. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and Government In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy If you live in Canada, and you (or Transport Canada) in a situation believe that the vehicle has a safety like this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record defect, notify Transport Canada Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: immediately, and notify General information about the vehicle’s Chevrolet Motor Division Motors of Canada Limited. Call performance and how it is driven. Chevrolet Customer Assistance them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: For example, the vehicle uses Center computer modules to monitor and Transport Canada P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission Road Safety Branch Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the 2780 Sheffield Road In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 conditions for airbag deployment Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 and deploy airbags in a crash, and, (French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store Customer Communication Centre, data to help the dealer technician Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may also retain the owner’s personal preferences, such as radio pre-sets, seat positions, and temperature settings. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or, Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Important: EDR data is recorded if the vehicle is leased, with the of an EDR is to record, in certain consent of the lessee; in response crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is to an official request by police or such as an airbag deployment or similar government office; as part of hitting a road obstacle, data that will recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal GM's defense of litigation through assist in understanding how a the discovery process; or, as vehicle's systems performed. The data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. required by law. Data that GM EDR is designed to record data collects or receives may also be related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the used for GM research needs or may safety systems for a short period of be made available to others for time, typically 30 seconds or less. EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely research purposes, where a need is The EDR in this vehicle is designed shown and the data is not tied to a to record such data as: acquired during a crash investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. . How various systems in the vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and . Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as . How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the brake pedal. information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. . How fast the vehicle was traveling. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

OnStar® Radio Frequency Radio Frequency If the vehicle is equipped with an Identification (RFID) Statement active OnStar system, that system RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that may also record data in crash or vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that near crash‐like situations. The pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal OnStar Terms and Conditions system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) provides information on data connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada collection and use and is available as key fobs for remote door locking/ Standards RSS‐210/220/310. in the OnStar glove box kit, at unlocking and starting, and www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by door openers. RFID technology in pressing the Q button and GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause speaking to an advisor. personal information or link with any interference. other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any Navigation System personal information. interference received, including If the vehicle has a navigation interference that may cause system, use of the system may undesired operation of the result in the storage of destinations, device. addresses, telephone numbers, and Changes or modifications to any of other trip information. Refer to the these systems by other than an navigation system operating manual authorized service facility could void for information on stored data and authorization to use this equipment. for deletion instructions. Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

2 NOTES Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont.) Ashtrays ...... 5-10 What Will You See After Assistance Program, Accessories and an Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-34 Roadside ...... 13-8, 13-10 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Audio Players ...... 7-13 Accessory Power ...... 9-34 Inflate? ...... 3-31 CD ...... 7-13 Active Fuel Management® . . . . . 9-36 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-30 CD/DVD ...... 7-18 Add-On Electrical Airbags Audio System Equipment ...... 9-88 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 7-12 Adjustable Throttle and Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Radio Reception ...... 7-12 Brake Pedal ...... 9-29 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-44 Adjustments Vehicles ...... 3-40 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-6 System Check ...... 3-28 Automatic Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-16 Alarm System Door Locks ...... 2-8 Air Vents ...... 8-10 Anti-Theft ...... 2-17 Headlamp System ...... 6-4 Airbag AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Level Control ...... 9-55 Adding Equipment to the Antenna Automatic Transmission ...... 9-39 Vehicle ...... 3-40 Satellite Radio ...... 7-13 Fluid ...... 10-13 Airbag System Anti-Theft Manual Mode ...... 9-41 Check ...... 3-41 Alarm System ...... 2-17 Shift Lock Control How Does an Airbag Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-41 Function Check ...... 10-33 Restrain? ...... 3-33 Antilock Brake Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-29 Passenger Sensing System (ABS) ...... 9-50 Axle, Front ...... 10-31 System ...... 3-35 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Axle, Rear ...... 10-31 What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care Inflate? ...... 3-33 Exterior ...... 10-96 Interior ...... 10-100 Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement (cont.) Cargo Headlamps ...... 10-38 Area ...... 4-2 Battery ...... 10-30 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-39 Cover Panels ...... 4-6 Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tie-Downs ...... 4-13 Load Management ...... 6-8 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Cautions, Danger, and Power Protection ...... 6-8 and Backup Lamps ...... 10-38 Warnings ...... iv Voltage and Charging Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 CD Player ...... 7-13 Messages ...... 5-35 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-18 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-35 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Bluetooth ...... 7-46 C Center Seat ...... 3-3 Brake Calibration ...... 5-6 Chains, Tire ...... 10-69 Pedal and Adjustable California Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Throttle ...... 9-29 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-66 Check Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-21 Perchlorate Materials Engine Light ...... 5-19 Brakes ...... 10-27 Requirements ...... 10-3 Ignition Antilock ...... 9-50 Warning ...... 10-2 Transmission Lock ...... 10-34 Assist ...... 9-52 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-60 Child Restraints Fluid ...... 10-28 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Infants and Young Parking ...... 9-51 Capacities and Children ...... 3-44 System Messages ...... 5-35 Specifications ...... 12-2 Lower Anchors and Braking ...... 9-4 Carbon Monoxide Tethers for Children ...... 3-51 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-29 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-37 ® Older Children ...... 3-42 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-39 Midgate ...... 2-9 Securing ...... 3-57, 3-59, 3-60 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Tailgate ...... 2-16 Systems ...... 3-47 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Winter Driving ...... 9-20 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-35 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-41 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Cleaning Cruise Control ...... 9-56 Door Exterior Care ...... 10-96 Light ...... 5-25 Ajar Messages ...... 5-36 Interior Care ...... 10-100 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Locks ...... 2-7 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Offices ...... 13-5, 13-6 Power Locks ...... 2-8 Dual Automatic ...... 8-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3 Heating ...... 8-1 Users ...... 13-6 Driver Information Clock ...... 5-8 Customer Information Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Service Publications Driving Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-13 Ordering Information ...... 13-15 Characteristics and Compass ...... 5-6 Customer Satisfaction Towing Tips ...... 9-71 Continuous Damping Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Defensive ...... 9-2 Control (CDC) ...... 9-55 Drunk ...... 9-3 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 D Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-19 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-20 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-13 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-19 Coolant Danger, Warnings, and If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-22 Engine ...... 10-18 Cautions ...... iv Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Engine Temperature Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-18 Off-Road ...... 9-7 Gauge ...... 5-14 Daytime Running Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Cooling System ...... 10-18 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-4 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-23 Engine Messages ...... 5-37 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Wet Roads ...... 9-18 Courtesy Transportation Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Winter ...... 9-20 Program ...... 13-11 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-29 Driving for Better Fuel Cover Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Economy ...... 1-27 Cargo Panels ...... 4-6 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

Dual Automatic Climate Engine (cont.) F Control System ...... 8-4 Coolant Temperature Fan DVD Gauge ...... 5-14 Engine ...... 10-25 Rear Seat Entertainment Cooling System ...... 10-18 Features System ...... 7-34 Cooling System Messages . . .5-37 Memory ...... 1-9 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-18 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-3 Filter, Exhaust ...... 9-37 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-16 Fan ...... 10-25 E Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Heater ...... 9-33 E85 Fuel ...... 9-67 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-13 Electrical Equipment, Flat Tire ...... 10-70 Overheated Protection Add-On ...... 9-88 Changing ...... 10-72 Operating Mode ...... 10-24 Electrical System Floor Mats ...... 10-103 Overheating ...... 10-22 Engine Compartment Fluid Power Messages ...... 5-38 Fuse Block ...... 10-41 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Fuses and Circuit Brakes ...... 10-28 Running While Parked ...... 9-38 Breakers ...... 10-41 Four-Wheel Drive Starting ...... 9-32 Instrument Panel Fuse Transfer Case ...... 9-43, 9-48 Engine Oil Block ...... 10-46 Power Steering ...... 10-25 Life System ...... 10-11 Overload ...... 10-40 Washer ...... 10-26 Messages ...... 5-38 Engine Fog Lamps Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-16 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-79 Check and Service Engine Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-18 Soon Light ...... 5-19 Four-Wheel Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-26 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Drive ...... 10-30, 9-43, 9-48 Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 6-6 Coolant ...... 10-18 Front Axle ...... 10-31 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-3 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Front Fog Lamp Fuses General Information Light ...... 5-25 Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Front Seats Fuse Block ...... 10-41 Towing ...... 9-71 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Heated ...... 3-9 Breakers ...... 10-41 Glass Replacement ...... 10-35 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-10 Instrument Panel Fuse Glove Box ...... 4-1 Fuel ...... 9-65 Block ...... 10-46 GM Mobility Reimbursement Additives ...... 9-66 Program ...... 13-8 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-67 G Filling a Portable Fuel Garage Door Opener ...... 5-53 H Container ...... 9-70 Programming ...... 5-53 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Filling the Tank ...... 9-69 Gasoline Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-66 Specifications ...... 9-66 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-66 Gauges Headlamps Gauge ...... 5-12 Engine Coolant Aiming ...... 10-35 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Temperature ...... 5-14 Automatic ...... 6-4 Management, Active ...... 9-36 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Recommended ...... 9-66 Fuel ...... 5-12 Daytime Running Requirements, California . . . . .9-66 Odometer ...... 5-12 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-4 System Messages ...... 5-39 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Fuel Economy Tachometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Driving ...... 1-27 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-3 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-86 Voltmeter ...... 5-15 Heated and Ventilated Front Warning Lights and Seats ...... 3-10 Indicators ...... 5-10 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-9 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-22 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

Heater K Level Control Engine ...... 9-33 Automatic ...... 9-55 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-39 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-9 Keyless Entry High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Lighting Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-19 Entry/Exit ...... 6-8 Keys ...... 2-2 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-19 Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Hood ...... 10-5 Lights Horn ...... 5-5 L Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 How to Wear Safety Belts Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-50 Antilock Brake System Properly ...... 3-16 Lamp Messages ...... 5-39 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Lamps Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-4 Charging System ...... 5-18 I Dome ...... 6-7 Ignition Positions ...... 9-30 Cruise Control ...... 5-25 Exterior Cargo ...... 6-6 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-24 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Check ...... 10-34 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Exterior Lamps Off Immobilizer ...... 2-18 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-25 Reminder ...... 6-3 Infants and Young Children, High-Beam On ...... 5-25 License Plate ...... 10-39 Restraints ...... 3-44 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-3 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-24 Reading ...... 6-7 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Lap Belt ...... 3-25 Introduction ...... iii Security ...... 5-25 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-21 StabiliTrak® Indicator ...... 5-23 LATCH System Tire Pressure ...... 5-23 J Replacing Parts After a Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-23 Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Crash ...... 3-57 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-54 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children ...... 3-51 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

Locks Messages Mirrors (cont.) Automatic Door ...... 2-8 Airbag System ...... 5-41 Heated ...... 2-22 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Anti-Theft Alarm System ...... 5-41 Manual Rearview ...... 2-22 Door ...... 2-7 Battery Voltage and Park Tilt ...... 2-22 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Charging ...... 5-35 Power ...... 2-20 Power Door ...... 2-8 Brake System ...... 5-35 Monitor System, Tire Safety ...... 2-8 Door Ajar ...... 5-36 Pressure ...... 10-58 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-37 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Engine Oil ...... 5-38 N Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Power ...... 5-38 Navigation for Children (LATCH Fuel System ...... 5-39 Vehicle Data Recording System) ...... 3-51 Key and Lock ...... 5-39 and Privacy ...... 13-19 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-6 Lamp ...... 5-39 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-29 Front Seats ...... 3-6 Object Detection System . . . . .5-39 Ride Control System ...... 5-40 Tire ...... 5-41 O M Object Detection System Maintenance Transmission ...... 5-42 Vehicle ...... 5-35 Messages ...... 5-39 Records ...... 11-10 Odometer ...... 5-12 Maintenance Schedule Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-43 Washer Fluid ...... 5-44 Trip ...... 5-12 Recommended Fluids and ® Off-Road ...... 9-7 Lubricants ...... 11-7 Midgate ...... 2-9 Mirrors Driving ...... 9-7 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-3 Recovery ...... 9-6 Transfer Case ...... 9-43, 9-48 Automatic Dimming Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 Rearview ...... 2-22 Manual Mode ...... 9-41 Convex ...... 2-20 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Folding ...... 2-21 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

Oil Parking Pregnancy, Using Safety Engine ...... 10-8 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-58 Belts ...... 3-25 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-11 Brake ...... 9-51 Privacy Engine Oil Pressure Brake and P (Park) Radio Frequency Gauge ...... 5-13 Mechanism Check ...... 10-34 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-19 Messages ...... 5-38 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-36 Program Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Passenger Airbag Status Courtesy Transportation . . . . .13-11 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-42 Indicator ...... 5-17 Proposition 65 Warning, Online Owner Center ...... 13-7 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-35 California ...... 10-2 OnStar® System ...... 1-28 Perchlorate Materials Operation, Infotainment Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 R System ...... 7-2 Personalization Radio Frequency Ordering Vehicle ...... 5-44 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-19 Service Publications ...... 13-15 Phone Statement ...... 13-19 Outlets Bluetooth ...... 7-46 Radios Power ...... 5-9 Power AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Overheated Engine Door Locks ...... 2-8 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-18 Protection Mirrors ...... 2-20 Reception ...... 7-12 Operating Mode ...... 10-24 Outlets ...... 5-9 Satellite ...... 7-8 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-22 Protection, Battery ...... 6-8 Reading Lamps ...... 6-7 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-34 Rear Axle ...... 10-31 P Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Locking ...... 9-54 Park Steering Fluid ...... 10-25 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Shifting Into ...... 9-34 Windows ...... 2-24 System ...... 7-44 Shifting Out of ...... 9-35 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-16 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-22 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Rear Seat Entertainment Replacement Parts Rotation, Tires ...... 10-62 System ...... 7-34 Airbags ...... 3-42 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-44 Maintenance ...... 11-9 Running the Vehicle While Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-42 Parked ...... 9-38 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-60 Replacing LATCH System Rearview Mirror Parts After a Crash ...... 3-57 S Automatic Dimming ...... 2-22 Replacing Safety Belt Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-22 System Parts After a Care ...... 3-27 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-7 Crash ...... 3-27 Extender ...... 3-26 Recommended Reporting Safety Defects How to Wear Safety Belts Fuel ...... 9-66 Canadian Government ...... 13-17 Properly ...... 3-16 Recommended Fluids and General Motors ...... 13-17 Lap Belt ...... 3-25 Lubricants ...... 11-7 U.S. Government ...... 13-16 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-21 Records Restraints Reminders ...... 5-15 Maintenance ...... 11-10 Where to Put ...... 3-49 Replacing After a Crash ...... 3-27 Recreational Vehicle Retained Accessory Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-25 Towing ...... 10-91 Power (RAP) ...... 9-34 Safety Defects Reporting Reimbursement Program, Ride Control Systems Canadian Government ...... 13-17 GM Mobility ...... 13-8 Messages ...... 5-40 General Motors ...... 13-17 Remote Keyless Entry Roads U.S. Government ...... 13-16 (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Driving, Wet ...... 9-18 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Roadside Assistance Safety System Check ...... 3-26 Replacement Program ...... 13-8, 13-10 Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 Glass ...... 10-35 Roof Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-3 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-39 Sunroof ...... 2-25 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-11 Roof Rack System ...... 4-13 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Seats Service (cont.) Steering ...... 9-5 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Fluid, Power ...... 10-25 Center Seat ...... 3-3 Publications Ordering Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Information ...... 13-15 Wheel Controls ...... 5-3 Heated and Ventilated Scheduling Appointments . . . .13-11 Steps Front ...... 3-10 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-40 Power Assist ...... 2-16 Heated Front ...... 3-9 Shift Lock Control Function Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-6 Check, Automatic Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Transmission ...... 10-33 Storage Areas Rear ...... 3-11 Shifting Armrest ...... 4-1 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-7 Into Park ...... 9-34 Cargo Area ...... 4-2 Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-83 Out of Park ...... 9-35 Center Console ...... 4-2 Securing Child Sidemarker Glove Box ...... 4-1 Restraints ...... 3-57, 3-59, 3-60 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Roof Rack System ...... 4-13 Security Signals, Turn and Top-Box Storage ...... 4-2 Light ...... 5-25 Lane-Change ...... 6-5 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-22 Vehicle ...... 2-17 Specifications and Sun Visors ...... 2-25 Service Capacities ...... 12-2 Sunroof ...... 2-25 Accessories and Speedometer ...... 5-12 Symbols ...... iv Modifications ...... 10-3 StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . . 5-23 System Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-52 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Roof Rack ...... 4-13 Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-33 Maintenance, General Starting the Engine ...... 9-32 Information ...... 11-1 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

T Tires (cont.) Transmission Rotation ...... 10-62 Automatic ...... 9-39 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-83 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-13 Tailgate ...... 2-16 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Messages ...... 5-42 Taillamps Terminology and Transportation Program, Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Definitions ...... 10-53 Courtesy ...... 13-11 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Uniform Tire Quality Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-18 Grading ...... 10-66 Truck-Camper Loading Immobilizer ...... 2-18 Wheel Alignment and Tire Information ...... 9-28 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-29 Balance ...... 10-68 Turn and Lane-Change Time ...... 5-8 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-68 Signals ...... 6-5 Tires When It Is Time for New Turn Signal Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Tires ...... 10-63 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Chains ...... 10-69 Top-Box Storage ...... 4-2 Changing ...... 10-72 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-42 Designations ...... 10-52 U Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-23 Different Size ...... 10-66 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-58 Towing Full-Size Spare ...... 10-86 Uniform Tire Quality Driving Characteristics ...... 9-71 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-70 Grading ...... 10-66 Equipment ...... 9-79 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-59 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-53 General Information ...... 9-71 Inspection ...... 10-62 Operation ...... 5-58 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-91 Messages ...... 5-41 Programming ...... 5-53 Trailer ...... 9-75 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Using this Manual ...... iv Vehicle ...... 10-91 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-58 Trailer Towing ...... 9-75 Transfer Case ...... 9-43, 9-48 Chevrolet Avalanche Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

V W Vehicle Warning Canadian Owners ...... iii Brake System Light ...... 5-21 Control ...... 9-3 Warning Lights, Gauges, Identification and Indicators ...... 5-10 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Warnings ...... iv Load Limits ...... 9-23 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Messages ...... 5-35 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Personalization ...... 5-44 Washer Fluid ...... 10-26 Reminder Messages ...... 5-43 Washer Fluid Messages ...... 5-44 Remote Start ...... 2-5 Wheels Security ...... 2-17 Alignment and Tire Towing ...... 10-91 Balance ...... 10-68 Vehicle Care Different Size ...... 10-66 Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Replacement ...... 10-68 Vehicle Identification When It Is Time for New Service Parts Identification Tires ...... 10-63 Label ...... 12-1 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-49 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-10 Windows ...... 2-23 Visors ...... 2-25 Power ...... 2-24 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-5 Winter Driving ...... 9-20 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-35